Wikipedia - User contributions [en]

Redmi (phone)

2019-10-04T14:42:05Z

Kazu89: Spam links removed and minor text edits

{{unref|date=August 2018}}
{{Infobox mobile phone
| name =
| codename = '''WCDMA:''' HM2013023 '''TD-SCDMA:''' HM2013022
| logo = Xiaomi logo.svg
| logosize = 50px
| image =
| imagesize = 200px
| manufacturer = [[Xiaomi]]
| series = Redmi
| networks = '''HM2013022:''' GSM 900/1800/1900MHz TD-SCDMA 1900/2100MHz '''HM2013023:''' GSM 900/1800/1900MHz WCDMA 900/2100MHz
| released = '''China:''' {{Start date and age|df=yes|2013|07|31}} '''Global:''' {{Start date and age|df=yes|2013|09|15}}
| type = [[Smartphone]]
| successor = [[Redmi 1S|Xiaomi Redmi 1S]]
| form = Slate
| size = {{convert|137|mm|in|abbr=on}} H {{convert|69|mm|in|abbr=on}} W {{convert|9.9|mm|in|abbr=on}} D
| weight = {{convert|158|g|oz|abbr=on}}
| os = '''Original:''' [[Android (operating system)|Android]] 4.2.2 Jelly Bean with [[MIUI|MIUI v5]] user interface '''Current:''' [[Android (operating system)|Android]] 4.4.2 KitKat with [[MIUI|MIUI 6]] user interface (Stable version) and [[MIUI|MIUI 9]] user interface (Developed version)
| soc = [[Mediatek]] MT6589T
| cpu = 1.5Ghz Quad-Core [[ARM Cortex-A7]]
| gpu = 357Mhz Single-core [[PowerVR]] SGX 544MP
| memory = 1GB [[LPDDR2]]
| storage = 4GB [[eMMC]] 2.0
| memory_card = Supports up to 32 GB [[Secure Digital|microSD]]
| battery = 2,050 [[mAh]], 7.6 [[Watt-hour|Wh]], 3.896 [[volt|V]], internal [[rechargeable battery|rechargeable]] [[Li-Poly]], user-replaceable, Battery Scale:100
| input = Multi-touch capacitive [[touchscreen]]; [[Accelerometer]]; [[A-GPS]]; [[Compass|Digital compass]]; [[Proximity sensor]]; [[Push button]]s; [[Capacitive sensing|capacitive]] touch-sensitive buttons
| display = {{convert|4.70|in|mm|abbr=on}} [[IPS panel|IPS]] [[LCD]] with Corning Gorilla Glass 720x1280px (312 [[pixels per inch|ppi]]), Made by [[Sharp Corporation|Sharp]]/[[AU Optronics|AUO]]
| rear_camera = 8 [[Megapixel]] auto-focus, 3264x2448px, 1.4μm Pixel Size, F/2.2 Optic, [[Samsung]] S5K3H2 or [[OmniVision]] OV8825 sensor, with [[Light-emitting diode|LED]] flash
| front_camera = 1.3 [[Megapixel]] fixed-focus, 1280x960px, [[Aptina]] MT9M114 sensor
| media_formats = '''Audio:''' MP3, AAC, AAC+, eAAC+ '''Video:''' MP4, H.264, H.263
| ringtone = Vibration, MP3, WAV
| connectivity = [[Global Positioning System|GPS]] / [[GLONASS]], [[Wi-Fi]] 802.11 b/g/n 2.4Ghz only, [[Mediatek]] MT6628QP combo chip, [[Bluetooth 4.0]] BLE, [[Micro-USB]]
}}
The '''Xiaomi Redmi 1''' (also called ''Hongmi'' or ''Original Redmi'') is a smartphone released in July 2013 in China And August 2013 in Global, developed by the [[China|Chinese]] smartphone company [[Xiaomi|Xiaomi Inc.]]. It is a the first product of the [[Redmi]] series of smartphones. It comes with a 4.7-inch 720x1080 IPS screen, a MediaTek MT6589T Quad-core 1.5 GHz Cortex-A7 processor and originally runs [[Android Jelly Bean|Android 4.2.2 Jellybean]] with the [[MIUI|MIUI v5]] user interface, upgradeable to [[Android KitKat|Android 4.4.2 Kitkat]] with the [[MIUI|MIUI 9]] user interface.{{cn|date=August 2019}}

Noted for its low price, Redmi 1 was an extremely popular and a demanded smartphone.{{cn|date=August 2019}} Xiaomi opted to sell the smartphone online in order to comply with their minimal capital input.{{cn|date=August 2018}}

==Features==

===Software ===
The Redmi 1 offers [[Android Jelly Bean|Android 4.2.2 Jellybean]] with the [[MIUI|MIUI v5]] user interface, upgradeable to [[Android KitKat|Android 4.4.2 Kitkat]] with the [[MIUI|MIUI 9]] user interface.

=== Hardware ===
The Redmi 1 has a plastic chassis that is {{convert|5.39|in|mm|abbr=on}} long, {{convert|2.72|in|mm|abbr=on}} wide, and {{convert|0.39|in|mm|abbr=on}} thick, and weighs {{convert|158|g|oz|abbr=on}}. The screen is a 4.7-inch IPS LCD capacitive touchscreen, supporting 16-million colors at a resolution of 1280 x 720 pixels, equating to around 312 pixel-per-inch density. The device features a Mediatek MT6589T which comprises 1.5 GHz Cortex-A7 quad-core central processing unit (CPU) and an Imagination Technologies PowerVR SGX544MP graphics processing unit (GPU), in conjunction with an accelerometer, gyroscope, compass and a proximity sensor. The device is also equipped with 1 GB RAM and 4 GB internal storage, supporting microSD expansion up to 64 GB. Other features include a microphone, GPS, an 8-megapixel rear camera with auto-focus and LED flash, and a 1.3-megapixel front camera. The rear camera is capable of recording videos at 1080p resolution, while the front camera supports 720p resolution recording. The rear of the smartphone features a plain plastic surface with a brushed metal Xiaomi logo at the center-bottom of the rear cover. The smartphone is shipped with a 1,000 mA AC power charger, for charging its 2000/2,050 mAh(min/typ) battery.

===Parts Provider===
*Processor: Mediatek
*Modem: Mediatek
*PMIC: Mediatek
*Wifi/Bluetooth: Mediatek
*Connectivity: Mediatek
*Audio: Mediatek
*RAM: Samsung, Micron
*Storage: Samsung, Micron
*Display panel: Sharp, AUO
*Touch: Focaltech
*Camera: Samsung, OmniVision, Atmel
*Battery: Coslight

=== Successor ===
Xiaomi Redmi 1S is an Android smartphone developed and produced by [[Xiaomi]]. The Xiaomi Redmi 1S was announced in May 2014.

==See also==
*[[List of Android devices]]
*[[CyanogenMod]]
*[[MIUI]]

==References==
{{reflist}}[[Redmi]]

{{Android smartphones}}

[[Category:Xiaomi]]
[[Category:Smartphones]]
[[Category:Android (operating system) devices]]
[[Category:Mobile phones introduced in 2014]]
[[Category:Computer-related introductions in 2014]]

{{Mobile-stub}}

VriendenLoterij Miljonairs

2019-09-28T15:54:47Z

Kazu89: /* Airing history */

{{refimprove|date=December 2011}}
{{Infobox television
| show_name = BankGiro Miljonairs
| image = BankGiro Miljonairs logo.jpg
| image_alt =
| caption = Logo
| genre = [[Game Show]]
| creator = David Briggs [[Steven Knight|Steve Knight]] Mike Whitehill
| developer =
| writer =
| director =
| presenter = [[Robert ten Brink]] (1999-2008, 2019-) [[Jeroen van der Boom]] (2011)
| starring =
| voices =
| narrated =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| composer =
| country = [[Netherlands]]
| language =
| num_seasons =
| num_episodes =
| list_episodes =
| executive_producer =
| producer = [[Celador]] (1999-2007) [[Endemol]] (1999-2008) [[2waytraffic]] (2007-2008, 2011, 2019) Mas Media and [[:nl: Tuvalu Media|Tuvalu Media]] (2011)
| editor =
| location =
| cinematography =
| runtime = 60 minutes
| picture_format =
| audio_format =
| first_run =
| released =
| first_aired = February 6, 1999 - May 24, 2008
 March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011
| last_aired = May 25, 2019 - present
| preceded_by =
| followed_by =
| related =
| website = http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl
| aka =
| creat_director =
| theme_composer =
| co_exec =
| sup_producer =
| asst_producer =
| cons_producer =
| co-producer =
| story_editor =
| camera_setup =
| network =
| channel = [[SBS 6]] (February 6, 1999 - 2006, March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011) [[RTL 4]] (March 4, 2006 - May 24, 2008, May 25, 2019-present)
| prod_website =
}}

[[Image:Lottowmilj.jpg|thumb|Titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM logo.png|thumb|Old logo of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM titles.jpg|thumb|Old titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
'''''BankGiro Miljonairs''''' (until 2011 - '''''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''''', earlier - '''''Weekend Miljonairs''''') is a [[Netherlands|Dutch]] [[game show]] based on the original [[United Kingdom|British]] format of ''[[Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]''. The show is hosted by [[Robert ten Brink]].<ref name="auto1">[http://www.telegraaf.nl/prive/8957817/__Jeroen_van_der_Boom_belt_Robert_ten_Brink__.html Jeroen van der Boom belt Robert ten Brink] Telegraaf, February 8, 2011</ref> In 2011 the show has been hosted by [[Jeroen van der Boom]].<ref name="auto">[http://www.parool.nl/parool/nl/38/MEDIA/article/detail/1833147/2011/02/09/Jeroen-van-der-Boom-doet-Weekend-Miljonairs.dhtml Jeroen van der Boom doet Weekend Miljonairs] Parool, February 9, 2011</ref> The main goal of the game is to win €1 Million by answering 15 multiple-choice questions correctly. It has been shown from 6 February 1999.
From 6 February 1999 to February 2006, it was shown on [[SBS 6]], and from 4 March 2006 to 24 May 2008, it was shown on [[RTL 4]]. In 2011 it was once again broadcast by SBS 6.<ref name="auto1"/>

== Airing history ==
=== As ''(Lotto) Weekend Miljonairs'' (1999–2008; 2011) ===
;Sponsorship deal with ''Lotto''
From the onset, Dutch lottery ''Lotto'' was the main sponsor of the programme. However, in the first seasons (from about 1999 to 2001) the show was simply known as ''Weekend Miljonairs''. Later on, the title was changed to ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''. The sponsorship deal with ''Lotto'' meant that the weekly ''Lotto'' drawing was aired during the programme. Lotto balls also prominently featured in the programme's opening sequences and studio decoration during this period.<ref>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5zOHY4WG2I</ref> Apart the sposor's name being included in the show's title and logo, the money tree and ending-credit graphics, the ''ask-the-audience'' results graphic, the chequces and the ''fastest finger first'' monitors also featured elements of ''Lotto'''s corporate design such as the ''Lotto'' logo, lotto balls or yellow backgrounds.

;1999–2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Original Format with Robert ten Brink (SBS6, then RTL 4)
The show premiered on 6 February 1999 on [[SBS6]] and was presented by [[Robert ten Brink]]. In February 2006, it was announced that the programme would move from SBS6 to [[RTL 4]] the following month. It became known that ''Lotto'' wanted its weekly drawing in a more prominent position during the show, something SBS6 was not willing to agree to.<ref>https://www.volkskrant.nl/cultuur-media/weekend-miljonairs-van-sbs6-naar-rtl4~bbd76fc0/</ref> Host Robert ten Brink canceled his contract with SBS6 and signed on with RTL shortly after the announcement.<ref>http://zappen.blog.nl/rtl-nederland/2006/02/14/aderlating_voor_sbs_robert_ten_brink_ook_naar_rtl</ref>

;2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Forced discontinuation
On 2 November 2007, ''Lotto'' announced that it would stop sponsoring the show in mid-2008 and would not renew the contract.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=4270 Lotto stopt met ‘Weekend Miljonairs’] Mediacourant, 2 November 2007</ref> RTL did not want to give up the program, so they searched hard for a new sponsor but eventually failed.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}} The last episode aired on RTL 4 was May 24, 2008.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}} For some time it seemed the programme would still return after the summer of 2008 but on 26 June 26 2008, [[RTL Group|RTL]] made the announcement that the programme would not return.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

Robert ten Brink would become the host of ''[[Het Moment Van De Waarheid]]'', the Dutch version of ''[[The Moment of Truth (U.S. game show)|The Moment of Truth]]''.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=5825 Robert ten Brink presentator Moment van de Waarheid] Mediacourant, July 2, 2008</ref>

;2011<nowiki>:</nowiki> Clock Format with Jeroen van der Boom (SBS 6)
In 2011, ''Lotto'' wanted to record a new season of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'' but without Robert ten Brink. The problem was that RTL only wanted to make the new season with Robert. For that reason the programme returned to SBS6 on 12 March 2011 with a new host but again sponsored by ''Lotto''.<ref name="auto"/> The last episode was broadcast on 15 October 2011.<ref>[https://www.perssupport.nl/persbericht/59219/chronisch-zieke-man-wint-ton-in-lotto-weekend-miljonairs Press release about last episode] ANP Pers Support, October 15, 2011</ref>

=== As ''BankGiro Miljonairs'' (From 2019) ===
;From 2019<nowiki>:</nowiki> Return of the Original Format and Robert ten Brink (RTL 4)
On 5 February 2019, it was announced that the programme would be revived on RTL 4 under the name ''BankGiro Millionaires''. Robert ten Brink returned as presenter. The first episode of the new season aired on 25 May 25 2019. This version is no longer sponsored by ''Lotto'', but instead by the BankGiro Loterij. As a result, the weekly Lotto draw will no longer be part of the programme. Instead, a prize-awarding ceremony by the ''BankGiro Loterij'' can be seen during the show.

== Rules ==
In 2011, When a contestant gets the second question correct, he will leave with at least €1,000. When a contestant gets the seventh question correct, he will leave with at least €25,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

There are four ''lifelines'': ''Fifty-Fifty'', ''Phone-A-Friend'', ''Ask The Audience'', and ''Switch the Question''. Switch the Question becomes available when the contestant correctly answers the seventh question.

== Winners ==
The first contestant on the show won ƒ16,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The program has only been won once so far, on January 6, 2001 by [[Hans Peters]].<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - First Dutch Winner|date=19 November 2007|work=YouTube}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=December 2011}} Because the [[euro]] was not used yet in 2001, he did not win €1 Million, but ƒ1,000,000 (€453,780).{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The only other time in the program so far anybody has faced the 15th question without walking away was on December 20, 2003 by contestant Menno de Ruijter, but he lost €234,000 of the €250,000 he had.<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLtgbbru_lA|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - Holland|date=15 July 2008|work=YouTube}}</ref>

There have also been a few €0 winners, none more so than Rob Wennekedonck in October 7, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dQzvujyBOFs|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, Peter Lindhout in March 17, 2007<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_HB1v3hA-8|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref> (both missed their 4th question) and [https://www.dumpert.nl/mediabase/1436891/b660b538/vrouw_kiest_verkeerde_antwoord.html ?] in 2011 (missed her 2nd question).

There have been a lot of other final questions, but none of the contestants took the risk. Those contestants were Ada Peters with ƒ500,000 in February 12, 2000, Peter Hagendoorn with ƒ500,000 in March 31, 2001<ref>{{cite av media|url=http://members.chello.nl/~h.peters04/Najaarspresentatie%20SBS%206%202001.htm|title='LOTTO WEEKEND MILJONAIRS' CONTINUES IN SEPTEMBER|work=members.chello.nl}}</ref>, Jacqueline Hooiveld with €250,000 in June 3, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=DFvyb8QHPnY|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, and Richard de Bree with €500,000 in July 2, 2011<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=9y5trzvOC-c|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>

==Money Trees==
{{unreferenced section|date=December 2011}}

*

{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:25%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 30%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 50%" |2011
! style="width: 50%" |2019–
|-
|1
|€500
|€50
|-
|2
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€1,000'''
|€100
|-
|3
|€2,000
|€150
|-
|4
|€4,000
|€250
|-
|5
|€8,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|€16,000
|€1,000
|-
|7
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€25,000'''
|€2,000
|-
|8
|€50,000
|€4,000
|-
|9
|€100,000
|€8,000
|-
|10
|€250,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|€500,000
|€32,000
|-
|12
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|€64,000
|-
|13
|rowspan="3"| N/A
|€125,000
|-
|14
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:36%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 14%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 53%" |1999-2001
! style="width: 23%" |2002-2008
|-
|1
|ƒ50 (€22)
|€25
|-
|2
|ƒ100 (€45)
|€50
|-
|3
|ƒ250 (€113)
|€125
|-
|4
|ƒ500 (€226)
|€250
|-
|5
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ1,000 (€453)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|ƒ2,000 (€907)
|€1,000
|-
|7
|ƒ4,000 (€1,815)
|€2,000
|-
|8
|ƒ8,000 (€3,630)
|€4,000
|-
|9
|ƒ16,000 (€7,260)
|€8,000
|-
|10
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ32,000 (€14,520)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|ƒ64,000 (€29,041)
|€32,000
|-
|12
|ƒ125,000 (€56,722)
|€64,000
|-
|13
|ƒ250,000 (€113,445)
|€125,000
|-
|14
|ƒ500,000 (€226,890)
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>ƒ1,000,000</big> (€453,780)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}

==External links==
*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ Clip of Hans Peters winning NLG 1,000,000
*http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl Official Website
* {{IMDb title|0813740|Lotto Weekend Miljonairs}}

==References==
<references />

[[Category:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]
[[Category:Lottery game shows]]
[[Category:Dutch game shows]]
[[Category:Lottery games]]
[[Category:1999 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2008 Dutch television series endings]]
[[Category:2011 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2000s Dutch television series]]
[[Category:2010s Dutch television series]]

VriendenLoterij Miljonairs

2019-09-28T15:41:57Z

Kazu89: /* Airing history */

{{refimprove|date=December 2011}}
{{Infobox television
| show_name = BankGiro Miljonairs
| image = BankGiro Miljonairs logo.jpg
| image_alt =
| caption = Logo
| genre = [[Game Show]]
| creator = David Briggs [[Steven Knight|Steve Knight]] Mike Whitehill
| developer =
| writer =
| director =
| presenter = [[Robert ten Brink]] (1999-2008, 2019-) [[Jeroen van der Boom]] (2011)
| starring =
| voices =
| narrated =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| composer =
| country = [[Netherlands]]
| language =
| num_seasons =
| num_episodes =
| list_episodes =
| executive_producer =
| producer = [[Celador]] (1999-2007) [[Endemol]] (1999-2008) [[2waytraffic]] (2007-2008, 2011, 2019) Mas Media and [[:nl: Tuvalu Media|Tuvalu Media]] (2011)
| editor =
| location =
| cinematography =
| runtime = 60 minutes
| picture_format =
| audio_format =
| first_run =
| released =
| first_aired = February 6, 1999 - May 24, 2008
 March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011
| last_aired = May 25, 2019 - present
| preceded_by =
| followed_by =
| related =
| website = http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl
| aka =
| creat_director =
| theme_composer =
| co_exec =
| sup_producer =
| asst_producer =
| cons_producer =
| co-producer =
| story_editor =
| camera_setup =
| network =
| channel = [[SBS 6]] (February 6, 1999 - 2006, March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011) [[RTL 4]] (March 4, 2006 - May 24, 2008, May 25, 2019-present)
| prod_website =
}}

[[Image:Lottowmilj.jpg|thumb|Titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM logo.png|thumb|Old logo of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM titles.jpg|thumb|Old titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
'''''BankGiro Miljonairs''''' (until 2011 - '''''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''''', earlier - '''''Weekend Miljonairs''''') is a [[Netherlands|Dutch]] [[game show]] based on the original [[United Kingdom|British]] format of ''[[Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]''. The show is hosted by [[Robert ten Brink]].<ref name="auto1">[http://www.telegraaf.nl/prive/8957817/__Jeroen_van_der_Boom_belt_Robert_ten_Brink__.html Jeroen van der Boom belt Robert ten Brink] Telegraaf, February 8, 2011</ref> In 2011 the show has been hosted by [[Jeroen van der Boom]].<ref name="auto">[http://www.parool.nl/parool/nl/38/MEDIA/article/detail/1833147/2011/02/09/Jeroen-van-der-Boom-doet-Weekend-Miljonairs.dhtml Jeroen van der Boom doet Weekend Miljonairs] Parool, February 9, 2011</ref> The main goal of the game is to win €1 Million by answering 15 multiple-choice questions correctly. It has been shown from 6 February 1999.
From 6 February 1999 to February 2006, it was shown on [[SBS 6]], and from 4 March 2006 to 24 May 2008, it was shown on [[RTL 4]]. In 2011 it was once again broadcast by SBS 6.<ref name="auto1"/>

== Airing history ==
=== As ''(Lotto) Weekend Miljonairs'' (1999–2008; 2011) ===
;Sponsorship deal with ''Lotto''
From the onset, Dutch lottery ''Lotto'' was the main sponsor of the programme. However, in the first seasons (from about 1999 to 2001) the show was simply known as ''Weekend Miljonairs''. Later on, the title was changed to ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''. The sponsorship deal with ''Lotto'' meant that the weekly ''Lotto'' drawing was aired during the programme. Lotto balls also prominently featured in the programme's opening sequences and studio decoration during this period.<ref>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5zOHY4WG2I</ref> Apart the sposor's name being included in the show's title and logo, the money tree and ending-credit graphics, the ''ask-the-audience'' results graphic, the chequces and the ''fastest finger first'' monitors also featured elements of ''Lotto'''s corporate design such as the ''Lotto'' logo, lotto balls or yellow backgrounds.

;1999–2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Original Format with Robert ten Brink (SBS6, then RTL 4)
The show premiered on 6 February 1999 on [[SBS6]] and was presented by [[Robert ten Brink]]. In February 2006, it was announced that the programme would move from SBS6 to [[RTL 4]] the following month. It became known that ''Lotto'' wanted its weekly drawing in a more prominent position during the show, something SBS6 was not willing to agree to.<ref>https://www.volkskrant.nl/cultuur-media/weekend-miljonairs-van-sbs6-naar-rtl4~bbd76fc0/</ref> Host Robert ten Brink canceled his contract with SBS6 and signed on with RTL shortly after the announcement.<ref>http://zappen.blog.nl/rtl-nederland/2006/02/14/aderlating_voor_sbs_robert_ten_brink_ook_naar_rtl</ref>

;2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Forced discontinuation
In November 2, 2007, the Lotto announced that it would stop sponsoring the show in mid-2008, and would not renew the contract.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=4270 Lotto stopt met ‘Weekend Miljonairs’] Mediacourant, 2 November 2007</ref> RTL did not want to give up the program, and so they searched hard for a new sponsor. Eventually they failed.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The last episode aired on RTL 4 was May 24, 2008.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

For some time it seemed like the program would still return after the summer of 2008, but unfortunately, on June 26, 2008, [[RTL Group|RTL]] told in public that the program would not return.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

[[Robert ten Brink]], the host of the program, would become the host of [[Het Moment Van De Waarheid]], the Dutch version of'' [[The Moment of Truth (U.S. game show)|The Moment of Truth]]''.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=5825 Robert ten Brink presentator Moment van de Waarheid] Mediacourant, July 2, 2008</ref>

;2011<nowiki>:</nowiki> Clock Format with Jeroen van der Boom (SBS 6)
In 2011 Lotto wanted to start a new season, but without Robert ten Brink. The problem was that RTL only wanted to make the new season with Robert.
That's the reason the program returned on March 12, 2011 on SBS 6 with a new host, and again sponsored by the Lotto.<ref name="auto"/> The last episode was broadcast on October 15, 2011.<ref>[https://www.perssupport.nl/persbericht/59219/chronisch-zieke-man-wint-ton-in-lotto-weekend-miljonairs Press release about last episode] ANP Pers Support, October 15, 2011</ref>

=== As ''BankGiro Miljonairs'' (From 2019) ===
;From 2019<nowiki>:</nowiki> Return of the Original Format and Robert ten Brink (RTL 4)
On February 5, 2019, it was announced that the program was revived on RTL 4 under the name BankGiro Millionaires. Robert ten Brink returns as presenter. The first broadcast will be on May 25, 2019. This version is no longer sponsored by the Lotto, but by the BankGiro Loterij. As a result, the weekly Lotto draw will no longer be shown in the program. Instead, a prize-giving ceremony from the BankGiro Loterij can be seen in the program.

== Rules ==
In 2011, When a contestant gets the second question correct, he will leave with at least €1,000. When a contestant gets the seventh question correct, he will leave with at least €25,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

There are four ''lifelines'': ''Fifty-Fifty'', ''Phone-A-Friend'', ''Ask The Audience'', and ''Switch the Question''. Switch the Question becomes available when the contestant correctly answers the seventh question.

== Winners ==
The first contestant on the show won ƒ16,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The program has only been won once so far, on January 6, 2001 by [[Hans Peters]].<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - First Dutch Winner|date=19 November 2007|work=YouTube}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=December 2011}} Because the [[euro]] was not used yet in 2001, he did not win €1 Million, but ƒ1,000,000 (€453,780).{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The only other time in the program so far anybody has faced the 15th question without walking away was on December 20, 2003 by contestant Menno de Ruijter, but he lost €234,000 of the €250,000 he had.<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLtgbbru_lA|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - Holland|date=15 July 2008|work=YouTube}}</ref>

There have also been a few €0 winners, none more so than Rob Wennekedonck in October 7, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dQzvujyBOFs|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, Peter Lindhout in March 17, 2007<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_HB1v3hA-8|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref> (both missed their 4th question) and [https://www.dumpert.nl/mediabase/1436891/b660b538/vrouw_kiest_verkeerde_antwoord.html ?] in 2011 (missed her 2nd question).

There have been a lot of other final questions, but none of the contestants took the risk. Those contestants were Ada Peters with ƒ500,000 in February 12, 2000, Peter Hagendoorn with ƒ500,000 in March 31, 2001<ref>{{cite av media|url=http://members.chello.nl/~h.peters04/Najaarspresentatie%20SBS%206%202001.htm|title='LOTTO WEEKEND MILJONAIRS' CONTINUES IN SEPTEMBER|work=members.chello.nl}}</ref>, Jacqueline Hooiveld with €250,000 in June 3, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=DFvyb8QHPnY|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, and Richard de Bree with €500,000 in July 2, 2011<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=9y5trzvOC-c|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>

==Money Trees==
{{unreferenced section|date=December 2011}}

*

{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:25%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 30%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 50%" |2011
! style="width: 50%" |2019–
|-
|1
|€500
|€50
|-
|2
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€1,000'''
|€100
|-
|3
|€2,000
|€150
|-
|4
|€4,000
|€250
|-
|5
|€8,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|€16,000
|€1,000
|-
|7
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€25,000'''
|€2,000
|-
|8
|€50,000
|€4,000
|-
|9
|€100,000
|€8,000
|-
|10
|€250,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|€500,000
|€32,000
|-
|12
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|€64,000
|-
|13
|rowspan="3"| N/A
|€125,000
|-
|14
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:36%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 14%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 53%" |1999-2001
! style="width: 23%" |2002-2008
|-
|1
|ƒ50 (€22)
|€25
|-
|2
|ƒ100 (€45)
|€50
|-
|3
|ƒ250 (€113)
|€125
|-
|4
|ƒ500 (€226)
|€250
|-
|5
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ1,000 (€453)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|ƒ2,000 (€907)
|€1,000
|-
|7
|ƒ4,000 (€1,815)
|€2,000
|-
|8
|ƒ8,000 (€3,630)
|€4,000
|-
|9
|ƒ16,000 (€7,260)
|€8,000
|-
|10
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ32,000 (€14,520)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|ƒ64,000 (€29,041)
|€32,000
|-
|12
|ƒ125,000 (€56,722)
|€64,000
|-
|13
|ƒ250,000 (€113,445)
|€125,000
|-
|14
|ƒ500,000 (€226,890)
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>ƒ1,000,000</big> (€453,780)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}

==External links==
*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ Clip of Hans Peters winning NLG 1,000,000
*http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl Official Website
* {{IMDb title|0813740|Lotto Weekend Miljonairs}}

==References==
<references />

[[Category:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]
[[Category:Lottery game shows]]
[[Category:Dutch game shows]]
[[Category:Lottery games]]
[[Category:1999 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2008 Dutch television series endings]]
[[Category:2011 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2000s Dutch television series]]
[[Category:2010s Dutch television series]]

VriendenLoterij Miljonairs

2019-09-28T15:11:11Z

Kazu89: /* As (Lotto) Weekend Miljonairs (1999–2008; 2011) */

{{refimprove|date=December 2011}}
{{Infobox television
| show_name = BankGiro Miljonairs
| image = BankGiro Miljonairs logo.jpg
| image_alt =
| caption = Logo
| genre = [[Game Show]]
| creator = David Briggs [[Steven Knight|Steve Knight]] Mike Whitehill
| developer =
| writer =
| director =
| presenter = [[Robert ten Brink]] (1999-2008, 2019-) [[Jeroen van der Boom]] (2011)
| starring =
| voices =
| narrated =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| composer =
| country = [[Netherlands]]
| language =
| num_seasons =
| num_episodes =
| list_episodes =
| executive_producer =
| producer = [[Celador]] (1999-2007) [[Endemol]] (1999-2008) [[2waytraffic]] (2007-2008, 2011, 2019) Mas Media and [[:nl: Tuvalu Media|Tuvalu Media]] (2011)
| editor =
| location =
| cinematography =
| runtime = 60 minutes
| picture_format =
| audio_format =
| first_run =
| released =
| first_aired = February 6, 1999 - May 24, 2008
 March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011
| last_aired = May 25, 2019 - present
| preceded_by =
| followed_by =
| related =
| website = http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl
| aka =
| creat_director =
| theme_composer =
| co_exec =
| sup_producer =
| asst_producer =
| cons_producer =
| co-producer =
| story_editor =
| camera_setup =
| network =
| channel = [[SBS 6]] (February 6, 1999 - 2006, March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011) [[RTL 4]] (March 4, 2006 - May 24, 2008, May 25, 2019-present)
| prod_website =
}}

[[Image:Lottowmilj.jpg|thumb|Titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM logo.png|thumb|Old logo of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM titles.jpg|thumb|Old titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
'''''BankGiro Miljonairs''''' (until 2011 - '''''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''''', earlier - '''''Weekend Miljonairs''''') is a [[Netherlands|Dutch]] [[game show]] based on the original [[United Kingdom|British]] format of ''[[Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]''. The show is hosted by [[Robert ten Brink]].<ref name="auto1">[http://www.telegraaf.nl/prive/8957817/__Jeroen_van_der_Boom_belt_Robert_ten_Brink__.html Jeroen van der Boom belt Robert ten Brink] Telegraaf, February 8, 2011</ref> In 2011 the show has been hosted by [[Jeroen van der Boom]].<ref name="auto">[http://www.parool.nl/parool/nl/38/MEDIA/article/detail/1833147/2011/02/09/Jeroen-van-der-Boom-doet-Weekend-Miljonairs.dhtml Jeroen van der Boom doet Weekend Miljonairs] Parool, February 9, 2011</ref> The main goal of the game is to win €1 Million by answering 15 multiple-choice questions correctly. It has been shown from 6 February 1999.
From 6 February 1999 to February 2006, it was shown on [[SBS 6]], and from 4 March 2006 to 24 May 2008, it was shown on [[RTL 4]]. In 2011 it was once again broadcast by SBS 6.<ref name="auto1"/>

== Airing history ==
=== As ''(Lotto) Weekend Miljonairs'' (1999–2008; 2011) ===
;Sponsorship deal with ''Lotto''
From the onset, Dutch lottery ''Lotto'' was the main sponsor of the programme. However, in the first seasons (from about 1999 to 2001) the show was simply known as ''Weekend Miljonairs''. Later on, the title was changed to ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''. The sponsorship deal with ''Lotto'' meant that the weekly ''Lotto'' drawing was aired during the programme. Lotto balls also prominently featured in the programme's opening sequences and studio decoration during this period.<ref>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5zOHY4WG2I</ref> Apart the sposor's name being included in the show's title and logo, the money tree and ending-credit graphics, the ''ask-the-audience'' results graphic, the chequces and the ''fastest finger first'' monitors also featured elements of ''Lotto'''s corporate design such as the ''Lotto'' logo, lotto balls or yellow backgrounds.

;1999–2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Original Format with Robert ten Brink (SBS6, then RTL 4)
The show premiered on 6 February 1999 on SBS6 and was presented by [[Robert ten Brink]].

;2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Forced discontinuation
In November 2, 2007, the Lotto announced that it would stop sponsoring the show in mid-2008, and would not renew the contract.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=4270 Lotto stopt met ‘Weekend Miljonairs’] Mediacourant, 2 November 2007</ref> RTL did not want to give up the program, and so they searched hard for a new sponsor. Eventually they failed.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The last episode aired on RTL 4 was May 24, 2008.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

For some time it seemed like the program would still return after the summer of 2008, but unfortunately, on June 26, 2008, [[RTL Group|RTL]] told in public that the program would not return.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

[[Robert ten Brink]], the host of the program, would become the host of [[Het Moment Van De Waarheid]], the Dutch version of'' [[The Moment of Truth (U.S. game show)|The Moment of Truth]]''.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=5825 Robert ten Brink presentator Moment van de Waarheid] Mediacourant, July 2, 2008</ref>

;2011<nowiki>:</nowiki> Clock Format with Jeroen van der Boom (SBS 6)
In 2011 Lotto wanted to start a new season, but without Robert ten Brink. The problem was that RTL only wanted to make the new season with Robert.
That's the reason the program returned on March 12, 2011 on SBS 6 with a new host, and again sponsored by the Lotto.<ref name="auto"/> The last episode was broadcast on October 15, 2011.<ref>[https://www.perssupport.nl/persbericht/59219/chronisch-zieke-man-wint-ton-in-lotto-weekend-miljonairs Press release about last episode] ANP Pers Support, October 15, 2011</ref>

=== As ''BankGiro Miljonairs'' (From 2019) ===
;From 2019<nowiki>:</nowiki> Return of the Original Format and Robert ten Brink (RTL 4)
On February 5, 2019, it was announced that the program was revived on RTL 4 under the name BankGiro Millionaires. Robert ten Brink returns as presenter. The first broadcast will be on May 25, 2019. This version is no longer sponsored by the Lotto, but by the BankGiro Loterij. As a result, the weekly Lotto draw will no longer be shown in the program. Instead, a prize-giving ceremony from the BankGiro Loterij can be seen in the program.

== Rules ==
In 2011, When a contestant gets the second question correct, he will leave with at least €1,000. When a contestant gets the seventh question correct, he will leave with at least €25,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

There are four ''lifelines'': ''Fifty-Fifty'', ''Phone-A-Friend'', ''Ask The Audience'', and ''Switch the Question''. Switch the Question becomes available when the contestant correctly answers the seventh question.

== Winners ==
The first contestant on the show won ƒ16,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The program has only been won once so far, on January 6, 2001 by [[Hans Peters]].<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - First Dutch Winner|date=19 November 2007|work=YouTube}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=December 2011}} Because the [[euro]] was not used yet in 2001, he did not win €1 Million, but ƒ1,000,000 (€453,780).{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The only other time in the program so far anybody has faced the 15th question without walking away was on December 20, 2003 by contestant Menno de Ruijter, but he lost €234,000 of the €250,000 he had.<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLtgbbru_lA|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - Holland|date=15 July 2008|work=YouTube}}</ref>

There have also been a few €0 winners, none more so than Rob Wennekedonck in October 7, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dQzvujyBOFs|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, Peter Lindhout in March 17, 2007<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_HB1v3hA-8|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref> (both missed their 4th question) and [https://www.dumpert.nl/mediabase/1436891/b660b538/vrouw_kiest_verkeerde_antwoord.html ?] in 2011 (missed her 2nd question).

There have been a lot of other final questions, but none of the contestants took the risk. Those contestants were Ada Peters with ƒ500,000 in February 12, 2000, Peter Hagendoorn with ƒ500,000 in March 31, 2001<ref>{{cite av media|url=http://members.chello.nl/~h.peters04/Najaarspresentatie%20SBS%206%202001.htm|title='LOTTO WEEKEND MILJONAIRS' CONTINUES IN SEPTEMBER|work=members.chello.nl}}</ref>, Jacqueline Hooiveld with €250,000 in June 3, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=DFvyb8QHPnY|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, and Richard de Bree with €500,000 in July 2, 2011<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=9y5trzvOC-c|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>

==Money Trees==
{{unreferenced section|date=December 2011}}

*

{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:25%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 30%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 50%" |2011
! style="width: 50%" |2019–
|-
|1
|€500
|€50
|-
|2
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€1,000'''
|€100
|-
|3
|€2,000
|€150
|-
|4
|€4,000
|€250
|-
|5
|€8,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|€16,000
|€1,000
|-
|7
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€25,000'''
|€2,000
|-
|8
|€50,000
|€4,000
|-
|9
|€100,000
|€8,000
|-
|10
|€250,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|€500,000
|€32,000
|-
|12
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|€64,000
|-
|13
|rowspan="3"| N/A
|€125,000
|-
|14
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:36%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 14%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 53%" |1999-2001
! style="width: 23%" |2002-2008
|-
|1
|ƒ50 (€22)
|€25
|-
|2
|ƒ100 (€45)
|€50
|-
|3
|ƒ250 (€113)
|€125
|-
|4
|ƒ500 (€226)
|€250
|-
|5
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ1,000 (€453)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|ƒ2,000 (€907)
|€1,000
|-
|7
|ƒ4,000 (€1,815)
|€2,000
|-
|8
|ƒ8,000 (€3,630)
|€4,000
|-
|9
|ƒ16,000 (€7,260)
|€8,000
|-
|10
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ32,000 (€14,520)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|ƒ64,000 (€29,041)
|€32,000
|-
|12
|ƒ125,000 (€56,722)
|€64,000
|-
|13
|ƒ250,000 (€113,445)
|€125,000
|-
|14
|ƒ500,000 (€226,890)
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>ƒ1,000,000</big> (€453,780)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}

==External links==
*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ Clip of Hans Peters winning NLG 1,000,000
*http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl Official Website
* {{IMDb title|0813740|Lotto Weekend Miljonairs}}

==References==
<references />

[[Category:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]
[[Category:Lottery game shows]]
[[Category:Dutch game shows]]
[[Category:Lottery games]]
[[Category:1999 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2008 Dutch television series endings]]
[[Category:2011 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2000s Dutch television series]]
[[Category:2010s Dutch television series]]

VriendenLoterij Miljonairs

2019-09-28T15:04:52Z

Kazu89:

{{refimprove|date=December 2011}}
{{Infobox television
| show_name = BankGiro Miljonairs
| image = BankGiro Miljonairs logo.jpg
| image_alt =
| caption = Logo
| genre = [[Game Show]]
| creator = David Briggs [[Steven Knight|Steve Knight]] Mike Whitehill
| developer =
| writer =
| director =
| presenter = [[Robert ten Brink]] (1999-2008, 2019-) [[Jeroen van der Boom]] (2011)
| starring =
| voices =
| narrated =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| composer =
| country = [[Netherlands]]
| language =
| num_seasons =
| num_episodes =
| list_episodes =
| executive_producer =
| producer = [[Celador]] (1999-2007) [[Endemol]] (1999-2008) [[2waytraffic]] (2007-2008, 2011, 2019) Mas Media and [[:nl: Tuvalu Media|Tuvalu Media]] (2011)
| editor =
| location =
| cinematography =
| runtime = 60 minutes
| picture_format =
| audio_format =
| first_run =
| released =
| first_aired = February 6, 1999 - May 24, 2008
 March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011
| last_aired = May 25, 2019 - present
| preceded_by =
| followed_by =
| related =
| website = http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl
| aka =
| creat_director =
| theme_composer =
| co_exec =
| sup_producer =
| asst_producer =
| cons_producer =
| co-producer =
| story_editor =
| camera_setup =
| network =
| channel = [[SBS 6]] (February 6, 1999 - 2006, March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011) [[RTL 4]] (March 4, 2006 - May 24, 2008, May 25, 2019-present)
| prod_website =
}}

[[Image:Lottowmilj.jpg|thumb|Titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM logo.png|thumb|Old logo of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM titles.jpg|thumb|Old titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
'''''BankGiro Miljonairs''''' (until 2011 - '''''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''''', earlier - '''''Weekend Miljonairs''''') is a [[Netherlands|Dutch]] [[game show]] based on the original [[United Kingdom|British]] format of ''[[Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]''. The show is hosted by [[Robert ten Brink]].<ref name="auto1">[http://www.telegraaf.nl/prive/8957817/__Jeroen_van_der_Boom_belt_Robert_ten_Brink__.html Jeroen van der Boom belt Robert ten Brink] Telegraaf, February 8, 2011</ref> In 2011 the show has been hosted by [[Jeroen van der Boom]].<ref name="auto">[http://www.parool.nl/parool/nl/38/MEDIA/article/detail/1833147/2011/02/09/Jeroen-van-der-Boom-doet-Weekend-Miljonairs.dhtml Jeroen van der Boom doet Weekend Miljonairs] Parool, February 9, 2011</ref> The main goal of the game is to win €1 Million by answering 15 multiple-choice questions correctly. It has been shown from 6 February 1999.
From 6 February 1999 to February 2006, it was shown on [[SBS 6]], and from 4 March 2006 to 24 May 2008, it was shown on [[RTL 4]]. In 2011 it was once again broadcast by SBS 6.<ref name="auto1"/>

== Airing history ==
=== As ''(Lotto) Weekend Miljonairs'' (1999–2008; 2011) ===
;Sponsorship deal with ''Lotto''
From the onset, Dutch lottery ''Lotto'' was the main sponsor of the programme. However, in the first seasons (from about 1999 to 2001) the show was simply known as ''Weekend Miljonairs''. Later on, the title was changed to ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''. The sponsorship deal with ''Lotto'' meant that the weekly ''Lotto'' drawing was aired during the programme. Lotto balls also prominently featured in the programme's opening sequences and studio decoration during this period.<ref>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5zOHY4WG2I</ref> The money tree and ending credits graphics, the ask-the-audience results graphic, the chequces and the ''fastest finger first'' monitors also featured elements of ''Lotto'''s corporate design such as the ''Lotto'' logo, lotto balls or yellow backgrounds.

;1999–2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Original Format with Robert ten Brink (SBS6, then RTL 4)
The show premiered on 6 February 1999 on SBS6 and was presented by [[Robert ten Brink]].

;2008<nowiki>:</nowiki> Forced discontinuation
In November 2, 2007, the Lotto announced that it would stop sponsoring the show in mid-2008, and would not renew the contract.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=4270 Lotto stopt met ‘Weekend Miljonairs’] Mediacourant, 2 November 2007</ref> RTL did not want to give up the program, and so they searched hard for a new sponsor. Eventually they failed.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The last episode aired on RTL 4 was May 24, 2008.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

For some time it seemed like the program would still return after the summer of 2008, but unfortunately, on June 26, 2008, [[RTL Group|RTL]] told in public that the program would not return.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

[[Robert ten Brink]], the host of the program, would become the host of [[Het Moment Van De Waarheid]], the Dutch version of'' [[The Moment of Truth (U.S. game show)|The Moment of Truth]]''.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=5825 Robert ten Brink presentator Moment van de Waarheid] Mediacourant, July 2, 2008</ref>

;2011<nowiki>:</nowiki> Clock Format with Jeroen van der Boom (SBS 6)
In 2011 Lotto wanted to start a new season, but without Robert ten Brink. The problem was that RTL only wanted to make the new season with Robert.
That's the reason the program returned on March 12, 2011 on SBS 6 with a new host, and again sponsored by the Lotto.<ref name="auto"/> The last episode was broadcast on October 15, 2011.<ref>[https://www.perssupport.nl/persbericht/59219/chronisch-zieke-man-wint-ton-in-lotto-weekend-miljonairs Press release about last episode] ANP Pers Support, October 15, 2011</ref>

=== As ''BankGiro Miljonairs'' (From 2019) ===
;From 2019<nowiki>:</nowiki> Return of the Original Format and Robert ten Brink (RTL 4)
On February 5, 2019, it was announced that the program was revived on RTL 4 under the name BankGiro Millionaires. Robert ten Brink returns as presenter. The first broadcast will be on May 25, 2019. This version is no longer sponsored by the Lotto, but by the BankGiro Loterij. As a result, the weekly Lotto draw will no longer be shown in the program. Instead, a prize-giving ceremony from the BankGiro Loterij can be seen in the program.

== Rules ==
In 2011, When a contestant gets the second question correct, he will leave with at least €1,000. When a contestant gets the seventh question correct, he will leave with at least €25,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

There are four ''lifelines'': ''Fifty-Fifty'', ''Phone-A-Friend'', ''Ask The Audience'', and ''Switch the Question''. Switch the Question becomes available when the contestant correctly answers the seventh question.

== Winners ==
The first contestant on the show won ƒ16,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The program has only been won once so far, on January 6, 2001 by [[Hans Peters]].<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - First Dutch Winner|date=19 November 2007|work=YouTube}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=December 2011}} Because the [[euro]] was not used yet in 2001, he did not win €1 Million, but ƒ1,000,000 (€453,780).{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The only other time in the program so far anybody has faced the 15th question without walking away was on December 20, 2003 by contestant Menno de Ruijter, but he lost €234,000 of the €250,000 he had.<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLtgbbru_lA|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - Holland|date=15 July 2008|work=YouTube}}</ref>

There have also been a few €0 winners, none more so than Rob Wennekedonck in October 7, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dQzvujyBOFs|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, Peter Lindhout in March 17, 2007<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_HB1v3hA-8|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref> (both missed their 4th question) and [https://www.dumpert.nl/mediabase/1436891/b660b538/vrouw_kiest_verkeerde_antwoord.html ?] in 2011 (missed her 2nd question).

There have been a lot of other final questions, but none of the contestants took the risk. Those contestants were Ada Peters with ƒ500,000 in February 12, 2000, Peter Hagendoorn with ƒ500,000 in March 31, 2001<ref>{{cite av media|url=http://members.chello.nl/~h.peters04/Najaarspresentatie%20SBS%206%202001.htm|title='LOTTO WEEKEND MILJONAIRS' CONTINUES IN SEPTEMBER|work=members.chello.nl}}</ref>, Jacqueline Hooiveld with €250,000 in June 3, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=DFvyb8QHPnY|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, and Richard de Bree with €500,000 in July 2, 2011<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=9y5trzvOC-c|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>

==Money Trees==
{{unreferenced section|date=December 2011}}

*

{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:25%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 30%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 50%" |2011
! style="width: 50%" |2019–
|-
|1
|€500
|€50
|-
|2
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€1,000'''
|€100
|-
|3
|€2,000
|€150
|-
|4
|€4,000
|€250
|-
|5
|€8,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|€16,000
|€1,000
|-
|7
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€25,000'''
|€2,000
|-
|8
|€50,000
|€4,000
|-
|9
|€100,000
|€8,000
|-
|10
|€250,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|€500,000
|€32,000
|-
|12
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|€64,000
|-
|13
|rowspan="3"| N/A
|€125,000
|-
|14
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:36%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 14%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 53%" |1999-2001
! style="width: 23%" |2002-2008
|-
|1
|ƒ50 (€22)
|€25
|-
|2
|ƒ100 (€45)
|€50
|-
|3
|ƒ250 (€113)
|€125
|-
|4
|ƒ500 (€226)
|€250
|-
|5
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ1,000 (€453)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|ƒ2,000 (€907)
|€1,000
|-
|7
|ƒ4,000 (€1,815)
|€2,000
|-
|8
|ƒ8,000 (€3,630)
|€4,000
|-
|9
|ƒ16,000 (€7,260)
|€8,000
|-
|10
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ32,000 (€14,520)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|ƒ64,000 (€29,041)
|€32,000
|-
|12
|ƒ125,000 (€56,722)
|€64,000
|-
|13
|ƒ250,000 (€113,445)
|€125,000
|-
|14
|ƒ500,000 (€226,890)
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>ƒ1,000,000</big> (€453,780)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}

==External links==
*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ Clip of Hans Peters winning NLG 1,000,000
*http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl Official Website
* {{IMDb title|0813740|Lotto Weekend Miljonairs}}

==References==
<references />

[[Category:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]
[[Category:Lottery game shows]]
[[Category:Dutch game shows]]
[[Category:Lottery games]]
[[Category:1999 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2008 Dutch television series endings]]
[[Category:2011 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2000s Dutch television series]]
[[Category:2010s Dutch television series]]

VriendenLoterij Miljonairs

2019-09-28T12:34:25Z

Kazu89: Re-organised the page as the (airing) history was split in several part. Plan to fuse "rules" and "money trees" later on and re-write and source the existing material if sources can be found.

{{refimprove|date=December 2011}}
{{Infobox television
| show_name = BankGiro Miljonairs
| image = BankGiro Miljonairs logo.jpg
| image_alt =
| caption = Logo
| genre = [[Game Show]]
| creator = David Briggs [[Steven Knight|Steve Knight]] Mike Whitehill
| developer =
| writer =
| director =
| presenter = [[Robert ten Brink]] (1999-2008, 2019-) [[Jeroen van der Boom]] (2011)
| starring =
| voices =
| narrated =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| composer =
| country = [[Netherlands]]
| language =
| num_seasons =
| num_episodes =
| list_episodes =
| executive_producer =
| producer = [[Celador]] (1999-2007) [[Endemol]] (1999-2008) [[2waytraffic]] (2007-2008, 2011, 2019) Mas Media and [[:nl: Tuvalu Media|Tuvalu Media]] (2011)
| editor =
| location =
| cinematography =
| runtime = 60 minutes
| picture_format =
| audio_format =
| first_run =
| released =
| first_aired = February 6, 1999 - May 24, 2008
 March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011
| last_aired = May 25, 2019 - present
| preceded_by =
| followed_by =
| related =
| website = http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl
| aka =
| creat_director =
| theme_composer =
| co_exec =
| sup_producer =
| asst_producer =
| cons_producer =
| co-producer =
| story_editor =
| camera_setup =
| network =
| channel = [[SBS 6]] (February 6, 1999 - 2006, March 12, 2011 - October 15, 2011) [[RTL 4]] (March 4, 2006 - May 24, 2008, May 25, 2019-present)
| prod_website =
}}

[[Image:Lottowmilj.jpg|thumb|Titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM logo.png|thumb|Old logo of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
[[Image:Old LWM titles.jpg|thumb|Old titles of ''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs'']]
'''''BankGiro Miljonairs''''' (until 2011 - '''''Lotto Weekend Miljonairs''''', earlier - '''''Weekend Miljonairs''''') is a [[Netherlands|Dutch]] [[game show]] based on the original [[United Kingdom|British]] format of ''[[Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]''. The show is hosted by [[Robert ten Brink]].<ref name="auto1">[http://www.telegraaf.nl/prive/8957817/__Jeroen_van_der_Boom_belt_Robert_ten_Brink__.html Jeroen van der Boom belt Robert ten Brink] Telegraaf, February 8, 2011</ref> In 2011 the show has been hosted by [[Jeroen van der Boom]].<ref name="auto">[http://www.parool.nl/parool/nl/38/MEDIA/article/detail/1833147/2011/02/09/Jeroen-van-der-Boom-doet-Weekend-Miljonairs.dhtml Jeroen van der Boom doet Weekend Miljonairs] Parool, February 9, 2011</ref> The main goal of the game is to win €1 Million by answering 15 multiple-choice questions correctly. It has been shown from 6 February 1999.
From 6 February 1999 to February 2006, it was shown on [[SBS 6]], and from 4 March 2006 to 24 May 2008, it was shown on [[RTL 4]]. In 2011 it was once again broadcast by SBS 6.<ref name="auto1"/>

== Airing history ==
=== 1999–2008: Original Format with Robert ten Brink (SBS 6, then RTL 4) ===
From the start on, the [http://www.ketquamoinhat.com/ Lotto] was the main sponsor, however, in the first seasons (from about 1999 to 2001), the show was known as just Weekend Miljonairs.
Later, the title was changed to Lotto Weekend Miljonairs.

=== 2008: Forced discontinuation ===
In November 2, 2007, the Lotto announced that it would stop sponsoring the show in mid-2008, and would not renew the contract.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=4270 Lotto stopt met ‘Weekend Miljonairs’] Mediacourant, 2 November 2007</ref> RTL did not want to give up the program, and so they searched hard for a new sponsor. Eventually they failed.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The last episode aired on RTL 4 was May 24, 2008.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

For some time it seemed like the program would still return after the summer of 2008, but unfortunately, on June 26, 2008, [[RTL Group|RTL]] told in public that the program would not return.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

[[Robert ten Brink]], the host of the program, would become the host of [[Het Moment Van De Waarheid]], the Dutch version of'' [[The Moment of Truth (U.S. game show)|The Moment of Truth]]''.<ref>[http://www.mediacourant.nl/?p=5825 Robert ten Brink presentator Moment van de Waarheid] Mediacourant, July 2, 2008</ref>

=== 2011: Clock Format with Jeroen van der Boom (SBS 6) ===
In 2011 Lotto wanted to start a new season, but without Robert ten Brink. The problem was that RTL only wanted to make the new season with Robert.
That's the reason the program returned on March 12, 2011 on SBS 6 with a new host, and again sponsored by the Lotto.<ref name="auto"/> The last episode was broadcast on October 15, 2011.<ref>[https://www.perssupport.nl/persbericht/59219/chronisch-zieke-man-wint-ton-in-lotto-weekend-miljonairs Press release about last episode] ANP Pers Support, October 15, 2011</ref>

=== From 2019: Return of the Original Format and Robert ten Brink (RTL 4) ===
On February 5, 2019, it was announced that the program was revived on RTL 4 under the name BankGiro Millionaires. Robert ten Brink returns as presenter. The first broadcast will be on May 25, 2019. This version is no longer sponsored by the Lotto, but by the BankGiro Loterij. As a result, the weekly Lotto draw will no longer be shown in the program. Instead, a prize-giving ceremony from the BankGiro Loterij can be seen in the program.

== Rules ==
In 2011, When a contestant gets the second question correct, he will leave with at least €1,000. When a contestant gets the seventh question correct, he will leave with at least €25,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

There are four ''lifelines'': ''Fifty-Fifty'', ''Phone-A-Friend'', ''Ask The Audience'', and ''Switch the Question''. Switch the Question becomes available when the contestant correctly answers the seventh question.

== Winners ==
The first contestant on the show won ƒ16,000.{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The program has only been won once so far, on January 6, 2001 by [[Hans Peters]].<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - First Dutch Winner|date=19 November 2007|work=YouTube}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=December 2011}} Because the [[euro]] was not used yet in 2001, he did not win €1 Million, but ƒ1,000,000 (€453,780).{{Citation needed|date=December 2011}}

The only other time in the program so far anybody has faced the 15th question without walking away was on December 20, 2003 by contestant Menno de Ruijter, but he lost €234,000 of the €250,000 he had.<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLtgbbru_lA|title=Who wants to be a Millionaire - Holland|date=15 July 2008|work=YouTube}}</ref>

There have also been a few €0 winners, none more so than Rob Wennekedonck in October 7, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dQzvujyBOFs|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, Peter Lindhout in March 17, 2007<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_HB1v3hA-8|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref> (both missed their 4th question) and [https://www.dumpert.nl/mediabase/1436891/b660b538/vrouw_kiest_verkeerde_antwoord.html ?] in 2011 (missed her 2nd question).

There have been a lot of other final questions, but none of the contestants took the risk. Those contestants were Ada Peters with ƒ500,000 in February 12, 2000, Peter Hagendoorn with ƒ500,000 in March 31, 2001<ref>{{cite av media|url=http://members.chello.nl/~h.peters04/Najaarspresentatie%20SBS%206%202001.htm|title='LOTTO WEEKEND MILJONAIRS' CONTINUES IN SEPTEMBER|work=members.chello.nl}}</ref>, Jacqueline Hooiveld with €250,000 in June 3, 2006<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=DFvyb8QHPnY|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>, and Richard de Bree with €500,000 in July 2, 2011<ref>{{cite av media|url=https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=9y5trzvOC-c|title=YouTube|work=youtube.com}}</ref>

==Money Trees==
{{unreferenced section|date=December 2011}}

*

{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:25%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 30%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 50%" |2011
! style="width: 50%" |2019–
|-
|1
|€500
|€50
|-
|2
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€1,000'''
|€100
|-
|3
|€2,000
|€150
|-
|4
|€4,000
|€250
|-
|5
|€8,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|€16,000
|€1,000
|-
|7
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€25,000'''
|€2,000
|-
|8
|€50,000
|€4,000
|-
|9
|€100,000
|€8,000
|-
|10
|€250,000
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|€500,000
|€32,000
|-
|12
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|€64,000
|-
|13
|rowspan="3"| N/A
|€125,000
|-
|14
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; border:1px;; cellpadding:2; cellspacing:0; width:36%;"
! rowspan="2" style="width: 14%" |Question number
! colspan="2" |Question value
|-
! style="width: 53%" |1999-2001
! style="width: 23%" |2002-2008
|-
|1
|ƒ50 (€22)
|€25
|-
|2
|ƒ100 (€45)
|€50
|-
|3
|ƒ250 (€113)
|€125
|-
|4
|ƒ500 (€226)
|€250
|-
|5
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ1,000 (€453)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€500'''
|-
|6
|ƒ2,000 (€907)
|€1,000
|-
|7
|ƒ4,000 (€1,815)
|€2,000
|-
|8
|ƒ8,000 (€3,630)
|€4,000
|-
|9
|ƒ16,000 (€7,260)
|€8,000
|-
|10
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''ƒ32,000 (€14,520)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''€16,000'''
|-
|11
|ƒ64,000 (€29,041)
|€32,000
|-
|12
|ƒ125,000 (€56,722)
|€64,000
|-
|13
|ƒ250,000 (€113,445)
|€125,000
|-
|14
|ƒ500,000 (€226,890)
|€250,000
|-
|15
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>ƒ1,000,000</big> (€453,780)'''
| style="background: #FFE600" |'''<big>€1,000,000</big>'''
|}

==External links==
*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8vTROReumAQ Clip of Hans Peters winning NLG 1,000,000
*http://www.lottoweekendmiljonairs.nl Official Website
* {{IMDb title|0813740|Lotto Weekend Miljonairs}}

==References==
<references />

[[Category:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]]
[[Category:Lottery game shows]]
[[Category:Dutch game shows]]
[[Category:Lottery games]]
[[Category:1999 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2008 Dutch television series endings]]
[[Category:2011 Dutch television series debuts]]
[[Category:2000s Dutch television series]]
[[Category:2010s Dutch television series]]

TIM (brand)

2015-08-01T18:48:10Z

Kazu89: fixed infobox

{{Infobox company
| name = Telecom Italia Mobile
| logo = [[File:TIM-Logo-3D 2014.png|120px]]
| type = [[Subsidiary company|Subsidiary]]
| foundation = 1996
| location = [[Rome]], [[Italy]]
| key_people = [[Marco Patuano]] (CEO)
| owner = [[Telecom Italia]]
| industry = Mobile Telephony, Internet Mobile Provider
| homepage = [http://www.tim.it tim.it]
}}

'''Telecom Italia Mobile''', also known as '''TIM''', is [[Telecom Italia]]'s mobile phone brand since 1996. TIM runs a [[GSM]], [[EDGE]], [[HSPA]] and [[LTE network]]s.

4G LTE is active in 2,560 cities (77%){{Citation needed|reason=reliable source needed for the whole sentence|date=March 2014}} and includes: Ancona, Bari, Bologna, Cagliari, Catania, Florence, Genoa, Milan, Naples, Palermo, Perugia, Pescara, Reggio Calabria, Rome, Trento, Trieste and Turin. 4G+/LTE Plus has speeds of up to 180-225 MB exploiting the 4G carrier aggregation which is now available in more than 60 cities in Italy: Rome, Milan, Turin, Naples, Florence, Genoa, Palermo, Catania and Bari. 3G 42.2 MB/s active in 2500 cities of Italy.{{Citation needed|reason=reliable source needed for the whole sentence|date=March 2014}}

== National fraud in Brazilian prepaid mobile lines==
On 8 August 2012, TIM Brasil became involved in a massive scandal after the release of a report by the Brazilian National Telecommunications Agency Anatel.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://g1.globo.com/parana/noticia/2012/08/tim-derruba-os-sinais-de-clientes-de-forma-proposital-aponta-relatorio.html |title=G1 - TIM derruba os sinais de clientes de forma proposital, aponta relatório - notícias em Paraná |publisher=G1.globo.com |date= |accessdate=2012-08-17}}</ref>

The report points out that on TIM's prepaid voice plan (24.7% market share), called "Infinity" (in which the user pays roughly US$0.12 for each unlimited time call), calls were intentionally dropped by the company which forced customers to make (and pay for) new calls to continue talking. In just one day, 8.1 million calls were dropped and the total profit was approximately US$2 million.

Upon release of the report, the Public Ministry of the Paraná State filed a lawsuit against TIM asking that it stop selling new mobile lines in Brazil and pay a multi million dollar fine for the damages against consumers.<ref>{{cite web|url= http://g1.globo.com/parana/noticia/2012/08/ministerio-publico-pede-suspensao-de-venda-de-chips-da-tim-no-parana.html |title= G1 - Ministério Público pede a suspensão de venda de chips da TIM no Paraná - notícias em Paraná |publisher= G1.globo.com |date= |accessdate= 2012-08-17 }}</ref>

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
{{Portal|Companies}}
* [http://www.privati.tim.it/eng TIM's website] (in English))

{{Italian mobile phone companies}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=May 2011}}

[[Category:Mobile phone companies of Italy]]
[[Category:Companies based in Rome]]
[[Category:Technology companies established in 1995]]

Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V

2015-03-25T13:13:05Z

Kazu89: /* Anime */ int'l premiere (outside Asia) was 12 March 2015 in Germany

{{Infobox animanga/Header
|name = Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V
|image = [[File:Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V logo.png|250px]]
|caption = Official Japanese logo
|ja_kanji = 遊☆戯☆王ARC-V（アーク・ファイブ）
|ja_romaji = Yūgiō Āku Faibu
|genre = [[Action (genre)|Action]], [[Adventure (genre)|Adventure]], [[Fantasy (genre)|Fantasy]] 
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Video
|type = TV series
|director = [[Katsumi Ono]]
|producer =
|writer = Kamishiro Tsutomu
|music = [[Kōtarō Nakagawa]] (Japan)
|studio = [[Gallop (studio)|Studio Gallop]] [[Nihon Ad Systems]]
|network = [[TV Tokyo]] [[TV Tokyo|BS Japan]]
|licensor = {{english anime licensee|NA =[[4K Media Inc.]]}}
|first = April 6, 2014
|last =
|episodes = 50
|episode_list = List of Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V episodes
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Footer}}

{{nihongo|'''''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V'''''|遊☆戯☆王ARC-V（アーク・ファイブ）|Yūgiō Āku Faibu|"Arc Five"}} is a Japanese [[anime]] series produced by [[Nihon Ad Systems]] and [[Studio Gallop]], and the fourth main spin-off anime series in the ''[[Yu-Gi-Oh!]]'' franchise. The series began airing in Japan on [[TV Tokyo]] from April 6, 2014.<ref>{{cite web|title=Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V Anime's 1st Promo Video Streamed|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2013-12-21/yu-gi-oh-arc-v-anime-1st-promo-video-streamed|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=26 December 2013|date=21 December 2013}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|title=Yu-Gi-Oh! Gets New Arc-V TV Anime Next Spring|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2013-12-11/yu-gi-oh-gets-new-arc-v-tv-anime-next-spring|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=25 February 2015|date=24 January 2014}}</ref> The series is licensed outside of Japan by [[Konami]]'s [[4K Media Inc.]], and is expected to debut internationally in 2015.<ref>{{cite web|title=4K Media debuts Yu-Gi-Oh! ARC-V at Kidscreen Summit|url=http://www.ltwmag.com/news/latest_news/4k_media_debuts_yugioh_arcv_at_kidscreen_summit.aspx|accessdate=25 February 2015}}</ref>

==Plot==
{{see also|List of Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V characters}}

The story takes place in the near future, in a place called Maiami City, sometime after the events of [[Yu-Gi-Oh! Zexal]]. Thanks to the Leo Corporation, headed by Declan, new advancements to Solid Vision, the holographic system that gives life to the [[Yu-Gi-Oh! Trading Card Game|Duel Monsters]] card game, give physical mass to monsters and environments, allowing players to interact directly with them. This has given birth to challenging Action Duels, in which duelists may traverse environments to locate Action Cards to help them in a pinch. The story follows Yuya Sakaki, a second year middle school student at Maiami City's You Show Duel School, whose father disappeared three years ago when he was scheduled for an important duel. While facing off against the current Action Duel champion, Yuya awakens a new power from his pendant, known as Pendulum Summoning. As Yuya strives to master the art of Pendulum Summoning and become a great Entertainment Duelist like his father, he and his friends become involved in a great mystery taking place within the city.<ref>{{cite web|title=New Yu-Gi-Oh! Series ‘Yu-Gi-Oh! ARC-V’|url=http://www.yugioh.com/news/new-yu-gi-oh-series-yu-gi-oh-arc-v-to-premiere-in-2014|accessdate=25 February 2015}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|publisher=Anime News Network|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2014-02-17/kensho-ono-yoshimasa-hosoya-yuuna-inamura-star-in-yu-gi-oh-arc-v|title=Kensho Ono, Yoshimasa Hosoya, Yuuna Inamura Star in Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V|date=2014-02-17|accessdate=2014-02-19}}</ref>

==Media==
===Anime===
{{see also|List of Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V episodes}}
''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc V'' was first announced in December 2013 in [[Shueisha]]'s ''[[Weekly Shonen Jump]]'' magazine.<ref>{{cite web|title=Yu-Gi-Oh! Gets New Arc-V TV Anime Next Spring|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2013-12-11/yu-gi-oh-gets-new-arc-v-tv-anime-next-spring|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=25 February 2015|date=11 December 2013}}</ref> The anime series began airing on [[TV Tokyo]] from April 6, 2014, replacing ''[[Yu-Gi-Oh! Zexal]]'' in its initial timeslot. [[4K Media Inc.]] have acquired the series outside of Japan, with plans to release the series internationally in 2015.<ref>{{cite web|title=New Yu-Gi-Oh! Series ‘Yu-Gi-Oh! ARC-V’|url=http://www.yugioh.com/news/new-yu-gi-oh-series-yu-gi-oh-arc-v-to-premiere-in-2014|accessdate=25 February 2015}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|title=Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V to Debut Internationally in Spring/Summer 2015|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2014-06-20/yu-gi-oh-arc-v-to-debut-internationally-in-spring-summer-2015/.75688|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=25 February 2015|date=20 June 2014}}</ref> The 4K version had its debut on 12 March 2015 in Germany, Austria and Switzerland as part of the ''Yep!'' anime/cartoon block on [[ProSieben Maxx]].<ref>{{cite web|title=New Yu-Gi-Oh! ARC-V Series Debuts at Germany's YEP! on ProSieben MAXX|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/press-release/2015-03-19/new-yu-gi-oh-arc-v-series-debuts-at-germany-yep-on-prosieben-maxx/.86143|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=25 March 2015|date=13 March 2015}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|title=KONAMI PRIMES Yu-Gi-Oh! ARC-V RANGE TO COINCIDE WITH TV SHOW’S GERMAN PREMIERE |url=https://www.games.konami-europe.com/posts/KONAMI-PRIMES-Yu-Gi-Oh-ARC-V-RANGE-TO-COINCIDE-WITH-TV-SHOW-S-GERMAN-PREMIERE|publisher=Konami Europe|accessdate=25 March 2015|date=11 March 2015}}</ref>

===Manga===
A [[manga]] one-shot illustrated by Naohito Miyoshi was published in the July 2014 issue of [[Shueisha]]'s ''[[V Jump]]'' magazine released on May 21, 2014.<ref>{{cite web|title=Yu-Gi-Oh ARC-V & GX Get Manga One-Shots|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2014-04-17/yu-gi-oh-arc-v-and-gx-get-manga-one-shots|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|accessdate=25 February 2015|date=17 April 2014}}</ref> An English version was released on May 26, 2014 on [[Weekly Shonen Jump (magazine)|Weekly Shonen Jump]].

===Music===
There are currently two official soundtracks released by [[Marvelous Entertainment]].
* The first, ''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V Sound Duel 1'' was released on August 20, 2014.
* The second, ''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V Sound Duel 2'' was released on January 20, 2015.

;Opening Themes
*"Believe × Believe" by [[Bullet Train (band)|Bullet Train]] (Eps. 1-30)
*"Burn!" by Bullet Train (Eps. 31-49)
* "UNLEASH" by Gekidan Niagara (Eps. 50-)

;Ending Themes
*"One Step" by P★Cute (Eps. 1-30)
*"Future Fighter!" by Yuya Sakaki([[Kenshō Ono]]) and Declan/Reiji Akaba ([[Yoshimasa Hosoya]]) (Eps. 31-49)
*"ARC of Smile!" by BOYS AND MEN (Eps. 50-)

===Trading Card Game===
{{see also|Yu-Gi-Oh! Trading Card Game}}
''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V'' adds new gameplay elements to the [[Yu-Gi-Oh! Trading Card Game|''Yu-Gi-Oh!'' Trading Card Game]] following its introduction in April 2014, introducing Pendulum Monsters to the game. These cards use 'Scales' which, when used in newly added 'Pendulum Zones', allow players to simultaneously summon multiple monsters at once.

===Video Game===
A video game based on the series, ''Yu-Gi-Oh! Arc-V Tag Force Special'' was released in Japan on January 22, 2015.

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
*[http://www.tv-tokyo.co.jp/anime/yugioh-arcv/ Official website] {{ja icon}}
*{{ann|anime|15764}}

{{Yu-Gi-Oh!}}

[[Category:2014 anime television series]]
[[Category:2014 manga]]
[[Category:Anime spin-offs]]
[[Category:Comics based on television series]]
[[Category:Shōnen manga]]
[[Category:Yu-Gi-Oh!]]
[[Category:Yu-Gi-Oh!-related anime]]
[[Category:Gallop (studio)]]
[[Category:Shueisha manga]]

Desert Storm trading cards

2015-03-21T11:52:36Z

Kazu89: typo

{{Use dmy dates|date=March 2012}}
'''Desert Storm trading cards''' are sets of [[trading card]]s that feature people and equipment involved in the [[Gulf War|Persian Gulf War]]. The cards were published in the United States by various companies and the size of sets varied greatly between companies (such as the nine-card set published by [[Crown Sports Cards]], and the 250 card-set published by [[Pro Set trading cards|Pro Set]]). The cards were claimed to be educational, with proceeds of the sales benefiting the children of Persian Gulf War veterans, and were produced at a time when the trading card industry was expanding its range well outside of the traditional sports figures.

==Topps set==
[[File:Bush troops.jpg|George H. W. Bush was featured as card number 1 in the Topps set.|thumb|180px|right]]
The [[Topps]] set is made up of 88 cards and 22 stickers,<ref name=Hudson>{{cite news|last=Hampson|first=Rick|title=Hardware heroes in new Gulf war trading cards|url=http://news.google.com/newspapers?id=x3BGAAAAIBAJ&sjid=VCUNAAAAIBAJ&pg=2492,3099078&dq=desert+storm+trading+cards&hl=en|accessdate=7 March 2012|newspaper=[[Hudson Valley Morning News]] ([[Associated Press|AP]])|date=11 February 1991}}</ref> and includes images of people and material from all sides of the conflict.<ref name=beaver>{{cite news|last=Thorner|first=Jim|title=Trading card craze:Desert Storm is hot|url=http://news.google.com/newspapers?id=bbciAAAAIBAJ&sjid=LrUFAAAAIBAJ&pg=3291,1172101&dq=desert+storm+trading+cards&hl=en|accessdate=7 March 2012|newspaper=[[Beaver County Times]]|date=8 March 1991}}</ref> They display people such as [[Norman Schwarzkopf, Jr.]] and [[Dick Cheney]],<ref name=press-courier>{{cite news|last=Romine|first=Rich|title=Desert Storm cards available|url=http://news.google.com/newspapers?id=EHBLAAAAIBAJ&sjid=3CMNAAAAIBAJ&pg=6882,2187340&dq=desert+storm+trading+cards&hl=en|accessdate=7 March 2012|newspaper=[[Oxnard Press-Courier]]|date=20 March 1991}}</ref> or military weapons or vehicles.<ref name=AP-Topps>{{cite news|first=Associated Press|title=Military hardware 'Topps' list on Desert Storm trading cards|url=http://news.google.com/newspapers?id=eQchAAAAIBAJ&sjid=dXYFAAAAIBAJ&pg=6046,1362774&dq=desert+storm+trading+cards&hl=en|accessdate=7 March 2012|newspaper=[[The Hour (newspaper)|The Hour]] (AP)|date=12 February 1991}}</ref> As [[Commander in Chief]], [[George H. W. Bush]] was featured as the first card in the series.<ref name=beaver /> The weapon and equipment cards give descriptions of each item's features, with information supplied by sources from [[The Pentagon]] and weapon suppliers. A package of nine cards and one sticker cost 50¢. Topps commented on the series stating it was "neither frivolous nor opportunistic", and the product did not "glamorize war". Topps insisted the cards provided adults and children educational information in a "non-sensational way".<ref name=Hudson />

Topps issued the Desert Storm Collector Cards in three series: Series I: Coalition For Peace, Series II: Victory Series and Series III: Homecoming Edition.

==Other sets==
'''Pro Set''' entered the field after '''Topps''' did and, they claimed, they took their inspiration from the troops themselves, who supposedly asked the company, "Why don't you do a set of cards to tell Americans what we're doing over here." They published a set of 250 cards (including foreign leaders and countries of the middle east), sold in packs of ten, with proceeds going to "charities for the children of Desert Storm veterans", according to the company's president.<ref>{{cite news|url=http://news.google.com/newspapers?id=c4pBAAAAIBAJ&sjid=WKkMAAAAIBAJ&pg=2581,3149024&dq=desert+storm+trading+cards&hl=en|title=Desert Storm cards ready for market|last=Stapleton|first=Arnie|date=5 March 1991|work=[[Point Pleasant Register]]|accessdate=9 March 2012}}</ref> '''Pacific Trading Cards''' published a 110-card set, and a set of nine [[caricature]]s was published by Crown Sports Cards.<ref name=beaver />

==Background and popularity==

===Economic and political background===
Desert Storm trading cards were part of a broader movement within the trading card industry, which looked to move away from an "oversaturated and...overpriced" market, and had begun printing cards featuring "cartoon heroes, television personalities, rock stars and even murderers".<ref>{{cite news|url=http://www.nytimes.com/1992/09/19/news/in-trading-cards-a-new-ball-game.html?src=pm|title=In Trading Cards, A New Ball Game|last=Meier|first=Barry|date=19 September 1992|work=The New York Times|page=48|accessdate=9 March 2012}}</ref>

According to [[Steven C. Dubin]], they were indicative of a wave of "patriotic fervor" that swept the US at the time of Desert Storm.<ref>{{cite book|last=Dubin|first=Steven C.|title=Displays of power: controversy in the American Museum from the Enola Gay to Sensation|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=zqcZvfSjE5cC&pg=PA157|accessdate=9 March 2012|year=2001|publisher=NYU Press|isbn=9780814718902|page=157}}</ref> That the cards are iconic images of the combination of economics and patriotism has been noted by many writers.<ref name=madness>{{cite book|last=Ehrhart|first=William Daniel|title=The madness of it all: essays on war, literature, and American life|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=EgRjhL4BetkC&pg=PA14|accessdate=9 March 2012|year=2002|publisher=McFarland|isbn=9780786413331|page=14}}</ref><ref>{{cite book|last=Slyomovics|first=Susan|editor=Suad Joseph, Susan Slyomovics|title=Women and power in the Middle East|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=5XGeEhoobIwC&pg=PA73|accessdate=9 March 2012|year=2001|publisher=U of Pennsylvania P|isbn=9780812217490|pages=72–3|chapter=Sex, Lies, and Television: Algerian and Moroccan Caricatures of the Gulf War}}</ref>

===Popularity and proceeds===
The trading cards were popular outside of the typical "card collectors", and they sold quickly. Some stores sold their stock within hours of delivery, and others selling out within a week. Pro Set pledged to donate (the higher of) either $1 million or the entire proceeds from their Desert Storm trading card series to children of Desert Storm veterans, while Topps made unspecified donations, including to the [[United Service Organizations]].<ref name=beaver />

Their popularity was attested by [[Colin Powell]], [[Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff]] from 1989 to 1993, who said that at the time he spent "a good part of [his] time" signing cards. Ten years later, Topps revisited the idea by printing a set of similar cards related to [[Operation Enduring Freedom]].<ref>{{cite news|url=http://articles.nydailynews.com/2001-11-04/news/18370183_1_cards-cheap-shot-trading|title=War Is In The Cards For Kids|last=Hackett|first=Thomas|date=4 November 2001|work=[[Daily News (New York)|NY Daily News]]|accessdate=9 March 2012}}</ref> Supposedly, the card with [[Norman Schwarzkopf, Jr.]] was the inspiration for the title of the [[Beastie Boys]]' 1992 album ''[[Check Your Head]]''.<ref>{{cite book|last=Coleman|first=Brian|title=Check the technique: liner notes for hip-hop junkies|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=QuOBbFeg0JIC&pg=PA27|accessdate=9 March 2012|year=2007|publisher=Random House|isbn=9780812977752|page=27}}</ref>

In the film ''[[Garden State (film)|Garden State]]'' (2004), a scene shows Andrew ([[Zach Braff]]) looking through a binder containing a near-complete set of the trading cards belonging to his friend, Mark ([[Peter Sarsgaard]]), who briefly discusses with him their significance.

==Criticism==
The trading cards have come under attack for at least two reasons, accuracy and cultural impact. The information on some of the Topps cards was criticized as being incorrect (such as saying [[NATO]] had 27 members, when in 1991 it had sixteen), redundant (such as "ground combat infantryman"), blatantly obvious ("Transport ships carry enormous weights"), or "simply incomprehensible" (such as the vague statement "Range and accuracy (of missiles) varies from a few feet to several hundred miles).<ref name=Hudson />

==See also==
*[[Most-wanted Iraqi playing cards]]

==References==
{{Reflist|2}}

[[Category:Trading cards]]
[[Category:Gulf War]]

Bible translations into Korean

2014-08-20T08:11:24Z

Kazu89: -vandalism

Prior to 1877 the small number of Christians in Korea had used Chinese Bibles.
*1877 - The Ross New Testament (all New testament Books) by [[John Ross (missionary)|John Ross]] et al., at [[Dongguan Church]] in [[Mukden]], [[Manchuria]].
*1892 - Literal Translated Bible (성경직해) - Roman Catholic. First all Korean language Bible. John the Baptist Choi Chang Hyun (최창현 세례자 요한)'s translation. The main text of ''The Occidental Sciences Books written in Chinese characters introduced in the Orient'' (東傳漢文西學書) by Portuguese Jesuit missionary Rev. E. Diaz.<ref>{{ko}} http://terms.naver.com/entry.nhn?cid=1618&docId=575427&mobile&categoryId=1618</ref>
*1900 - [[Henry G. Appenzeller]] New Testament. Methodist Episcopal. Appenzeller's team includes [[Horace Grant Underwood]], [[William B. Scranton]] and [[James Scarth Gale]].
*1910 - Four Gospels (사사성경) by the Roman Catholic Diocese of Korea. Rev. Paul Han Gi Gun (한기근 바오로) and Rev. James Son Sung Jae (손성재 야고보) complete the Gospels from the [[Vulgate]] Latin version.<ref>{{ko}} http://terms.naver.com/entry.nhn?cid=1618&docId=578590&mobile&categoryId=1618</ref>
*1910 - Korean Bible. [[William D. Reynolds]] (레널즈) with Lee Seung Doo (이승두) and Kim Jeong Sam (김정삼) complete the Old Testament.<ref>{{ko}} http://www.bskorea.or.kr/bskorea/history/bib100/bibtrans03.aspx</ref>
*1925 - The Gale Bible. James Scarth Gale's private translation.
*1923 - Fenwick New Testament. [[Malcolm C. Fenwick]] (1863–1935)
*1938 - Old Korean Revised Version (성경개역) KBS.
*1961 - KRV Korean Revised Version (개역성경) The standard version in use in Korea. Revised 1983 (성경전서 개역개정판).KBS<ref>{{ko}}http://www.bskorea.or.kr</ref>
*1977 - CTB Common Translation Bible (공동번역) - 1997 Revised Ecumenical Version (공동번역 성서 개정판) KBS.
*1984 - CTBP Common Translation Bible Pyeongyang version
*1985 - KLB Korean Living Bible (현대인의성경) [[International Bible Society]] (생명의 말씀사)
*1993 - NKSB New Korean Standard Bible, (표준새번역) rev. 2001 (표준새번역개정)2004 KBS
*1991 - TKV Today's Korean Version (현대어성경) (성서원).
*1994 - KKJV Korean King James Version, (한글판 킹제임스).[[Textus Receptus]]. Word Of God Preservation Society (말씀보존학회)
*1994 - Agape Easy Bible (아가페 쉬운 성경) Agape Publishers (아가페 출판사).<ref>{{ko}} http://www.holybible.or.kr</ref>
*1998 - NRKV New Revised Korean Version (개역개정) KBS
*2000 - KKJV Korean Authorized King James Version (킹제임스 흠정역 성경) from [[KJV]], In the Jesus Christ (그리스도 예수 안에), revised in 2008
*2005 - Holy Bible (성경) - [[The Catholic Bishops' Conference of Korea]] (CBCK: 한국천주교주교회의) 2005 <ref>{{ko}} http://info.catholic.or.kr/bible/</ref>
*2005 - North Korean Bible (북한말 성경), Cornerstone Ministries (모퉁이돌선교회)
*2008 - Pyongyang Bible (평양말 성경). [[DPRK]] orthography and vocabulary differs from [[ROK]] usage.<ref>{{ko}}http://www.christianitydaily.com/echurch/view.htm?id=190058&code=mw</ref>
*2008 - True bible (바른 성경), Korean Society of Holy Bible(KSHB : 한국성경공회)<ref>{{ko}}[http://www.ksbible.com]</ref>
*2010~ - Message bible (메시지 성경), Translation and reconstruction from [[The Message (Bible)|The message]], 복있는 사람

==Comparison==
{| class="wikitable"
!align="center" width="25%"|Translation
!width="37.5%"|[[Book of Genesis|Genesis]] (창세기) 1:1–3
!width="37.5%"|[[Gospel of John|John]] (요한복음, 요한 복음서<ref>Common Translation Bible, Catholic Holy Bible</ref>) 3:16
|-
| align="center"|''Korean Revised Version (개역성경)'' (KRV)
|태초에 하나님이 천지를 창조하시니라 땅이 혼돈하고 공허하며 흑암이 깊음 위에 있고 하나님의 신은 수면에 운행하시니라 하나님이 가라사대 빛이 있으라 하시매 빛이 있었고
|하나님이 세상을 이처럼 사랑하사 독생자를 주셨으니 이는 저를 믿는 자마다 멸망치 않고 영생을 얻게 하려 하심이니라
|-
| align="center"|''Common Translation Bible (공동번역)'' (CTB)
|한 처음 하느님께서 하늘과 땅을 지어 내셨다. 땅은 아직 모양을 갖추지 않고 아무 것도 생기지 않았는데, 어둠이 깊은 물 위에 뒤덮여 있었고 그 물 위에 하느님의 기운이 휘돌고 있었다. 하느님께서 "빛이 생겨라!" 하시자 빛이 생겨났다.
|하느님은 이 세상을 극진히 사랑하셔서 외아들을 보내 주시어 그를 믿는 사람은 누구든지 멸망하지 않고 영원한 생명을 얻게 하여 주셨다.
|-
| align="center"|''Korean Living Bible (현대인의성경)'' (KLB)
|태초에 하나님이 우주를 창조하셨다. 지구는 아무 형태도 없이 텅 비어 흑암에 싸인 채 물로 뒤덮여 있었고 하나님의 영은 수면에 활동하고 계셨다. 그때 하나님이 '빛이 있으라' 라고 말씀하시자 빛이 나타났다.
| 하나님이 세상을 무척 사랑하셔서 하나밖에 없는 외아들마저 보내 주셨으니 누구든지 그를 믿기만 하면 멸망하지 않고 영원한 생명을 얻는다.
|-
| align="center"|''New Korean Standard Bible, (표준새번역)'' (NKSB)
|태초에 하나님이 천지를 창조하셨다. 땅이 혼돈하고 공허하며, 어둠이 깊음 위에 있고, 하나님의 영은 물 위에 움직이고 계셨다. 하나님이 말씀하시기를 "빛이 생겨라" 하시니, 빛이 생겼다.
|하나님이 세상을 이처럼 사랑하셔서 독생자를 주셨으니, 누구든지 그를 믿으면 멸망하지 않고 영생을 얻을 것이다.
|-
| align="center"|''Today's Korean Version (현대어성경)'' (TKV)
|태초에 하나님이 하늘과 땅을 창조하셨다. 땅은 아직도 제대로 꼴을 갖추고 있지 않은 상태였으며, 또한 아무 것도 생겨나지 않아 쓸쓸하기 그지 없었다. 깊디깊은 바다는 그저 캄캄한 어둠에 휩싸여 있을 뿐이었고 하나님의 영이 그 어두운 바다 위를 휘감아 돌고 있었다. 하나님께서 '빛이 생겨나 환히 비춰라' 하고 명령하시자 빛이 생겨나 환히 비추었다.
|하나님이 이처럼 세상을 극진히 사랑하셔서 외아들을 보내주셨으니 이는 누구든지 그를 믿는 사마다 멸망하지 않고 영원한 생명을 얻게 하려는 것이다.
|-
| align="center"|''Korean King James Version, (한글판킹제임스)'' (KKJV)
|태초에 하나님께서 하늘과 땅을 창조하시니라. 땅은 형체가 없고 공허하며, 어두움이 깊음의 표면에 있으며, 하나님의 영은 물들의 표면에서 거니시더라. 하나님께서 말씀하시기를 "빛이 있으라." 하시니 빛이 있더라.
|하나님께서 세상을 이처럼 사랑하셔서 그의 독생자를 주셨으니, 이는 그를 믿는 사람은 누구든지 멸망하지 않고 영생을 얻게 하려 하심이라.
|-
| align="center"|''Agape Easy Bible (아가페 쉬운 성경)''
|태초에 하나님께서 하늘과 땅을 창조하셨습니다. 그런데 그 땅은 지금처럼 짜임새 있는 모습이 아니었고, 생물 하나 없이 텅 비어 있었습니다. 어둠이 깊은 바다를 덮고 있었고, 하나님의 영은 물 위에서 움직이고 계셨습니다. 그 때에 하나님께서 말씀하셨습니다. "빛이 생겨라!" 그러자 빛이 생겼습니다.
|이와 같이 하나님께서는 세상을 사랑하여 독생자를 주셨다. 이는 누구든지 그의 아들을 믿는 사람은 멸망하지 않고 영생을 얻게 하려 하심이다.
|-
| align="center"|''New Revised Korean Version (개역개정)'' (NRKV)
|태초에 하나님이 천지를 창조하시니라 땅이 혼돈하고 공허하며 흑암이 깊음 위에 있고 하나님의 영은 수면 위에 운행하시니라 하나님이 이르시되 빛이 있으라 하시니 빛이 있었고
|하나님이 세상을 이처럼 사랑하사 독생자를 주셨으니 이는 그를 믿는 자마다 멸망하지 않고 영생을 얻게 하려 하심이라
|-
| align="center"|''Holy Bible (성경)'' (Catholic)
|한처음에 하느님께서 하늘과 땅을 창조하셨다. 땅은 아직 꼴을 갖추지 못하고 비어 있었는데, 어둠이 심연을 덮고 하느님의 영이 그 물 위를 감돌고 있었다. 하느님께서 말씀하시기를 “빛이 생겨라.” 하시자 빛이 생겼다.
|하느님께서는 세상을 너무나 사랑하신 나머지 외아들을 내 주시어, 그를 믿는 사람은 누구나 멸망하지 않고 영원한 생명을 얻게 하셨다.
|}

==References==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Bible translations by language|Korean]]
[[Category:Korean literature]]

To Aru Kagaku no Railgun

2014-07-24T11:55:48Z

Kazu89: Railgun has its own article, but under the English title

#REDIRECT [[A Certain Scientific Railgun]]

Wikipedia:Reference desk/Language

2014-03-05T19:03:35Z

Kazu89: /* Square brackets with quill */

<noinclude>{{Wikipedia:Reference desk/header|WP:RD/L|WP:Refdesk/Lang|WP:Refdesk/Language}}{{pp-move-indef}}
[[Category:Non-talk pages that are automatically signed]]
[[Category:Pages automatically checked for accidental language links]]
[[Category:Wikipedia resources for researchers]]
[[Category:Wikipedia help forums]]
[[Category:Wikipedia reference desk|Language]]

[[jv:Wikipedia:Dhiskusi bab basa]]
</noinclude>

{{Wiktionary|Wiktionary:Information desk}}
{{Wiktionary|Wiktionary:Translation requests}}

= February 27 =

== Janowska ==

How is [[Janowska concentration camp|Janowska]] pronounced in Polish? {{tl|IPAc-en}} isn't used there, and it would help. [[Special:Contributions/149.160.175.36|149.160.175.36]] ([[User talk:149.160.175.36|talk]]) 15:05, 27 February 2014 (UTC)

:If you're interested in the Polish (as opposed to the English) pronunciation, {{tl|IPAc-pl}} would do better. The Polish IPA for ''Janowska'' is {{IPA-pl|jaˈnɔfska|}}; for ''[[:pl:Obóz Janowski|Obóz Janowski]]'', {{IPA-pl|ˈɔbus jaˈnɔfskʲi|}}. I'm not sure why the article is indicating ''Janowską'' {{IPA-pl|jaˈnɔfskɔ̃|}}, which is the [[accusative case]] or [[instrumental case]] form for ''Janowska''. --[[User:Theurgist|Theurgist]] ([[User talk:Theurgist|talk]]) 19:06, 27 February 2014 (UTC)

::Most likely a mistake by someone who didn't know about Polish cases. Corrected. — [[User:Kpalion|Kpalion]][[User talk:Kpalion|(talk)]] 05:42, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== Hyphens in compound adjectives composed solely of numbers ==

There has been disagreement about hyphen use in a TFL blurb that is scheduled to go up on the main page in a few hours. Any help you are able to provide [[Wikipedia talk:Today's featured list/February 28, 2014|here]] would be greatly appreciated. [[User:Neelix|Neelix]] ([[User talk:Neelix|talk]]) 16:23, 27 February 2014 (UTC)

== Square brackets with quill ==

I just added Unicode characters "U+2045 ⁅ LEFT SQUARE BRACKET WITH QUILL" and "U+2046 ⁆ RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET WITH QUILL" to [[Bracket]], but I have no idea what they are used for. Does anyone know? Maybe non-English or non-European languages? -- [[User:Beland|Beland]] ([[User talk:Beland|talk]]) 18:00, 27 February 2014 (UTC)

:The context of the character block where they're included suggests archaic or creative punctuation. [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 05:06, 28 February 2014 (UTC)
::It looks like they are used in Sweden at least (see [[:sv:Parentes|here]] under "Piggparenteser").--[[User:Cam|Cam]] ([[User talk:Cam|talk]]) 05:23, 28 February 2014 (UTC)
:::Cool, thanks! -- [[User:Beland|Beland]] ([[User talk:Beland|talk]]) 16:32, 4 March 2014 (UTC)
::::In case somebody can't read it, it says they're used in dictionaries like the one mention and give the construction in which a word is used. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 19:03, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

= February 28 =

== She's a different person to me ==

Can one use the phrase "different to/from" by adding a noun in between? Example: "The idea of reviewers and accountants being different persons to the man who handles the money is great." Or is the word "different" suitable at all? --[[User:Pxos|Pxos]] ([[User talk:Pxos|talk]]) 21:30, 28 February 2014 (UTC)
:Yes, a noun can go in between. However, in the example given, it would probably be better to say ''separate people'' rather than ''different persons''. Also, the example in the heading could be interpreted as your perception of changes that she has made to herself after some period of time. ''Different from'' is generally better than ''different to'', though both are very common. ''Different than'' is also sometimes used, and is very very poor grammar.--[[User:Jeffro77|'''Jeffro'''''77'']] ([[User talk:Jeffro77|talk]]) 23:47, 28 February 2014 (UTC)
::"She is a different person to me" would mean, to me, "As far as I am concerned, she is a different person" (e.g. from before, or she treats me differently from the way she treats others). Here I would use 'from'. As for the sentence in the OP's question, I don't understand it. The man who handles the money thinks that reviewers and accountants are different people? Reviewers and accountants are different from the man who handles the money? [[User:KageTora|KägeTorä - (影虎)]] ([[User talk:KageTora|TALK]]) 01:33, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::The example doesn't suggest anything at all about what the money handler thinks. The statement asserts that ''it is a great idea that the reviewers and accountants don't handle the money''.--[[User:Jeffro77|'''Jeffro'''''77'']] ([[User talk:Jeffro77|talk]]) 01:46, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::In American English, you can't say "X is different to Y". That construction occurs only in British and perhaps some other Commonwealth varieties of English. In American English, it is always "X is different from Y". Apparently, this second construction also works in British English. [[User:Marco polo|Marco polo]] ([[User talk:Marco polo|talk]]) 02:40, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::Actually KageTora gives the example above where you can say "she is different to me". But his example leaves out the  British variant that you mention. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 02:46, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::: Always, Marco polo? The American variant I've heard a great deal of is "X is different '''than''' Y". -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 04:49, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::Really? Awful. Just awful. Are you hearing this from ''educated'' Americans?--[[User:Jeffro77|'''Jeffro'''''77'']] ([[User talk:Jeffro77|talk]]) 04:55, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::: I cannot vouch for their education, but the creators of [[Different Than You]] and [[Nice Is Different Than Good]] seem to qualify. "Different than" is sufficiently well attested to have excited [https://www.google.com.au/#q=%22different+than%22 over 13 million hits]. Admittedly, some of them are querying whether it's correct terminology or not (kudos to them), but I'm sure most are just using it because they've been taught it. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 05:05, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::: "Different than" is acceptable in colloquial American speech, but considered inferior in writing. There is a usage of "different [...] than" that is on the path to acceptance even in more formal contexts, when what follows "than" is a clause with a predicate. Example: "I did it a different way than he did". You obviously can't replace ''than'' in that sentence by either ''from'' or ''to''; you'd have to reword it completely. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 05:09, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::::No, you just need to add "what" ''Different from what he did''. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 16:27, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::"*I did it a different way from what he did." Yuck. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 21:13, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::: Medeis knows that jokes should be clearly marked as such. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 21:15, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::::::::But I ''wasn't'' joking. (Next IP 54 will start an anonymous ANI on this subject, dialog at 11.) There will obviously be different cases. Language is like that. Trovatore seems to want to say "I did it differently from the way he did it". There would also be "what I did was different from what he did" (''i.e.,'' <ins>not<ins>, "What I did was different than he did." (Yuck!) Or even, "I did it differently from how he did it", where ''how'' is simply the instrumental case of ''what''. I am not sure how the barbarism "different than" means people don't need to know what they are saying any more. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 21:32, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::::::::As I say, you can reword. But if you want to structure the sentence to use a conjunction rather than a preposition, then it has to be ''than''. I think "I did it differently than he did it" is acceptable in all varieties and registers. It's only when you change ''differently'' to ''different'' that an issue arises, and as I say, the sentence I gave is not fully accepted, but things are moving that direction. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 21:59, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
This appears to be a case of an question which has several ''anecdotal'' answers, many of which are linguistically incorrect. Perhaps this is a scenario where editors should refrain from giving "advice" lest it may be misconstrued as being "accurate"; it's abundantly obvious that much of the "advice" isn't helpful, editors need to bite the bullet and admit there's no right answer. [[User:The Rambling Man|The Rambling Man]] ([[User talk:The Rambling Man|talk]]) 21:44, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::Sorry, I was wrong when I said American English always has "different from". I meant it never has "different to". Of course "different than" is common in colloquial American English, though "different than" is not considered "correct" in writing or formal contexts by those who pay attention to and care about such things. [[User:Marco polo|Marco polo]] ([[User talk:Marco polo|talk]]) 22:04, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::::::No, Trovatore, you said you have to "reword it ''completely''". That's false. A simple replacement usually works. You obviously do not have to "reword it completely" unless you pick and chose convenient examples. In most cases you can say "different from what" (''That's different from what I said'') or "different from how" (''That's different from how I did it'') rather than different than. But I will gladly wait for IP54's judgment on this. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 22:12, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::::::::::"Completely" is a judgment call, I guess. If you change a dependent clause to a noun phrase, that's rewording "completely" in the sense I meant. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 22:21, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

See above. No right answer. Just a bunch of people claiming to believe what they say is correct. Time to hat this and move on. Shouldn't be too long. [[User:The Rambling Man|The Rambling Man]] ([[User talk:The Rambling Man|talk]]) 22:25, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:Time for you to go find a different hobby than complaining about such matters. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 22:28, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::Time for you to realise when an RD becomes a chat board. Do something about it. [[User:The Rambling Man|The Rambling Man]] ([[User talk:The Rambling Man|talk]]) 16:57, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

The Rambling Man has altered the natural flow of this discussion. Let me clarify, because the examples might have been bad. Another example: "Apples, oranges and kiwis are different fruits from bananas. Dogs and cats are different kind of mammals to bears." Stylistic issues aside, is this acceptable or not? --[[User:Pxos|Pxos]] ([[User talk:Pxos|talk]]) 23:33, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:It is not high-quality standard written English, anywhere. I believe it is colloquially acceptable in Commonwealth countries (perhaps, other than Canada). --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 23:37, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::So the answer to the original question is: No, you cannot put a noun after the word "different". I gather the sentence "apples and oranges are different from bananas" is standard English. Dogs and cats are different and they are different from birds, but they cannot be different animals from birds? --[[User:Pxos|Pxos]] ([[User talk:Pxos|talk]]) 23:42, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::Ah, no, sorry, not what I meant. The first sentence with "different fruits" is fine. (Well, at least grammatically fine — I'm not saying it's ideally worded.) It's the "different to" that's not standard written English. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 23:44, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::::So if I were to write a book where the main character resembles my humble person, could I then say to in an interview that although the protagonist and I share many things, he is a different person from me. --[[User:Pxos|Pxos]] ([[User talk:Pxos|talk]]) 23:56, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::Yes. --[[User:Trovatore|Trovatore]] ([[User talk:Trovatore|talk]]) 23:59, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::[[User:Pxos]], it might be helpful to look at the fact that the original construction is ''X differs from Z''. That's why it's correct to say ''What happened differs from (is different from) what I expected.'' The ''different than'' and ''different to'' constructions are clumsy modern innovations. No sane person would say, "What happened differs than/to what I expected." The ''different than'' innovation results from people being unable to deal with the "from what" construction due to the influence of "what from".
::::::There's an implied comparison. So people want to say "this is what that is different than" in the way they say "this is what that is bigger than." But comparisons require comparatives, and ''bigger'' is a comparative, but ''different'' is an absolute. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 04:31, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::: Yes, that's the nub of it. Of course, ''bigger'' and ''different'' both connote some sort of difference (the former a specific type, the latter non-specific), and that's doubtless why people say "different than". To me, it's the same kind of "logical" misuse as ''"If you '''had have''' come earlier, we wouldn't be in this mess"''. We say "should have" and "could have" and "would have", so why not "had have"? -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:43, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::I agree 100% with your wider point, but the proper construction is, ''Had you come earlier'' (or, ''If you had come earlier'' .... [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 05:47, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::: Well, duh! Gimme some credit, pls. My "why not" question was me putting words into the minds of those who make this dreadful mistake, not any kind of justification for it. I did label it a misuse. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 07:37, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::I understood, and wasn't correcting you, just making sure the proper form was out there for the readers. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 18:43, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::: Thanks. Your use of the word "but" was injudicious, then. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:50, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::::Yes, that's the reason Judy and I finally had to break up. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 21:16, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

= March 1 =

== Chinese/English help: File:TNA332toShanghai.ogg ==

The audio in [[:File:TNA332toShanghai.ogg]] goes so quickly that I cannot tell when the person switches from Chinese to English. What is she saying? Would someone mind posting the text in here? Thanks
[[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 02:17, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

:She never speaks Chinese in that audio. What she said is described in the caption: "Transasia 332? Transasia 332, contact Shanghai 133.35, over", except that the file cuts off after "one three three decimal". --[[User:Bowlhover|Bowlhover]] ([[User talk:Bowlhover|talk]]) 22:38, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::Thank you. So the audio stops after "Shanghai 133." right? [[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 01:24, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

== Do elders & children usually have different phonologies? ==

--[[Special:Contributions/96.40.43.34|96.40.43.34]] ([[User talk:96.40.43.34|talk]]) 04:37, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

:It depends what you mean, but children don't [[language acquisition]] acquire all the phonemes and clusters of their native languge at once. My niece who just turned three leaves out /r/s in clusters, so she says "Iss boken" for "It's broken". This is typical for all languages, and I have heard, but cannot remember where, that it's typical for children to take until the age of 12 to master the clusters and phonemes of the particularly complex [[Georgian language]].

:Even the language of the children once they reach adulthood tends to vary from that of the parents. My family is from [[Philadelphia dialect|Philly]]. My father says "yuge" and "atteetude" instead of my "huge" and "attitude" (Freudian slip?) My uncle called the football team the Iggles, while his children say the Eagles. I say "sawsage" for meat casings while he says "sahsage". If there were no variation like this there would be no [[language change]] (although the examples I give are not [[unconditioned sound change]]s). Look also at all the changes involved in a child who says "Nigga be frontin" where his parent might say "The fellow is putting on airs." [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 22:13, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

== Linguistic Stereotypes ==

Why, in fantasy novels/films or even in sci-fi, do warrior culture races have languages that sound like Mongolian (and even have similar looking writing systems)? And elves and such have languages that sound like Latin with a British English RP accent? Is there something about the sounds of the languages that is intended to portray the nature of the people? In which case, is this true in real life? I doubt it, but I would like to ask our learned colleagues here. [[User:KageTora|KägeTorä - (影虎)]] ([[User talk:KageTora|TALK]]) 13:10, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

:It's very subjective, but Tolkien has said [[Sindarin]] was modelled after Welsh and Finnish. His [[Adûnaic]], what little is attested, ''e.g.,'' "Ar Pharazon", seems Turkic and Semitic, while his Dwarvish supposedly has [[triconsonantal root]]s and the [[black speech]] strikes me as a Turkic/Persian/Northwest Caucasian mixture. There are apparently two competing trends, the attempt to seem prestigious (or coarse), and the attempt to sound exotic. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 18:38, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::Obviously this will be coarse or exotic from the standpoint of the language of the reader of the main text. ''The Lord of the Rings'' in Mandarin or Arabic translation would have a very different feel. Tolkien addresses this in his ''Letters'' as well, giving advice on how not to translate some of the names into other European languages, and relating the funny experience of having the hosts at a Tolkien conference in the Netherlands offer him "Maggot Soup". [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 20:30, 1 March 2014 (UTC)

::Medeis -- as I understand it, Sindarin was modelled on Welsh, while Quenya was modelled on Finnish and Latin, as far as phonology and phonotactics go... [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 01:08, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:::I won't argue that, since the [[consonant mutation]]s (like those in Welsh) are obvious in Sindarin. (The Sindarin plural [[ablaut]] has nothing to do with either Welsh or Finnish.) But I thought he worked backwards from Sindarin to [[Quenya]], which he said stood in relation to it like Latin did to Welsh (''i.e.,'' indirectly, ''a là'' [[Italo-Celtic]]). ''-- [[User:Medeis]]''

::::It's actually [[umlaut (linguistics)|umlaut]]: [[I-mutation|assimilation to a lost final /i/]]. —[[User:Tamfang|Tamfang]] ([[User talk:Tamfang|talk]]) 09:04, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::in Sindarin, that is. —[[User:Tamfang|Tamfang]] ([[User talk:Tamfang|talk]]) 23:23, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::According to an old book I have here ("Learn Welsh for English Speakers"), Welsh does have singular-plural pairs such as ''corn-cyrn, esgob-esgyb, caseg-cesyg, bardd-beirdd, sant-saint'' etc... -- [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 13:58, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::I was wondering if that might be the case, AM, but our article on Welsh just says there are various endings. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 16:43, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::::Taking endings in the plural is presumably the more common noun pattern, but according to "Learn Welsh for English Speakers", there are not only the type of nouns listed above, but also vowel changes observable in feminine adjective forms (masculine ''tlws'' feminine ''tlos''; masculine ''gwyn'' feminine ''gwen''), and also in certain verbal forms (verbal noun ''torri'' third singular ''tyr''; verbal noun ''datod'' third singular ''detyd'') etc. [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 17:10, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::: Yes, Welsh has a variety of vowel alternations, both productive and unproductive. The ones forming plurals, feminine adjectives, and second- and third-person singular verb forms are unproductive, but Welsh does have productive alternations between /ʊ/ or /ɨ/ in final syllables and /ə/ in nonfinal syllables, e.g. ''[[cwm (landform)|cwm]]'' /kʊm/ 'valley', plural ''cymoedd'' /ˈkəmoɨð/; ''dyn'' /dɨn/ 'person', plural ''dynion'' /ˈdənjon/. (The /ɨ ~ ə/ alternation is so productive and predictable it's not even reflected in the spelling.) [[User:Angr|Aɴɢʀ]] (''[[User talk:Angr|talk]]'') 20:09, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:KageTora -- Not 100% sure what you're asking, but there are vague popular stereotypes of harsh "guttural languages" (lots of closed syllables and consonant clusters and back-of-the-mouth consonants), supposedly spoken by grim people in cold climates vs. melodic "liquid languages" (with open syllables, no consonant clusters, and few back of mouth consonants), supposedly spoken by people with languid lifestyles on idyllic south sea islands. [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 01:08, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
:: And there is a bitter irony in this stereotype as Wales and Finland are in the north, and winters in the latter are very harsh, plus all Finno-Ugric languages sound quite soft and smooth. While Arabs or Georgians with their "guttural" languages live in the sunny south.--[[User:Любослов Езыкин|Lüboslóv Yęzýkin]] ([[User talk:Любослов Езыкин|talk]]) 15:50, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:"is this true in real life?" Yes, real elves absolutely talk like that. —[[User:Tamfang|Tamfang]] ([[User talk:Tamfang|talk]]) 09:25, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:It's probably also worth noting that there are two main historical cultures seen (by westerners) as warrior races, the Vikings, and the Mongols under Gengis Khan (plus the samurai of Japan, but that tends to lean more towards heavy honour codes, and less towards invading others in popular culture). Frankly, would you be able to take a klingon seriously if he sounded like the [[Swedish Chef]]? [[User:MChesterMC|MChesterMC]] ([[User talk:MChesterMC|talk]]) 10:11, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:I think Tolkien and others are exploiting the old West European (or British to be precise) popular idea about "good" North-West ("Us") and "bad" South-East, North-East or simply East ("Them"). As "the old enemies of the Western civilisation" like Huns, Mongols, Arabs, Turks, and even Germans and Russians (if we count from the British POV) have come from these latter directions. --[[User:Любослов Езыкин|Lüboslóv Yęzýkin]] ([[User talk:Любослов Езыкин|talk]]) 16:02, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Since you're asking about stereotypes in fiction, check TVtropes. Here's some relevant pages I found: "Evil Sounds Deep" [http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/EvilSoundsDeep], "Everything sounds sexier in French" [http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/EverythingSoundsSexierInFrench], and "Harsh Vocals" [http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/HarshVocals]. Other related content here [http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/AccentTropes]. Not the most academic resource, but tons of examples, and might be food for thought. [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 16:03, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== French help: finding French language articles on the [[International School of Paris]] ==

I would like to have help finding French language articles on the [[International School of Paris]]. Is it called "International School of Paris" or "Ecole internationale de Paris" in French? I know the New York Times posted an article talking about the school. Surely the French newspapers have done this too?
[[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 13:38, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
:The French Wikipedia article about the school uses the name "International School of Paris", untranslated. If that helps any. --[[User:Jayron32|Jayron]]'''''[[User talk:Jayron32|32]]''''' 19:57, 1 March 2014 (UTC)
::Thank you for pointing that out. I started that article. It is under the French version of AFD, so while I pointed out the New York Times article that is a source, I would like to see if there are more articles that talk about it. [[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 01:23, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
:::Not much luck, but I did find [http://www.gemseducation.com/uploads/image/_MEDIA_MANAGER/WAE_Documents/Media-Coverage-Le-matin4551146.pdf an interview with the former headteacher]. [[User:Alansplodge|Alansplodge]] ([[User talk:Alansplodge|talk]]) 02:29, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
::::And [http://www.centre-lecture.com/home/spip.php?article2016 Visite à l’International School of Paris] and a brief mention at [http://www.avenuedesecoles.com/index.php/secondaire-56/scolarite-francaise/1222-lecole-et-le-retour-en-france139 - L'école et le retour en France]. C'est tout. [[User:Alansplodge|Alansplodge]] ([[User talk:Alansplodge|talk]]) 02:29, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
: Thank you so much! That interview will be very helpful! I archived it at http://www.webcitation.org/6NlaVtkPk [[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 06:16, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

Based on [[:fr:Wikipédia:Notoriété#Présentation des critères]]:
* "« Couverture significative et durable »
* Une « couverture significative » signifie que des sources traitent le sujet directement en détail, de telle façon qu'on puisse en extraire le contenu de l'article sans qu'aucun travail inédit ne soit nécessaire. Une couverture significative, durable va au delà de simples mentions ; elle doit comprendre au minimum deux sources secondaires considérées comme fiables, dont l'objet principal est le sujet de l'article, et qui doivent être espacées d'au moins deux ans (sauf exceptions précisées dans le chapitre « La notoriété doit être pérenne »). "

Does this mean that the article sources have to be ''about the subject''? (In the English Wikipedia a source proving notability does not have to be centrally about the subject - it only has to have significant information about the subject)
[[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 15:58, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
:The French text means "must treat the subject directly and in details". It doesn't say the article must be solely about the subject. So, for example, an article about the American community in Paris that contains in-depth information about the school would be acceptable. If it mentions that there are some American schools, and talks in general about those schools, it would not be acceptable. That's my personal reading, though. --[[User:Xuxl|Xuxl]] ([[User talk:Xuxl|talk]]) 17:45, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
::But it goes on to say that the sources must be centrally about the subject. "'Significant coverage' means that sources describe the topic directly and in detail, in such a way that the content of the article may be drawn from them without special effort. Lasting significant coverage goes beyond simple mentions; it must include at least two secondary sources that are considered reliable, '''whose main subject is the topic of the article''', and which must be at least two years apart (except for the cases laid out in the section 'permanent notability'). [[User:Itsmejudith|Itsmejudith]] ([[User talk:Itsmejudith|talk]]) 06:43, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

= March 2 =

== St. George's, Grenada apostrophe ==

Why is there an apostrophe in the name of [[St. George's, Grenada|St. George's]], the capital of [[Grenada]]? I had guessed that it might have originally been named St. Georges by the French, and that the English added the apostrophe in a process akin to [[back-formation]], but I've not yet found any evidence to support that idea. -- [[User talk:Thinking of England|ToE]] 00:46, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:Could very well be a noun with possessive suffix, but without any explicit accompanying possessed (a phenomenon discussed not too long ago on this board). [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 01:00, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

::No, the French called the place ''Ville de Fort Royal'', but when the island was ceded to Great Britain in 1763, it was renamed St George's Town, [[Saint George]] being the patron saint of England. See [http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=uTPnC0dGETMC&pg=PA92&dq=grenada+Fort+Royal+St+George%27s+Town&hl=en&sa=X&ei=KZASU_m2Asaihgec_IGADQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&q=grenada%20Fort%20Royal%20St%20George's%20Town&f=false ''Grenada: Carriacou - Petite Martinique'' by Paul Crask (p. 92)]. [[User:Alansplodge|Alansplodge]] ([[User talk:Alansplodge|talk]]) 02:04, 2 March 2014 (UTC)
:::I have added this detail to our article. Still needs some work though. [[User:Alansplodge|Alansplodge]] ([[User talk:Alansplodge|talk]]) 16:47, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:::Thank you Alansplodge! -- [[User talk:Thinking of England|ToE]] 23:41, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== Russian help ==

Is [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E2EtIKnxB2o this] really Russian, and if so, is it grammatical? For the curious, this relates to the [[lost cosmonauts]] conspiracy theory. --[[User:Bowlhover|Bowlhover]] ([[User talk:Bowlhover|talk]]) 03:21, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:Yes, the intonation matches what is expected from the text, although the translation is not literal, and I cannot at all vouch for the provenance of the recording. Basically, I would say, "this sounds like a woman transmitting in Russian". I expect [[User:JackofOz]] and [[User:Любослов Езыкин]] will agree, maybe they will comment. But it's no more clear than "I buried Paul/Cranberry Sauce". [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 04:43, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:: It's so unclear to my hearing-loss-affected ears that I could not say what language it's in. Only because I'm told it's Russian, do I think I perceive some brief glimpses of Russianish intonation. But it could be Polish or Ukrainian or Bulgarian or Czech for all I know. If I'd been given no information, the best I could say is that it was not English. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:32, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:::Are you a fluent Russian speaker? If you can easily understand spoken Russian, but you can't understand this video, I'll have to assume the woman is not a native Russian speaker. --[[User:Bowlhover|Bowlhover]] ([[User talk:Bowlhover|talk]]) 22:28, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:::: No, I have never claimed to be a fluent Russian speaker, because I never have been. I can usually understand the general gist of what a Russian speaker is saying, but as I say, this recording is so unclear, I can't say ''what'' language it is, let alone understand what she's saying. I tried to match the translation with the sounds I was hearing, but I couldn't even do that. So, while I'm not prepared to confirm it's Russian, I'm not in a position to deny it either. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 03:19, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::That conclusion doesn't follow at all, Bowlhover. I can identify an orchid without being able to ''draw'' an orchid. I can tell the Beatles, Stones, or Hendrix are singing English without knowing ''what'' they are saying in English. Russian has very clear diagnostic features; a certain set of phonemes, free stress, with vowel reduction of unstressed vowels: ''[[akanye|akane]]'' and ''икaньe'' and a certain set of numbers which seem to occur in the recording. The woman seems to say ''один'' in a way that is very diagnostic of Russian, not Ukrainian, Byelorussian, Rusyn, or any other Eastern Slavic or even [[Slavic language]]. If you are going to ask for expert assistance, you might abstain from pretending to give your own. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 05:33, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::What are you talking about? I don't disagree with any of the statements you just made. My point was that if someone is supposedly speaking English, and I can't even identify the language as English despite being a fluent English speaker, I would suspect that person is either not speaking English or not a native speaker. Do you disagree with that? --[[User:Bowlhover|Bowlhover]] ([[User talk:Bowlhover|talk]]) 05:56, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::::Yes, I absolutely disagree with that. See [[Mondegreen]]. See '''''[http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/01/02/newborns-recognize-language_n_2397986.html fetuses recognizing their own language at birth]''''' It's perfectly possible to identify something as belonging to language X without being able to identify what exactly is being said in language X. Even '''''fetuses''''' do this. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 06:27, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::: Also (or maybe the same), the fluency of the listener's command of the spoken language has no bearing on whether they can identify the language when spoken by others. I know no Dutch and very little German but I can distinguish them from each other. I know maybe 2 words of Portuguese but I can distinguish it from Spanish. I know no Czech, Polish, Ukrainian, Bulgarian, Serbian or Rusyn, but I can distinguish them all from Russian and (apart from Rusyn) from each other. I can distinguish Chinese from Japanese from Vietnamese from Cambodian ... -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 07:31, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Note that this is a recording by the [[Judica-Cordiglia brothers]], and almost certainly a hoax, probably with Russian-ish dialogue recorded by their (Italian) sister. [[User:Adam Bishop|Adam Bishop]] ([[User talk:Adam Bishop|talk]]) 02:21, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::Thanks, Adam, I saw your comment after having written mine. I'd also say that it looks like some woman was sitting in her dacha's veranda in a hot summer day and testing her newly bought tape recorder, that's why she was saying 1, 2, 3.--[[User:Любослов Езыкин|Lüboslóv Yęzýkin]] ([[User talk:Любослов Езыкин|talk]]) 15:15, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:If I wasn't aware it's in Russian I wouldn't comprehend anything. Only after having known it's Russian I could hear «1, 2, 3, 4, 5». And only after having read the translation and listening hard one more time I could recognize also «Слышите! Мне жарко!». My authoritative conclusion: it is incomprehensible gibberish. The description to the audio is an obvious anti-Soviet conspiracy rubbish about some good western guys (here they're Italians, hello Marconi!) revealing the Truth™ which had been hidden by the evil chthonic KGB. In fact this can be absolutely anything.--[[User:Любослов Езыкин|Lüboslóv Yęzýkin]] ([[User talk:Любослов Езыкин|talk]]) 15:08, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

===Follow-up on simulating and gibberish===
Spun off from Adam Bishop's reply to the "Russian" question above: This kind of simulated (often improvised) rendering of a language has come up in questions before. I mean things like [[The Funniest Joke in the World|"Wenn ist das Nunstück git und Slotermeyer?"]] or "[[Prisencolinensinainciusol]]" (or [[Simlish]]). Is there a term (or even a list of notable examples) for this spoken version, beyond [[gibberish]]? ---[[User:Sluzzelin|Sluzzelin]] [[User talk:Sluzzelin|talk]] 07:41, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Yes, it's "[[double talk]]". See this brief '''[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2SqEmkwADmY video in four languages]''' by perhaps the best practitioner of double talk ever. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 19:11, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::There are a couple good double talk scenes in [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ftq46kjP2ro His Girl Friday] which is on youtube and out of copyright. This is [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sjZ7aiXZDk4 a contemporary artist] in English. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 19:26, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::Thanks! ---[[User:Sluzzelin|Sluzzelin]] [[User talk:Sluzzelin|talk]] 03:20, 4 March 2014 (UTC)
::::A famous British talker of total gibberish was comedian [[Stanley Unwin (comedian)|Stanley Unwin]]. See, for example, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=323kQis2zbM [[Special:Contributions/86.160.217.154|86.160.217.154]] ([[User talk:86.160.217.154|talk]]) 15:04, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

== Books about Wikipedia or encyclopedias in languages other than English or French ==

There are a few [[Bibliography of Wikipedia|books about Wikipedia]] and there are a few books about encyclopedias, but sources in languages other than English and French are difficult [for me] to find. Specifically I'm looking for books in languages other than English about encyclopedias outside of the best known Enlightenment and American examples (and on Wikipedia if about something other than the en.wikipedia). Is this better suited for Refdesk/Humanities? --— <tt>[[User:Rhododendrites|Rhododendrites]] [[User_talk:Rhododendrites|talk]]</tt> |  16:25, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

:[[:Category:Books about Wikipedia]] has a link to [[Arabic Wikipedia]] and a link to [[:Portuguese Wikipedia]].
:—[[User:Wavelength|Wavelength]] ([[User talk:Wavelength|talk]]) 22:52, 2 March 2014 (UTC)

= March 3 =

== Word choice ==

Is it considered OK to repeat the word "that" in an English sentence? Or is it something that is not preferable, such that alternate wording should be found? An example is this sentence: ''I just realized '''that that''' is the name of my dentist, also.'' I know that it is grammatically correct; but is it considered "bad form"? Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 15:54, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:So, you're asking for answers in the vein of [[linguistic prescriptivism]], right? If so, it all depends on the [[style guide]] for whatever you're writing, and where (or if) it's published. My [[WP:OR]] is that it's publishable in some academic journals (I've done it), but I also try to re-word and avoid the form when possible. If you want to consider the [[linguistic descriptivism]] approach, this evidence [https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=that+that&year_start=1800&year_end=2000&corpus=15&smoothing=3&share=&direct_url=t1%3B%2Cthat%20that%3B%2Cc0], seems to indicate that the construction is tolerated, but on the decline. [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 16:09, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::: Thanks. I looked at that link (the one for "evidence" about the use being in decline). What exactly is that Google Books NGram Viewer? I have never seen that before. What exactly is it counting? What exactly is it keeping track of? Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 22:50, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::Hi [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro]], Ngram means it can search for exact combinations of N-many words (up to N=5 at present). It searches a corpus of English language material (marked by time of publication), going back to 1800 in some cases (there is a separate corpus for BritEng, AmEng, French, etc.) Any book included in Google books is searched, and they are adding more material all the time. The vertical axis show how often the phrase appears in the corpus, compared to all other phrases of that length. Here is google's general info page on the Ngram viewer [https://books.google.com/ngrams/info]. I don't know much more about it than that, but it's a really cool way to get an idea of how often certain phrases are used in print. There is also a way to download their database for academic research, but I mostly use it as a quick way to check on usage over history (knowing there are some caveats, and I'm not trying to make any rigorous conclusions based on the results). It's primarily designed for language issues, but you can also see some history at play, e.g. compare incidence of "car" to "carriage", we can see that "car" surpasses "carriage" right around the introduction of the Model T Ford. [https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=carriage%2C+car&year_start=1800&year_end=2000&corpus=15&smoothing=0&share=&direct_url=t1%3B%2Ccarriage%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ccar%3B%2Cc0] Try it out, see what kinds of cool patterns you can find! [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 15:51, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::::: Very interesting, thanks! Yes, now that I am aware of this tool, I will definitely use it. Thanks again. I had never heard of that before. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 17:20, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:: Sometimes it really is the best and most appropriate and most concise construction. The two 'that's have different functions. Just as the two 'had's have different purposes in ''She had had to change her plans due to her mother's sudden illness; and then she'd met Tarquin, and that had changed everything''. Absolutely nothing wrong with it, imo.
:: One very common overuse of 'that' is in sentences where the word is separated from its object by a longish parenthetical phrase and the writer/speaker sort of forgets they've already said 'that' and feels the need to say it again: ''I know in my heart '''that''', even though most would violently disagree and most others would have trouble accepting my thesis without some moral gymnastics, '''that''' JackofOz is a fine fellow''. Only one of those 'that's is required. Clumsy sentence and all, but just to make the point. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:24, 3 March 2014 (UTC) Here's a RL one that just arrived on my iphone: ''.. I still have expectations that when opening times are posted that the places will be open at those times'' (in reference to lax Central American shop opening practices). -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 23:17, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== Bold text ==

I know that this is rather nit-picky. But, I am curious about it nonetheless, from a style-guide point of view. If you look at the nominees of the [[86th Academy Awards]], they list the names of the winners in bold print. For example, the winner of Best Picture is: '''''[[12 Years a Slave (film)|12 Years a Slave]]'' – [[Brad Pitt]], [[Dede Gardner]], [[Jeremy Kleiner]], [[Steve McQueen (director)|Steve McQueen]], and [[Anthony Katagas]]'''. The winner of Best Actor is: '''[[Matthew McConaughey]] – ''[[Dallas Buyers Club]]'' as Ron Woodroof'''. My question is: if we are going to be precise and stylistically correct, are the words such as "and" and "as" actually ''supposed to be'' in bold print? Or should just the names themselves be in bold, but not the words such as "and" and "as"? In other words, is it correct, as is? Or should it be that the bold "starts" and then "stops" and then "starts again", etc.? Is the bolding of the words "and" and "as" just a lazy and incorrect way of typing this? Or is it the correct way of presenting bold text material? Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 16:07, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Related to your question above, the only "correct" format is in terms of the house [[style guide]]. In the absence of such a style guide, people often turn to [[language maven]]s like [[Strunk & White]], but I don't recall if they say much about usage [[font weight]]. Things like plays and movie scripts have strict rules about bolding and italics, that wouldn't matter at all for e.g. a novel. One thing that has bugged me in the past: some places ''allow'' me to use italics for emphasis, while others disallow it. Then, because italics are not allowed for emphasis, I have to give emphasis through repetition, which is tedious, and repetitive ;) (Nb it looks like you changed some of your wording after I typed this, so this might not be that helpful for your revised question.) [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 16:19, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:: Thanks. (I only revised some minor formatting of my original question, when I made the edit; there were no substantive edits to the wording of the question.) So, I guess what I am asking is: what is the Wikipedia style of doing this? And, outside of Wikipedia, what is the correct style (I have to imagine that this has come up before)? I guess the question is: is the word "and" a part of the winner's name; is the word "as" a part of the winner's name? [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 16:32, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::Sorry, looks like I was misreading a bit then. Anyway, our WP style guide is at [[WP:MOS]]. There's instructions on italics, and a few mentions of bolding within quotes, but I can't easily see anything directly applicable to your question. Since this is Wikipedia, you could even be [[WP:BOLD]], and add some info to our MOS on bolding! On the other hand, we have a few users here who know the ins-and-outs of the main English style guides, so maybe they will chime in. For what it's worth, I agree that un-bolding "and" and "as" seems better. Compare to [[title case]], where we have e.g. "The Lord of the Rings", not "The Lord Of The Rings". Since you're specifically talking about movies here, you may enjoy this NYT piece on formatting for movie posters [http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2013/02/24/opinion/sunday/ben-schott-movies-billing-blocks.html?_r=0]. There too, "and" and "with" are typographically demoted, compared to actor names. [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 16:50, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::: Thanks. Wow! Who would have imagined that creating a movie poster was ''that'' complicated?!?!?!?!??! Made my head spin. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 18:28, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::: <s>I disagree with Semantic Mantis about the unbolding of 'and' and 'as'. This is a confusion with the rules about what words not to ''capitalise'' in the name of a movie, book, play, musical or opera. There, one does not capitalise articles or conjunctions unless they're the first word. So it's ''12 Years a Slave'', not ''12 Years A Slave''. But bolding of a name or title applies to the whole thing or none of it: '''''12 Years a Slave''''', not '''''12 Years '''a''' Slave'''''. The title of an article always appears in the lede, bolded. The entire title is bolded. In our Oscar lists, we bold winners to distinguish them from other nominees. Film titles are bolded. That's the entire title. This may have been agreed explicitly somewhere long ago, or it may have just developed that way and now everyone copies what others have done. But we most certainly have a very strong implicit consensus. We can't go around making up a different practice just because one person thinks it "seems better" their way. There's a process for changing things like this. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:06, 3 March 2014 (UTC)</s>

::::::Jack, I believe you're misreading what Semantic Mantis said. They're not talking about little words ''within'' a title, they're talking about words ''between'' titles in the bolded list. FWIW I agree with them. --[[User:ColinFine|ColinFine]] ([[User talk:ColinFine|talk]]) 19:23, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::: Well, woddaya know, I misunderread (not the only one). I too agree that "and" and "as" in those cases are not part of anyone's name or any film's title, and should not be bolded. Previous response strucken. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 19:39, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::Perhaps the reference to title case was a red herring :) [[User:SemanticMantis|SemanticMantis]] ([[User talk:SemanticMantis|talk]]) 21:02, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== Alphabetical order ==

In "normal life", we would normally alphabetize a person's name according to their last name (surname). However, on Wikipedia, an article title such as, say, George Washington would appear (alphabetically) under the "G" and not the "W" (simply because "G" is the first letter that appears in the article title, without regard to the fact that it represents the person's given name and not his surname). So, here is my question: When we are creating a list in alphabetical order on Wikipedia, should an article title such as "George Washington" be listed alphabetically under "G" or under "W"? Is there some Wikipedia policy on this? I am not necessarily referring to the name/title being presented in a list of ''other'' names. But, more so, when the name/title is being listed alongside other Wikipedia article titles that are not necessarily names. For example, let’s say that we have a "See also" list in an article; and we want to list the "See also" items in alphabetical order. Which of these "See also" lists would be correct (if the goal is alphabetical order)?

<nowiki>== See also ==</nowiki>

* [[George Washington]]
* [[Latvia]]
* [[Special Olympics]]

Or

<nowiki>== See also ==</nowiki>

* [[Latvia]]
* [[Special Olympics]]
* [[George Washington]]

In the first case, it is alphabetized as: G, L, S. In the second case, it is alphabetized as L, S, W. I would imagine that the "correct" alphabetization (in the "real world") would be the L, S, W approach (the second one listed above). But, in terms of a Wikipedia list, that almost seems to defeat the purpose (when the article titles are G, L, S; as in the first example above). So, do we have any policy or style guide – or any preference – in this regard? Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 16:39, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Wikipedia uses the "common names" axiom, which is why [[George Washington]] is the article and [[Washington, George]] redirects to that article. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 17:01, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:: Thanks, but you have confused me. What does that mean, in terms of my above question? Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 17:19, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::George is listed under the W's in categories and lists of people. If we're talking about say bridges, then I'd put the [[George Washington Bridge]] under the G's. As for a mixed list of people and non-people, you'd need to provide an example. I can't recall seeing such an animal. For the See also section, there's usually too few entries to make it necessary to alphabetize it. I generally order it by relevance to the article. [[User:Clarityfiend|Clarityfiend]] ([[User talk:Clarityfiend|talk]]) 17:40, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::: Yes, but that is ''exactly'' the point of my question. If it was a list of ''solely'' people's names, then it would make sense to list them by surname. If it was a list of ''solely'' other entities (i.e., ''not'' people's names, like the George Washington Bridge or George Washington High School), then we would list them by "first letter" of title. My question is when both are mixed. I gave the example above (Latvia, Special Olympics, etc.). I didn't specifically look for a "real" example in Wikipedia; I am sure they abound. I have seen them many times, which is why I finally decided to ask today. Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 18:38, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::: I found two "real" examples. The first is [[Single-bullet theory]]. I myself actually added in the name of [[James Tague]] (just yesterday, I believe). And I was not sure where to place it, alphabetically. I also wanted to find an independent example, one which I took no part in. The '''''very first page''''' I decided to look at was [[Richard Nixon]]. And that article has the same type of example I am referring to (a "See also" section, with a mix of people and non-people). Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 18:49, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::As I said before, in a mixed See all listing, it doesn't make sense to list them alphabetically at all; that's just for entries of the same type. [[User:Clarityfiend|Clarityfiend]] ([[User talk:Clarityfiend|talk]]) 22:05, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::[[User:Clarityfiend|Clarityfiend]] has given you excellent guidance. As an example: [[List of people from New York]] will show you first an exception, the presidents in chronological order, and then the sorting by last name as the general rule. [[WP:MOS]] and the [[WP:Help desk|The Help Desk]] should be of use to you as well. Oh, and don't mind Baseball Bugs, he just likes to chime in as much as he can.[[Special:Contributions/54.80.71.128|54.80.71.128]] ([[User talk:54.80.71.128|talk]]) 18:04, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::And don't mind 54, who is a harassment-only sockmaster. And since Joseph didn't get what I meant, in normal writing and speaking you're more likely to say "George Washington" than "Washington, George". Hence, George Washington is the "common name". In a printed encyclopedia, typically it would be last-name-first. But not in Wikipedia. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 18:30, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::: Yes, Baseball Bugs, I certainly "got" all that. I just wasn't sure how that information (which I already knew) addressed my specific question above about "See also" list alphabetizing. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 18:32, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::In "see also" sections, there appears to be no hard-and-fast rule. And your example is a serious apples-oranges-and-bananas situation, as there is no obvious commonality. But if you look at the disambiguation page [[Leonardo]], for example, you'll see they tend to be listed alphabetically by last name, even though the "last, first" construction is not used. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 18:43, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::::::: With Latvia, Special Olympics, and George Washington ... I just made up an example, off the top of my head. The thrust of the question dealt with the letters (in that case, the L, S, and G or W distinction). The words themselves were not important. So, I just made up a list with letters that illustrated the point I was making. (I was not at all concerned with the actual words, in order to make my point.) Yes, clearly, the Latvia / Special Olympics / George Washington titles are a mixed bag of apples and oranges and such. If we are "stuck" on this (very minor) point, I gave two "real life" examples above ([[Single-bullet theory]] and [[Richard Nixon]]). I am quite sure that there are many hundreds of other examples on Wikipedia. I see it ''all the time'' because, in fact, one of my pet peeves is to alphabetize "See also" lists. [[Richard Nixon]] happened to be the '''''very first''''' article that I decided to look at. And, lo and behold, it had exactly the type of example I am asking about above. Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 19:00, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::::::If your seemingly random lists of words or topics were part of the index to a book, for example, George would definitely be under W. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 19:48, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::::::: Thanks. In a printed book, yes, clearly. But, I am trying to get some clarification for Wikipedia purposes. Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 20:49, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::::::::::::You may find [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Lists]] of some use. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 21:17, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

: I just found out that the Wikipedia MOS states that "See also" lists should ''preferably'' be alphabetized. Here: [[Wikipedia:Guide to layout#See also section]]. Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 22:57, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::Recently, in my routine editing of many articles, I came across an article where a list of personal names was alphabetized by last name, although they were presented with the first names first. I did not spend time to find out how that was accomplished, and I do not know whether a template was used.
::—[[User:Wavelength|Wavelength]] ([[User talk:Wavelength|talk]]) 03:38, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::: Perhaps you are talking about the "sort name" template? It appears, for example, in this article: [[List of actors who have appeared in multiple Best Picture Academy Award winners]]. There, all of the actor names are listed as First Name, Last Name. However, when the Name column is sorted, it will sort by Last Name, First Name. The first actor on the list, ([[Ben Affleck]]). gets sorted as an "A" for Affleck, not as a "B" for Ben. Yet, his name is listed as "Ben Affleck". This is done with the "sort name" template (documented here: [[Template:Sortname]]). Thanks. [[User:Joseph A. Spadaro|Joseph A. Spadaro]] ([[User talk:Joseph A. Spadaro|talk]]) 17:26, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::::That template was probably used in the article that I mentioned.
::::—[[User:Wavelength|Wavelength]] ([[User talk:Wavelength|talk]]) 18:05, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

== Why is it bad to ask God to damn things? ==

Why are idiomatic phrases "God damn it!" and "that goddamn son of a bitch" considered curse words? I mean, if you dissect them and interpret them literally, then you'll just asking God to damn things. [[Special:Contributions/140.254.227.87|140.254.227.87]] ([[User talk:140.254.227.87|talk]]) 16:33, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:See [[curse]]. (''"A curse ... is any expressed wish that some form of adversity or misfortune will befall or attach to some other entity."'') [[User:Looie496|Looie496]] ([[User talk:Looie496|talk]]) 16:58, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::So, why is it bad to curse in that sense of the term? [[Special:Contributions/140.254.227.87|140.254.227.87]] ([[User talk:140.254.227.87|talk]]) 18:21, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:In case you mean "curse words" less literally, more in the general sense of [[profanity]], see also "[[Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain]]". ---[[User:Sluzzelin|Sluzzelin]] [[User talk:Sluzzelin|talk]] 17:06, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::Is that related to blaspheming the Holy Spirit, which is bad, because it's basically seeing good as evil and evil as good and deliberately accusing someone or something of wickedness and condemning it? Would a Roman Catholic priest forgive blaspheming the Holy Spirit if it had been done unintentionally? [[Special:Contributions/140.254.227.87|140.254.227.87]] ([[User talk:140.254.227.87|talk]]) 18:21, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:::In one sense, an analogy would be: thou shall not call the CEO at corporate headquarters with every petty dispute. — Preceding [[analogy]] added by [[Special:Contributions/71.20.250.51|71.20.250.51]] ([[User talk:71.20.250.51|talk]]) 18:36, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::Well, not really. God is all-knowing, all-seeing, and all-powerful. The notion of God being "too busy" is a bogus notion created by some sects to justify their hierarchies. I think of it more like the boomerang factor - you ask God to curse someone, He might check your own record first. And it's arrogant. But mostly, it's just uncouth. ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 18:58, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::Yes, you are basically using your own power to command the Allpowerful to curse one of his own creations. It's about as rude as saying "Fuck your broken lightbulb, Dad, it keeps flickering." [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 19:07, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::That's why I added "''in one sense''" -- mainly relating to "in vein" meaning "not unless you ''really, really'' mean it". — Preceding [[Clarify|clarification]] added by [[Special:Contributions/71.20.250.51|71.20.250.51]] ([[User talk:71.20.250.51|talk]]) 19:23, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::::::That's more of it. The idea is that you're profaning the concept of God's judgement by flippantly calling on him to judge something/someone when you don't mean it. If you believe in the concept of an unending hell, you're not going to make such a statement seriously (i.e. as a prayer to God to send someone there) without an extremely good reason, and of course you won't make such a statement in this sense if you don't believe in such a concept. For that reason, it's generally considered profanity. Of course, if you really do mean that, it is a curse, but not in the sense of "cussing." [[Special:Contributions/149.160.174.45|149.160.174.45]] ([[User talk:149.160.174.45|talk]]) 21:49, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

== Why are contractions pronounced from two syllables to one syllable? ==
[[File:I-40 Conway, Arkansas. "Jeet Yet?".jpg|thumb|right|250px|Jeet Yet?]]
I don't get why contractions are pronounced from two syllables to one syllable. No matter how fast I say the two words, they just don't add up to right sound in the contraction. When I say "shall not" very quickly, it sounds like "shit" and "aht", not "shan't." Perhaps, the contractions were originally derived from archaic speech, or perhaps they were originally derived from writing and then pronouncing those written contractions? Examples include:
* "I can not" becomes "I can't" (Preterite: I couldn't)
* "I shall not" becomes "I shan't" (Preterite: I shouldn't)
* "I will not" becomes "I won't" (This becomes trickier when you consider the fact that you pronounce the long o sound. Where does the long o come from anyway? Preterite: I wouldn't)
* "I may not" becomes "I mayn't" (Uncommon, but nevertheless a valid phrase. Preterite: I mightn't)
* "I am not" becomes "I ain't" (Preterite: I wasn't) [[Special:Contributions/140.254.227.87|140.254.227.87]] ([[User talk:140.254.227.87|talk]]) 18:08, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:EO has a brief discussion of "won't".[http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?allowed_in_frame=0&search=won%27t&searchmode=none] Unfortunately, our [[Contraction (grammar)]] article seems to be more of a list than a history. But English-speakers tend to shorten things, a process which presumably happens over the course of time, no in one fell swoop. Such as "folks'll" as the pronunciation of "forecastle". And there's the handling of the abbreviation "St." for "Saint". In America we still say "Saint" when we see "St." (or "Street", but that's another thing). Brits tend to say "St." as "Sint" or "Snt". ←[[User:Baseball Bugs|Baseball Bugs]] ''[[User talk:Baseball Bugs|What's up, Doc?]]'' [[Special:Contributions/Baseball_Bugs|carrots]]→ 18:27, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:Contractions exist in the language because that's what people say (or said). The process of contraction happens at different times and places, and may not be obvious according to the phonetics of a different time or place. Shakespeare wrote many contractions that are not normal today (such as "i'th" for "in the", or "upon's" for "upon us"); some of these may have been for metrical reasons, but it seems likely that they were drawn from the everyday spoken language. Those two have not lasted, unlike the ones you list. On the other hand, there are far more contractions in current English than these: it is just that most of the rest are hardly ever acknowledged in writing. Examples are "gimme", "gissa"*, "wanna", "havta" and "gonna". I have noticed myself saying /ˌkʲævəkʌpə'ti/ ("Kyavvercuppertea", or "Kyavvuhcuppuhtea" for non-rhotics) meaning "Can I have a cup of tea". Some contractions reduce the number of syllables; others do not.
:*For those unfamiliar with "gissa", it is a British (especially but not exclusively Scottish) contraction of "give us a", and often means "give me a".
:The "why" is because speech is a trade off between the effort of pronouncing words and the effort of understanding them. There are various processes that happen in [[language change]], such as [[assimilation (linguistics)|assimilation]], [[metathesis (linguistics)|metathesis]], [[syncope (phonetics)|syncope]] and [[epenthesis]] which can all be described with some justice as the product of laziness. Whenever these have occurred, they probably started off as a feature of rapid speech of some group (often of young people) and gradually became established in the language. The contractions you are talking about have been around, we know, for several hundred years, and they are normal in everyday speech; but they have not so far driven out the older forms, and fashion does not accept them for certain [[register (language)|registers]]. --[[User:ColinFine|ColinFine]] ([[User talk:ColinFine|talk]]) 19:53, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:140.254.227.87 -- Won't is ultimately due to [[l vocalization]], which occurs in a number of languages (and several dialects of English), by no means always in morphologically complex "contractions". Anyway, "n't" is actually a [[clitic]] form (some linguists have even argued that it's actually a negative inflectional suffix), so it's not surprising that the sound changes it induces in the preceding word are not the same as generalized [[fast speech]] changes... [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 03:07, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::See the photo I've just added to the top of this section, from Arkansas, USA. The caption says "Southern drawl", but it's definitely here in the Great Lakes region as well. Definition 6 at the [http://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=jeet+yet%3F Urban Dictionary] provides a fuller example. [[User:Nyttend|Nyttend]] ([[User talk:Nyttend|talk]]) 13:14, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:::I think "Jeet Yet?" is a fairly generalized American English fast speech form (not sure why we don't have an article on "fast speech"), with the further reduction "Jeechet?" [dʒiːtʃɛt]... -- [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 13:44, 4 March 2014 (UTC)
::::No, joo? [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 18:19, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::::Odd. I had a coworker from Indiana once that said she had a hard time at first understanding Californians when she moved there, and gave "j'eet yet?" as an example. So I don't know how widespread it is. — [[User:Kwamikagami|kwami]] ([[User talk:Kwamikagami|talk]]) 20:41, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::Actually, "Jeechet?" [dʒiːtʃɛt], as AM gives is what you hear. People don't weaken "Did you eat" to "Jeet" without also weakening the second ''-t yet'' sequence to ''-chet''. (IN other words, "Jeet yet" is half attempted phonetics and half orthography as taught, not spoken.) As far as I am aware, ''Jeechet'' is common to General American, including the eastern Midland dialects. In fact, ''Jeechet? No, joo?'' is a running joke in my immediate family. See also ''[[Mairzy dotes]]''. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 23:16, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

== British colonial insertion of "r"s where they don't belong. ==

I have recently come across a few words like [[Burma]] which have an /r/ and which I have always thought were supposed to do so because of the "r" being in the native form. But it isn't. Burma should be /bəma/. [[Burmese language]] syllables don't have final /r/s, only -/ʔ/ and -/ɴ/ occur, and the "r" is only found in loans from English and Sanskrit and Pali. So it turns out the Burma spelling is most likely the approximation of a non-rhotic colonial, and the "r" should actually be silent if one wants to approximate the original language.

I have also come across this in a few other terms, probably in geographical names, in areas with largely vowel-final words colonised by the British. Can anybody mention other examples, or give any comment? Thanks. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 19:02, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

: Not quite the same, but until quite recently, I always assumed "Ahmed" started out like the German "Ach". Then I learnt that the Ah- simply denotes a long a, and it was spelt that way because "Amed" would have resulted in people saying "Ay-məd". -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 20:08, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::Fraid not, Jack. Our article [[Ahmad]] transliterates the Arabic as "ʾaḥmad", with a stronger aspirate than English /h/. No doubt some English-speaking Ahmeds drop the /h/, because that phoneme does not occur preconsonantly in English; but it's certainly there in Arabic. --[[User:ColinFine|ColinFine]] ([[User talk:ColinFine|talk]]) 20:20, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::: Thanks again, Colin. Time to reassume my assumption, sort of. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 20:52, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::The "h" in Ahmad is technically a voiceless [[pharyngeal]] consonant. The same consonants ħ-m-d <big>ح - م- د</big> appear in both "Ahmad" and "Muhammad" due to [[Semitic root]] morphology... [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 02:54, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::Of course, a coda /ħ/ is likely to be misheard as a long vowel by someone who doesn't realize it's there; see, for example, [http://www.smg.surrey.ac.uk/Archi/Linguists/lexeme.aspx?LE=4599] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Qhoh.ogg]. Which probably explains why so many English speakers pronounce things like coda /ħ/ in Arabic and coda /h/ in Turkish with spitty uvular sounds. [[User:Lsfreak|Lsfreak]] ([[User talk:Lsfreak|talk]]) 21:03, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:The only other example I can immediately think of, coincidentally, is "Myanmar". I believe there are others, but I can't think of any at present. --[[User:ColinFine|ColinFine]] ([[User talk:ColinFine|talk]]) 20:20, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::There's also the Korean name [[Park (Korean surname)|Park]], which is a variant of Pak or Bak. -- [[Special:Contributions/87.151.45.156|87.151.45.156]] ([[User talk:87.151.45.156|talk]]) 20:30, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

:::Yes! ''Park'' is one of the two other instances I couldn't remember. I was very surprised by that one. [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 21:14, 3 March 2014 (UTC)

::::That may just be a case of the word being Anglicized to match an English word. (If the original name had an extra r, as in "Prark", they probably would have taken it out.) [[User:StuRat|StuRat]] ([[User talk:StuRat|talk]]) 20:17, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

*This looks like a case of [[intrusive R]] becoming standardized. It could be that the first English speakers to establish the English name for these places had an accent with intrusive R, and as such, became standardized. --[[User:Jayron32|Jayron]]'''''[[User talk:Jayron32|32]]''''' 23:02, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
::I don't think it's anything to do with the intrusive R, which is to do with generalising the restoration of a final /r/ before a vowel-initial word to other words which never had a final /r/ but are historically vowel-final. Two of the three cases that have been mentioned involve an <r> before a consonant, which is an entirely different context. It's simply that the most common way of writing the sound /ɑ/ in non-rhotic British English is <ar>, and all the plausible ways of writing a stressed /ə/ in non-rhotic British English include an <r>: <er>, <ur> or <ir>. --[[User:ColinFine|ColinFine]] ([[User talk:ColinFine|talk]]) 00:10, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:::Our article on [[rhotic_and_non-rhotic_accents#Effect_on_spelling|Rhotic and non-rhotic accents, subsection "Effect on spelling"]] has some more examples, including [[schoolmarm]] and [[parcheesi]]/[[pachisi]]. ---[[User:Sluzzelin|Sluzzelin]] [[User talk:Sluzzelin|talk]] 01:15, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::::A couple of non-written examples are the pronunciation in rhotic Northern Ireland of "lager" as "lar-ger", and sometimes "Peugeot" as "per-zho". --[[User:Nicknack009|Nicknack009]] ([[User talk:Nicknack009|talk]]) 18:12, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:::::"Peugot" may just be trying to approximate the French front-rounded vowel with the most soundalike English vowel; some rhotic dialects in the U.S. pronounce "hors d'oeuvres" as [ɔrdɜrvz]. Anyway, "worsh" (with pronounced r) in place of "wash" used to be a shibboleth in some parts of the U.S. Midwest (don't know to what degree it still is). [[User:AnonMoos|AnonMoos]] ([[User talk:AnonMoos|talk]]) 13:49, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

*I am still a little confused by [[User:Alansplodge]]'s statement above that father and farther are homophones for him. Does that mean there are semi-literate spellings like ''farther'' for the male parent, or ''darnce'' for ''dance''? Am I just going on context when I assume that ''father'' and ''farther'' in arrhotic RP are not identically pronounced? I would swear if you asked me that the two words would be quite distinct, even in the example, "I must go a little bit, father" and "I must go a little bit farther". Is there no compensatory lengthening? [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 19:54, 4 March 2014 (UTC)
::No, I can confirm that they are homophones for me too and for most of my fellow English natives round here. --[[User:TammyMoet|TammyMoet]] ([[User talk:TammyMoet|talk]]) 19:59, 4 March 2014 (UTC)
::I, on the other hand, can confirm that for me, my family, and the people we know, ''father'' and ''farther'' are definitely not homophones. I have no obvious "regional" accent, and am frequently teased for speaking with very pure RP. [[User:RomanSpa|RomanSpa]] ([[User talk:RomanSpa|talk]]) 00:22, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

*I can confirm that the ga-il in ''[[Lark Rise to Candleford (TV series)]]'' is always going on about her ''Par'' and her ''Mar'', back home in the hamlet, with the littl'uns. [[User:Alanscottwalker|Alanscottwalker]] ([[User talk:Alanscottwalker|talk]]) 20:21, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::[[Juggernaut]]. If I hadn't looked it up, I would have never guessed it derives from [[Jagannath]]. I would have rather thought it comes from German. — [[User:Kpalion|Kpalion]][[User talk:Kpalion|(talk)]] 20:27, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::Yes, the OED transcribes ''father'' and ''farther'' the same. μηδείς, as Jack of Oz suggested above, this is just like Americans inserting aitches where they don't belong. "Oh" doesn't have an "h" sound in it, and neither does "ah!". At the time the h-convention was established, much more of England was rhotic, but words that have crept in since then often have "r" instead. (Not just "Myanmar", but "Burma"! – cf. [[Bamar]].) This only seems "colonial" because it only works for non-rhotic accents, and so we don't see it in the States, but we get it in Australia too. The US convention can be seen in spellings like [[Satoshi Ohno|Ohno]] for Japanese ''Ōno'', despite there being no [h] in that name. The Korean name "Park" is even spelled "Pahk" in the US, for example with Induk Pahk. "Pak" would be mispronounced "Pack", so some remedy is needed. — [[User:Kwamikagami|kwami]] ([[User talk:Kwamikagami|talk]]) 20:34, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:Not sure this exactly what you're looking for, but reading some of the linguistic descriptions by traders, trappers or missionaries from the early days of American colonization is downright painful. Unless you already know the language, it's impossible to tell which r's are real. [[User:Lsfreak|Lsfreak]] ([[User talk:Lsfreak|talk]]) 21:03, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

:: My favourite uberhypercorrective colonial spelling is the Queensland town of [[Caboolture]]. I am certain no word in any local indigenous language has the sound of a -ture ending (tjuə). Everyone ends it like -cha or -chə, but that spelling would never have done for our forefathers. -- [[User:JackofOz|Jack of Oz]] [[User talk:JackofOz#top|[pleasantries]]] 23:44, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::Thought of another: Bristol has no etymological /l/. I'd heard similar things about some places in France or Spain that are with a double-el, despite only ever being /j/, but a few quick searches of the cities I was thinking didn't reveal anything. [[User:Lsfreak|Lsfreak]] ([[User talk:Lsfreak|talk]]) 01:49, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

*Thanks, some really excellent answers. Although Kwami seems to have missed that his answer Burma was the example with which the entire thread began. (I sometimes read these threads bassupackwards myself.) Isn't ''Bristol'' Welsh for titties? How is the Welsh spelt? [[User:Medeis|μηδείς]] ([[User talk:Medeis|talk]]) 05:43, 5 March 2014 (UTC)
::Welsh? No. If in doubt, suspect rhyming slang. Bristol City. [[User:Itsmejudith|Itsmejudith]] ([[User talk:Itsmejudith|talk]]) 09:16, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

== Vietnamese phrase ==

I'm seeing the phrase "TIEU-LENH CUU HOA" in an early 1970s picture of a sign on a huge building in Saigon. What could it mean, and what are the correct diacritics? The sign's in the background, so I can't see the diacritics clearly, but I think there's something on top of the "E" in the first word, on top of and below the "E" in the second, on top of the first "U" in the third, and on top of the "O" in the fourth. Below the phrase are lots of words in smaller type, and i can't read them. Google Translator thinks it means "Sub-command fire," which makes no sense. [[Special:Contributions/149.160.174.45|149.160.174.45]] ([[User talk:149.160.174.45|talk]]) 21:54, 3 March 2014 (UTC)
:"Tiêu lệnh cứu hỏa"? I think it means "fire-fighting equipment"—like fire extinguishers, fire blankets, ladders, hoses, etc. --[[User:Canley|Canley]] ([[User talk:Canley|talk]]) 01:01, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

= March 4 =

==Cuneiform in Wikipedia==
In the entry to Inanna, the cuneiform symbol for deity has been changed into two boxes. The first character in her name looks like an 8-pointed asterisk.

I believe further town the same box character has replaced other cuneiform translations from the original Wikipedia entry.

My guess is that somebody updated the server or some other computer maintenance was performed and it could not decipher the characters in question. — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:IloveAgentScott|IloveAgentScott]] ([[User talk:IloveAgentScott|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/IloveAgentScott|contribs]]) 19:25, 4 March 2014 (UTC) 

:This probably isn't the result of a change to the [[Inanna]] article itself or Wikipedia's servers. I suspect the problem is on your end, that those [[unicode]] characters are no longer displayed. Were there any recent changes to your PC ? [[User:StuRat|StuRat]] ([[User talk:StuRat|talk]]) 21:18, 4 March 2014 (UTC)

::I am curious how to see those cuneiforms. I looked up cuneiform articles here on Wikipedia after I read this above, installed some cuneiform fonts on my Windows 8.1 after and tried to fiddle with the fonts on "internet options", but to no avail. Still only boxes. Grateful for definite articles on how to make it work on Windows 8. [[User:DanielDemaret|Star Lord - 星王]] ([[User talk:DanielDemaret|talk]]) 07:17, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

= March 5 =

== Need help with summary of Nepali references / establishment of notability ==

Hello friends! There is a new-ish article on [[Kumud Pant]] and it's coming off as an autobiography/vanity piece to me. There are three references, one to a modeling gallery which does nothing to establish notability [http://www.uday.com.np/thumbnail_view.php?gal_id=1158 here], a second reference to an interview [http://entertainment.bluzog.com/2013/08/02/kumund-pant-lined-up-for-hollywood-lead-role/ here], which also seems a little sketchy, and [http://www.nepalisandesh.com/new/ns_news_detail.php?id=1619#.UxaTSvldV8D this article] which is written in another language, that I am assuming is Nepali. (Please forgive me if I am wrong, I'm always happy to learn. {{smiley}}) If anyone familiar with the language can take a look and see whether or not the source, and the subject is notable, I'd appreciate it. I'm also curious if there might be another article out there on him that does a better job of establishing notability. Currently though, all the roles listed in his article look like background and incidental roles. "Man at bar" and such. If we can't get better RSes, I will probably take the article to AfD. Dhan'yavāda! (I copy/pasted that...) [[User:Cyphoidbomb|Cyphoidbomb]] ([[User talk:Cyphoidbomb|talk]]) 03:08, 5 March 2014 (UTC)
:UPDATE: This may be a non-issue. I've nominated the article [[Kumud Pant]] for speedy deletion. The user has taken ownership of the article and is deleting talk page comments, removing constructive edits from the article, etc. You are still invited to comment, but please note there is a speedy nom. [[User:Cyphoidbomb|Cyphoidbomb]] ([[User talk:Cyphoidbomb|talk]]) 06:25, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

== Question about Japanese sources: How much do they talk about the [[Liceo Mexicano Japones]]? Are they independent of the school? ==

I found this source on a Japanese university website:
* 月本　成児 (前日本メキシコ学院日本コース:大阪府枚方市牧野小学校). "[http://crie.u-gakugei.ac.jp/report/pdf32/32_05tsukimoto.pdf 日本メキシコ学院の教育力向上に向けて]." ([http://www.webcitation.org/6Nq4DieLS Archive]) 在外教育施設における指導実践記録. 在外教育施設における指導実践記録 32, 21-24, 2009-10-12. [[Tokyo Gakugei University]]. - [http://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/110008708726 See NII entry in Japanese]
It mentions the [[Liceo Mexicano Japones]] (日本メキシコ学院). Is this source significantly about the school or does it have significant content about the school? Is it independent of the school in every way? What is the name of the author? What is his/her background? What is the name of the academic journal?

I also found this from a ''[[Nikkei]]'' newspaper in [[Brazil]]:
* "[http://www.nikkeyshimbun.com.br/020327-62colonia.html 再浮上する日伯学園構想――第四部　日本と国際学校－（３）－日墨学院①－〝独系のような学校を〟－駐在員と共に周到に準備]." ([http://www.webcitation.org/6Nq4m7Fzx Archive]) ''[[Nikkey Shimbun]]'' (ニッケイ新聞 ''Nikkei Shinbun'', ''Jornal do Nikkey''). ３月２７日（水）.
Would this be a reliable source to use in the article [[Liceo Mexicano Japones]]?

What about this one?
* Soejima, K (副島健治). "[http://www.apu.ac.jp/rcaps/uploads/fckeditor/publications/polyglossia/Polyglossia_V11_Soejima.pdf メキシコの日本語教育]" ([http://www.webcitation.org/6Nq5QNo8l Archive]). ''Polyglossia'' 11, 185-197, 2006-03. 立命館アジア太平洋大学言語研究センター. ([http://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/40007392046 See CiNII])

Thanks
[[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 04:56, 5 March 2014 (UTC)
:The author is Seiji/成児 Tsukimoto/月本. He was the assistant principal of LMJ and is the [http://www.city.hirakata.osaka.jp/site/makino-sub/koutyouaisatu.html princpal] of Makino elementary school in [[Hirakata, Osaka|Hirakata]]. I found this [http://crie.u-gakugei.ac.jp/pub/32report.html version]. #5 and #6 are the reports on LMJ, #5 is written by Tsukimoto and #6 by Nakakita. The title of the yearly report is 在外教育施設における指導実践記録集 and your source is #32/第３２集. Tsukimoto's report is about what they did to improve the students' math at LMJ. There is one more [http://www.nikkeyshimbun.com.br/020328-62colonia.html page] on LMJ at the Nikkei site. Soejima's "メキシコの日本語教育 is about ja education in Mexico in general. I think they are all reliable. [[User:Oda Mari|Oda Mari]] ([[User talk:Oda Mari|talk]]) 10:12, 5 March 2014 (UTC)
: Thank you! I added the Jornal do Nikkei ([[:ja:ニッケイ新聞|ニッケイ新聞]]) articles! While Tsukimoto once worked for the school, did Nakakita ever work for the school? There may be an issue with Tsukimoto having been a former employee, but if Nakakita never was then it's another ''independent'' reliable source. [[User:WhisperToMe|WhisperToMe]] ([[User talk:WhisperToMe|talk]]) 11:47, 5 March 2014 (UTC)
::Unfortunately, Nakakita was a teacher at LMJ from April 2006 to March 2009. 在外教育施設における指導実践記録集 are the reports by teachers who worked in Japanese schools abroad. [[User:Oda Mari|Oda Mari]] ([[User talk:Oda Mari|talk]]) 16:28, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

== Transcription and translation of Korean markings ==

[[File:Daedongyeojido-full.jpg|thumb|300px|Do You Want to Know a Secret / Do You Promise Not to Tell]]
Could anyone who speaks the language please transcribe (and, if possible, translate) the red stamps on the map [[Daedongyeojido]], to be included on the image description page? — [[User:Crisco 1492|Crisco 1492]] ([[User talk:Crisco 1492|talk]]) 13:28, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

== Etymology of Yiddish איידים (pron. aye-dim) - "son-in-law" ==

Does anyone know of an etymology for this word? (And while i'm at it, for the word שווער pron. shver, meaning father-in-law)

The joke goes that the son-in-law take his father-in-law to court for not giving him the promised dowry.
The F.I.L. denies that he ever promised any and says bring witnesses (in Hebrew: aye-dim). The S.I.L. having no
witnesses says at least take an oath (in Yiddish: shver like 'swear') denying it. — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/77.125.212.112|77.125.212.112]] ([[User talk:77.125.212.112|talk]]) 18:21, 5 March 2014 (UTC)

User talk:Sameboat

2013-12-20T16:52:39Z

Kazu89: /* Internal link helper */

{|align=center cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center"
|align=center|[[File:Drawn heart.svg|50px|alt=♡]][[File:Symbole-en.png|50px|alt=]]
|Because English isn't my first language, please use simple and [[Plain English]] if you have something to discuss with me.
|-
|colspan=2 width=100% height=2px style="background-color:pink"|
|-
|width=120px align=center rowspan=2|[[File:Drawn heart.svg|50px|alt=♡]][[File:Zhong.gif|50px|alt=]]
|You can write in modern [[Chinese language|Chinese]] if you're capable to do so. Or leave the message in [[:zh:user talk:Sameboat|my user talk page in Chinese Wikipedia]]. Thank you.
|-
|如果閣下擁有基本的現代中文語言能力，可以選擇以中文留下訊息，或到[[:zh:user talk:Sameboat|在下的中文維基用戶討論頁]]留言，多謝。
|}
{|cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center" align=center
|width=150px align=center|[[File:Stop hand nuvola.svg|x50px|alt=Not interested in ]][[File:Wiki-help.png|x50px|alt= public gathering]]
|This user is not interested in any public meeting or gathering, thus not hoping to receive any invitation. Thank you.
|}
{|cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center" align=center
|[[File:Lolsinebot.png|250px|thumb|right|After a long day's work, SineBot can get pretty stressed.]]
Remember to sign your name with four waves <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki> after your message in any talk page. Intentionally avoiding signature and letting the [[user:SineBot]] do all the works for you will be reported to Admin!
|}

{{Archives|[[/old1]]}}

__TOC__
{{clear}}

{|style="float:center;width:100%;background-color:transparent"
|align=center|[[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]]
|}
<div style="background-color: #ffddee; background-image: -moz-linear-gradient(left, #ffddee, #ffffff); background-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left, from(#ffddee), to(#ffffff)); border-radius: 1em; -moz-border-radius: 1em; -webkit-border-radius: 1em; border:2px solid #aaaaaa;padding:1em">

== Hong Kong gathering ==

There will be a gathering in Hong Kong this weekend (Wikipedia:Meetup/Hong Kong 51) to commemorate the 5th anniversary of the Hong Kong Wikimedian community. You're sincerely invited, since it'll be great to get a few core members of the English Wikipedia community in Hong Kong to come along! --[[User:Deryck Chan|Der]][[User talk:Deryck Chan|yck C.]] 07:45, 13 September 2010 (UTC)

== Site plan ==
I just closed this discussion, and I was hoping that you, Thumperward (aka Chris), and Droll could work out a suitable compromise (e.g., adding relative positioning to superimpose). [[User:Plastikspork|Plastikspork]] [[User talk:Plastikspork|―Œ(talk)]] 20:01, 13 November 2010 (UTC)

== New route map for Podilsko-Vyhurivska Line‎ ==

I saw you changed the style of the route map to WP:RDT. I'm not against it. Quite the contrary, I was one of the contributor to the RDT project. The only problem with {{tl|Podilsko-Vyhurivska Line}} is that you use the CPIC icons {{bs-q|uCPICr|2=no}} to represent the interchanges, this set of icon is supposed to indicate the interchange which provides [[cross-platform interchange]] layout, or to a lesser extent, all platforms of different lines are on the same level. Which is clearly not the case for all the interchanges in Kiev Metro. So I would suggest you apply the HUB set {{bs-q|HUB84|2=no}}{{bs-q|HUB82|2=no}} like Russian and Ukrainian versions do. You can retain the current color (the u-set icons {{bs-q|uBHF|2=no}}) because the alternative color icons do have some accessibility issue. Or another option for you is to display the {{bs-q|TRAM}} beside {{bs-q|uINT}} like {{tl|Beijing Subway/4‎}} does. I will leave the judgment to you. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat|talk]]) 10:00, 18 December 2010 (UTC)

: Hey, yeah, I had a lot of trouble with trying to figure out how I was going to lay out the template. It's definitely not set in stone at this point. I did a lot of [[User:Akhristov/Sandbox|experimenting]] to try and figure out how I would do it, and I'm still not 100% satisfied with the result, which is why I decided to test-run it on a line that's still not finished.
: The way that Ukrainan transfer stations work is there is a tunnel that leads from one station on one line to another station in another line. Since you were one of the contributors to the RDT project, your feedback would be greatly appreciated, since you know a lot more about what those icons were intended for. Any ideas on what would work best for that type of transfer? HUB set? Feel free to edit the template on that line to change it to whatever you think is best, and I'll just mirror it on all other stations later.
: P. S., I do know about including TRAM and Railroad icons (as you can tell from my Sandbox), but I decided to work all of the other kinks out first. And nobody has a clue yet on how the Vokzalna transfer station is going to work. — [[User talk:Akhristov|Alex Khristov]] 12:54, 19 December 2010 (UTC)

== Page translate ==

Could you change a page from Chinese to English? Here is the page I need you to change from Chinese to English: [http://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E5%8F%B0%E5%8C%97%E6%8D%B7%E9%81%8B381%E5%9E%8B%E9%9B%BB%E8%81%AF%E8%BB%8A#371.E5.9E.8B]. Thank you! --[[User:Perseus, Son of Zeus|Perseus, Son]] [[User:Perseus, Son of Zeus/t|of Zeus]] 15:51, 10 January 2011 (UTC)
==Talkback==
{{talkback|SchuminWeb|ts=07:31, 15 April 2011 (UTC)}}
[[User:SchuminWeb|SchuminWeb]] ([[User talk:SchuminWeb|Talk]]) 07:31, 15 April 2011 (UTC)

== Sokolnicheskaya line route diagram changes ==

Hey there Sameboat, or, if you prefer, ni hao. Yesterday, after about an hour, a querey I had about [[Sokolnicheskaya Line route diagram]] was answered, and fixed, by [[User:Monty845]]. This was because it was giving me trouble at [[User:buggie111/List of Moscow metro stations (v2.0)]]. However, you [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Template%3ASokolnicheskaya_Line_route_diagram&action=historysubmit&diff=425442788&oldid=425415018 reverted] Monty's edits because what he changed made the [[Sokolnicheskaya Line]] article look bad. Could it be possible for me to make another template that transcludes the route diagram in the way my userspace page needs it, while keeping the older one for use on the Line article? [[User:Buggie111|Buggie111]] ([[User talk:Buggie111|talk]]) 13:29, 23 April 2011 (UTC)
:Thanks for the edit that fixxed the problem. [[User:Buggie111|Buggie111]] ([[User talk:Buggie111|talk]]) 00:37, 24 April 2011 (UTC)

== Edit summaries ==

Hi Sameboat, {{diff|Trans-Mongolian Railway|432987492|prev|your recent edit}} to [[Trans-Mongolian Railway]] is a great improvement, but I notice that you did not leave an [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] (I have added this page to my watchlist for the time being, should you wish to reply here). [[User:Tim PF|Tim PF]] ([[User talk:Tim PF|talk]]) 22:03, 7 June 2011 (UTC)

: I'm sorry my edit confused you. But edit summaries isn't obligatory unless someone starts questioning and reverting. The change is to improve the usability of [[WP:ROUTE]] which previously frequently required 3 separate templates to form 1 single header of the route map table. Now {{tl|BS-map}} groups these templates together to reduce the burden of knowledge. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat|talk]]) 01:05, 8 June 2011 (UTC)

:: Whilst it is true that edit summaries are not obligatory, they are recommended, and ''It is considered good practice to provide a summary for every edit''. Since you are making the same sets of changes to many pages, the edit summary should be the same for each. That should make it easier for both you and others to quickly check which pages have already had that change. [[User:Tim PF|Tim PF]] ([[User talk:Tim PF|talk]]) 19:38, 8 June 2011 (UTC)

== A cup of coffee for you! ==

{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:A small cup of coffee.JPG|120px]]
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | [[User:Wangxuan8331800|铁铁的火大了]] ([[User talk:Wangxuan8331800|talk]]) 10:24, 2 July 2011 (UTC)
|}

== Hong Kong meetup ==

There will be a [[meta:Meetup/Hong Kong/55|Hong Kong meetup]] next Friday, 22 July. It'd be great if I can see you there. [[User:Deryck Chan|Der]][[User talk:Deryck Chan|yck C.]] 17:42, 14 July 2011 (UTC)

== Route Diagram for [[2011 Wenzhou train collision]] ==

Hi Same boat,
I'm just curious, where did you get the route diagram for this article? I want to add more diagrams to other railways in China but I can't find a good source of information on them. Thanks! [[User:Nav|''' –Nav ''']] ''[[User talk:Nav|talk to me]] or [[User:Nav/Guestbook|sign my guestbook]]'' 03:49, 25 July 2011 (UTC)

== Please fix your template ==

Your changes to [[Template:Infobox rail accident]] have made a "}" appear at the beginning of most of the articles that use it. Please find the stray brace and fix it quickly. [[User:Choess|Choess]] ([[User talk:Choess|talk]]) 05:28, 25 July 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 2 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 2 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 2 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 3 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 3 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 3 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 4 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 4 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 4 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 5 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 5 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 5 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 6 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 6 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 6 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)

== Thanks ==

{| style="border: 1px solid gray; background-color: #fdffe7;"
|rowspan="2" valign="middle" | {{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|alt|[[File:Modest Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]| [[Image:Modest Barnstar.png|100px]]}}
|rowspan="2" |
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 0; vertical-align: middle; height: 1.1em;" | '''The Modest Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; border-top: 1px solid gray;" | Thanks for the quick and rapid help you provided. That modest help you provided solved a small, persistent, and annoying problem. The former editor, now know just as [[Special:Contributions/86.200.212.64|86.200.212.64]] ([[User talk:86.200.212.64|talk]]) 00:07, 31 December 2011 (UTC).
|}

== Confused ==

Hi Sameboat!

You seem to know a lot more about this than I do ~ Is the blackout still full steams ahead? Thank you, -- [[User_talk:MelbourneStar|MST]]☆[[User:MelbourneStar|R]] [[User_talk:MelbourneStar|(Chat Me!)]] 03:08, 18 January 2012 (UTC)

== "Bypassing" blocks with secure server ==

[http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wikipedia:IP_block_exemption&diff=477987770&oldid=473687768 This addition] is wrong, please revert it. If you decide to experiment please keep in mind that your account has [[Wikipedia:IP block exemption|IP block exemption]] flag. — [[user:Alex Smotrov|AlexSm]] 01:34, 21 February 2012 (UTC)

== '''''<big>Urgent!!!</big> ''''' {{t|BSrow}} {{t|BSrow-2}} {{t|BSrow-sc}} ==

I don't know what you were trying to do with these edits, but it appears that any RDT that has text on two lines ({{t|BSkm}}, {{t|BSsplit}}, {{t|BSto}}, etc.) no longer displays correctly. '''''Please fix this IMMEDIATELY!''''' [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 01:05, 25 February 2012 (UTC)

:Something is still broken; see [[Template:District Line RDT]]. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 02:12, 25 February 2012 (UTC)

::Seems that there is still a small problem with {{t|BSrow}}, as {{t|BSsplit}} no longer right-aligns when on the left side of a {{BS''n''-2}} table. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 12:51, 28 February 2012 (UTC)

:::We're getting there, but the ''right-align'' function in {{t|BSto}} is still not working. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 15:22, 3 March 2012 (UTC)
==Category:Transwiki guide==

'''[[:Category:Transwiki guide]]''', which you created, has been nominated for discussion. If you would like to participate in the discussion, you are invited to add your comments at '''[[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion/Log/2012 March 9#Category:Transwiki guide|the category's entry]]''' on the [[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion|Categories for discussion]] page. Thank you. -- [[User:Alan Liefting|Alan Liefting]] ([[User_talk:Alan_Liefting|talk]] - [[Special:Contributions/Alan_Liefting|contribs]]) 01:52, 9 March 2012 (UTC)

== Hong Kong Chief Executive election, 2012 ==

[http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Hong_Kong_Chief_Executive_election,_2012&diff=483950659&oldid=483950561 You] might be right. I'm too close to the article and my own prejudices to see it clearly. Can you help neutralise it? --[[User:Ohconfucius|Ohconfucius]] [[User talk:Ohconfucius|¡digame!]] 03:42, 26 March 2012 (UTC)
*Please help clarify. Tagging the article in the way you did, without providing an explanation of your concerns, is not very helpful. --[[User:Ohconfucius|Ohconfucius]] [[User talk:Ohconfucius|¡digame!]] 03:36, 28 March 2012 (UTC)

== Spelling mistake in map ==

Within [[:File:China administrative claimed included.svg]], change "Governed by the '''Repulic''' of India" to "Governed by the '''Republic''' of India", note bold text. Regards, --[[User:benlisquare|''' 李博杰 ''']] | —[[User talk:benlisquare|Talk]] [[Special:Contributions/Benlisquare|contribs]] [[Special:EmailUser/User:Benlisquare|email]] 11:33, 30 March 2012 (UTC)

== Hello ==

Hi Sameboat, I (think I) understand the whole disputed borders in asia debate fairly well, and I've got no particular bias either way. And it's very nice of you to give me a heads up on which way you stand, but I'm trying really hard to avoid any long political debate. If we can get a consensus on the 'guidelines to apply' then any edit wars should finally subside (or at least have a guideline to fall back to - that might not be set in stone, but at least is generally agreed for now). I'm no admin, but it appears (fairly reasonably) that wikiproject maps has become the spot for the debate on borders and how they are portrayed, so I'm dragged in, and do hope a consensus does occur between the disputing 'factions' but I don't know if I feel quite responsible enough to be the final arbitrator of what is consensus. [[User:EdwardLane|EdwardLane]] ([[User talk:EdwardLane|talk]]) 11:36, 9 April 2012 (UTC)

: Sorry, I just read the request for "simple english" at the top of your page - your English looks very good, but (just in case) here is the simplified version.

Hi, thanks for telling me about your being pro PRC (it does not affect the weight of your argument for me), I am happy to listen to both sides, and will try to find a compromise. But in the end it will not be my decision, it will need consensus from the people who are currently disagreeing. I will try to help [[User:EdwardLane|EdwardLane]] ([[User talk:EdwardLane|talk]]) 11:46, 9 April 2012 (UTC)

== Re: SVGcheck ==

Oh, good spot. I missed a semicolon. Should be fixed now :) - [[User:Jarry1250|Jarry1250]] [''[[User_talk:Jarry1250|Deliberation]] [[Special:Contributions/Jarry1250|needed]]''] 09:40, 11 April 2012 (UTC)

== BS Rows in Spanish Wikipedia ==

:Hi!

:Due to the implementation of the ''startColpasible'' rows we have updated all our BS templates system, copying the code from the english Wikipedia April 5th. I tested that the fix was done in english Wikipedia April 3rd, so the fix is applied in Spanish Wikipedia yet.--[[User:HrAd|HrAd]] ([[User talk:HrAd|talk]]) 15:35, 16 April 2012 (UTC)

== {{t|Template:BSrow}} ==

OK, now what happened? {{t|NXEC route}} ''had'' all the kinks worked out, and everything lined up correctly a month ago, but see what it looks like now! [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 03:28, 27 April 2012 (UTC)

== A barnstar for you! ==

{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:Original Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 3px 3px 0 3px; height: 1.5em;" | '''The Original Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | For your great contributions to [[Moscow Metro]] articles and templates, keeping them user-friendly and up-to-date. ;) Formerly [[User:Artem Karimov]], now [[User:SkyBon|SkyBon]] ([[User talk:SkyBon|talk]]) 15:47, 30 April 2012 (UTC)
|}

== Additional parameter requested ==

Sameboat Please see [[Template talk:HK-MTR route/Disneyland Resort#Add a parameter]]. [[User:Peter Horn|Peter Horn]] [[User talk:Peter Horn|User talk]] 14:02, 2 May 2012 (UTC)

== {{t|BS-replace}} ==

Can you take a look at [[en:Template:Slamannan Railway]] and tell me what the problem with the Bathgate Branchis? Thanks. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 03:16, 6 May 2012 (UTC)
:Thanks! (That was a real [[Homer Simpson]] moment on my part.[[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 11:16, 6 May 2012 (UTC)

=== More help needed… ===
Would it be possible to create {{t|BS3-2-startCollapdible}} and {{t|BS3-2-replace}} templates? (I need them for [[User:Useddenim/WCML]].) And why does [[Template:District Line RDT|''this'']] (almost) work? Thanks again. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 23:38, 8 May 2012 (UTC)

== Outrageous behaviour at Talk:China ==

You may wish to take a look [en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:China&diff=prev&oldid=509800501 at this]. ''GotR'' [[User talk:Guerrilla of the Renmin|Talk]] 18:15, 29 August 2012 (UTC)

== {{T|BS-KRZ}} ==

Please see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia_talk:Route_diagram_template#.7B.7BBS-KRZ.7D.7D this] and [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Templates_for_discussion/Log/2012_August_25#Template:BS-KRZ this]. Thanks. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]])
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:Rolling stock]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:Rolling stock]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:Rolling stock|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Pigsonthewing|Andy Mabbett]] (Pigsonthewing); [[User talk:Pigsonthewing|Talk to Andy]]; [[Special:Contributions/Pigsonthewing|Andy's edits]] 13:48, 3 September 2012 (UTC)

== '''The Olive Branch''': A Dispute Resolution Newsletter (Issue #1) ==

Welcome to the first edition of ''The Olive Branch''. This will be a place to semi-regularly update editors active in [[WP:DR|dispute resolution]] (DR) about some of the most important issues, advances, and challenges in the area. You were delivered this update because you are [[Wikipedia:Dispute_Resolution_Improvement_Project/NewsletterList|active in DR]], but if you would prefer not to receive any future mailing, just add your name to [[Wikipedia:Dispute Resolution Improvement Project/NewsletterOptOut|this page]].
[[File:Dispute_Resolution_on_the_English_Wikipedia.pdf|thumb|Steven Zhang's Fellowship Slideshow]]
In this issue:
* '''Background''': A brief overview of the DR ecosystem.
* '''Research''': The most recent DR data
* '''Survey results''': Highlights from Steven Zhang's April 2012 survey
* '''Activity analysis''': Where DR happened, broken down by the top DR forums
* '''DR Noticeboard comparison''': How the newest DR forum has progressed between May and August
* '''Discussion update''': Checking up on the Wikiquette Assistance close debate
* '''Proposal''': It's time to close the [[Wikipedia:Geopolitical, ethnic, and religious conflicts noticeboard|Geopolitical, ethnic, and religious conflicts noticeboard]]. Agree or disagree?
<big><center>[[Wikipedia:Dispute Resolution Improvement Project/Newsletter|Read the entire first edition of ''The Olive Branch'' -->]]</center></big>

--''The Olive Branch'' 19:28, 4 September 2012 (UTC)


== Moscow Metro location maps ==

Hi! Thank you for improving Moscow Metro articles and especially templates, this mess is finally getting better.

I have started adding location maps to the articles: whole Moscow ([[Universitet (Moscow Metro)|ex.]]) and Central Moscow (inside Koltsevaya Line) ([[Kropotkinskaya|ex.]]). Any suggestions on how to improve them would be awesome. [[User:Ворот93|Ворот93]] ([[User talk:Ворот93|talk]]) 09:32, 26 December 2012 (UTC)

== Accusation ==

I definitely never called "[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Jimbo_Wales#Free_Speech Jimbo a tyrant]". You are well over the line. Drop the stick.--[[User:Andreasegde|andreasegde]] ([[User talk:Andreasegde|talk]]) 20:33, 28 December 2012 (UTC)

:I'm not a fan of euphemism, so in my view what you've said in your ''Free Speech'' topic clearly indicates your POV on Jimbo's policy on his own talk page. "''they are not going to allow anyone to disagree with them;" "It's about CONTROL.''" Tyrant likes controlling everyone, limiting free speech, if it's not enough to compare one with such behavior a "tyrant", what else could do? But believe it or not, the "tyrant" claim was intended to describe those from Wikipediocracy. Again, their accusation of Jimbo's relationship with some Kazakhstan's official is clearly ill-willed. That's why such topic is now removed on sight and they're banned from Jimbo's talk page. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 23:27, 28 December 2012 (UTC)

== Route diagram template in the ''Signpost'' ==

You may be interested in participating in '''[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia Signpost/Newsroom/WikiProject desk/Interviews|an interview]]''' with WikiProject Infoboxes that is scheduled to run in the Signpost's WikiProject Report. The fourth set of questions deals with the [[WP:RDT|route diagram template]] and could use your expertise. Feel free to contribute to any of the other sets of questions that catch your eye. Multiple editors will have an opportunity to respond to the interview questions, so be sure to sign your answers. If you know anyone else who would like to participate in the interview, please share this with them. Have a great day. [[User:Mabeenot|–Mabeenot]] ([[User talk:Mabeenot|talk]]) 23:02, 15 January 2013 (UTC)
:You can leave your comments on the main page beneath each set of questions. Be sure to sign your responses because other editors will also list their answers in the same space. [[User:Mabeenot|–Mabeenot]] ([[User talk:Mabeenot|talk]]) 01:21, 16 January 2013 (UTC)

== Main Southern railway line, New South Wales ==

I would welcome your input on [[Talk:Main Southern railway line, New South Wales#Proposed changes|Proposed changes to Main Southern railway line, New South Wales]] and its associated route diagram template which you created or substantially expanded. [[User:Dbromage|Dbromage]][[User_talk: Dbromage| [Talk]]] 08:05, 11 February 2013 (UTC)

== Voting on BSicons ==

Hello,
A [[:commons:Talk:BSicon/Colors|discussion on BSicons]] is under way at Commons, and some issues will probably get settled by voting. Your input would be appreciated. [[User:YLSS|YLSS]] ([[User talk:YLSS|talk]]) 20:27, 28 February 2013 (UTC)

== [[Northern Suburbs Railway]] ==

Hello again my friend,
unfortunatley I've hit a wall with some route map templates and I need your help with [[Template:Northern Suburbs Light Rail]].
I want to put the distance between each station in, but every time I try, I end up screwing up the code :( can you help?
If so you will need the following information (in [[Kilometre]]s (km))
 
*Hobart (mawson place) = 0
*New town = 4.8
*Moonah = 6.2
*Glenorchy = 8.9
*Berriedale = 11.9
*Claremont = 14
*Granton = 19.7
*Bridgewater = 21.6
*Brighton = 26
 
I got my distance data [http://www.parliament.tas.gov.au/ctee/Council/Submissions/HobartNorthernSuburbsRailActionGroup%20Submission%2014%20Aug%2012.pdf here]
 
there are three different route maps in this template, for the 3 different proposals currently outstanding. Your help on this matter would be very good as I know you have route map wisdom. 
kind regards 
[[User:Wiki ian|Wiki]] [[User talk:Wiki ian|ian]] 14:58, 10 March 2013 (UTC)
:{{Done}}. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 01:14, 11 March 2013 (UTC)
 
::Also.... While moving the [[Western Line, Tasmania|Western Line]] route map to its own [[Template:Western Line (Tasmania)|Template Page]] I seem to have somehow created a "show/hide" button that doesn't do anything. I've also got the same problem with the [[Template:South Line (Tasmania)|South Line]] Template and I've lost the view/talk/edit options on both templates. Can you help me? [[User:Wiki ian|Wiki]] [[User talk:Wiki ian|ian]] 19:48, 11 March 2013 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|Speedy deletion]] nomination of [[:Template:BS-table5]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning pn.svg|48px|left|alt=|link=]]

A tag has been placed on [[:Template:BS-table5]] requesting that it be speedily deleted from Wikipedia. This has been done under [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#T3|section T3 of the criteria for speedy deletion]] because it is a deprecated or orphaned template. After seven days, if it is still unused and the speedy deletion tag has not been removed, the template will be deleted.

If the template is intended to be substituted, please feel free to remove the speedy deletion tag and please consider putting a note on the template's page indicating that it must be substituted so as to avoid any future mistakes (<tt><nowiki><noinclude>{{substituted}}</noinclude></nowiki></tt>).

If you think this page should not be deleted for this reason, you may '''contest the nomination''' by visiting [[Template talk:BS-table5|the page's talk page]], where you can explain why you believe the page should not be deleted. However, be aware that once a page is tagged for speedy deletion, it may be removed without delay. Please do not remove the speedy deletion tag from the page yourself, but do not hesitate to add information in line with [[Wikipedia:List of policies|Wikipedia's policies and guidelines]]. If the page is deleted, and you wish to retrieve the deleted material for future reference or improvement, you can place a request [[WP:RFUD|here]]. 

--

Hi Sameboat, I come here to notify you about my request to delete the mentioned template. While I am waiting for the changes to BS-overlap and BSpx to be executed, I am planning to clean up the series of {{tl|BS-table}}s ([[Template:BS-table2|2]], [[Template:BS-table3|3]], [[Template:BS-table4|4]], [[Template:BS-table5|5]]), which confused me a lot and are largely redundant.

I also will probably request {{tl|BS-table2}} and {{tl|BS-table4}} for deletion, since they are used quite infrequently and the their codes are pretty similar. I guess their distinctions from other BS-tables has pretty much faded. — [[User:Peterwhy|Peter]][[User talk:Peterwhy|'''why''']] 06:56, 22 April 2013 (UTC)

== Template include size is exceeded ==

see [[Wikipedia_talk:WikiProject_Trains#Template_include_size_is_exceeded|here]]. thank you. [[User:Frietjes|Frietjes]] ([[User talk:Frietjes|talk]]) 17:10, 8 May 2013 (UTC)

== {{T|BS-KRZ}} (again) ==

Would you mind taking a look at [[Template:BS-KRZ|this template]], please? I have managed to get it to the point where the base icon displays correctly, but the top overlay is coming through as the tool-tip text instead of being passed through as an icon (and I have no idea what is happening to the <code>BRIDGE</code> icon). Thank you. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 13:30, 14 May 2013 (UTC)

== Commons:WikiProject BSicon‎ ==

You are invited to join [[Commons:Commons:WikiProject BSicon‎]]. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 20:53, 21 July 2013 (UTC)

== Your addition to the RFC ==

I won't remove your addition, but I will ask you to remove it. It is a good idea, but it is a different issue. It's also a scheduled feature, so there is no need to discuss it.

I worry about making an RFC like this too long, and I would like to keep it focused on the existing option.—[[User:Kww|Kww]]([[User talk:Kww|talk]]) 15:05, 30 July 2013 (UTC)
:It is too late to do anything about it now.—[[User:Kww|Kww]]([[User talk:Kww|talk]]) 22:16, 30 July 2013 (UTC)

== Re: My apology ==

No problem! Apology accepted. I will try to be clearer in my later comments at [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Default State RFC]]. --[[User:Timeshifter|'''Timeshifter''']] ([[User talk:Timeshifter|talk]]) 10:47, 31 July 2013 (UTC)

== Link to Snowden page ==

I think that if the relationship between the linked page with its discussion of modern American exiles and Mr. Snowden's situation is not obvious then I would rather not have it appear in Wikipedia. [[User:Rw rynerson|Rw rynerson]] ([[User talk:Rw rynerson|talk]]) 05:27, 3 August 2013 (UTC)

== Re: ==

OK. '''''[[User:MisterHungry|Mister]] [[User talk:MisterHungry|Hungry]]''''' 05:04, 6 August 2013 (UTC)

== [[zh:Template:Routemap]], [[zh:Module:Routemap]] ==

Hey, I want you to somehow mention that it's me who created those pages and you just copied them over. [[User:KPu3uC B Poccuu|KPu3uC B Poccuu]] ([[User talk:KPu3uC B Poccuu|talk]]) 11:57, 17 August 2013 (UTC)
:Added in [[:zh:Template:Routemap/doc]] and [[:zh:Module:Routemap/doc]]. <s>Since the module is part of the template so the template doc should suffice.</s> -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 13:46, 17 August 2013 (UTC)

== [[:no:Mal:JBS-tabell/medVisSkjul]] ==

Are you interested in the programming challenge of adding the selective hide/show function of the [[:no:Mal:JBS-tabell/medVisSkjul|Norwegian RDT template]] to {{Tl|BS-map}}? [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 02:09, 18 August 2013 (UTC)
:It's quite straightforward by copying the whole '''collapse''' and '''collapsible''' switch parser of {{tl|BS-map}} and pasting it to the target template. I don't understand Norwegian language so I'm puzzled by this "challenge" you ask. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 04:38, 18 August 2013 (UTC)

== Speedy deletion converted to PROD: [[:Dendroid (topology)]] ==
Hello Sameboat, and thanks for patrolling new pages! I am just letting you know that I have converted the [[WP:CSD|speedy deletion]] tag that you placed on [[:Dendroid (topology)]] to a [[WP:PROD|proposed deletion]] tag. The speedy deletion criteria are extremely narrow to protect the encyclopedia, and do not fit the page in question. You may wish to review the [[WP:CSD{{!}}Criteria for Speedy Deletion]] before tagging further pages. Thank you. [[User:Shirt58|Shirt58]] ([[User talk:Shirt58|talk]]) 10:19, 3 September 2013 (UTC)

== Kiev ==

I think what you did to all those articles was right and long overdue. No need to undo the moves. The English Wikipedia ''English'' title policy should not be overridden by the Ukrainian government's efforts in messing up with the English language. --[[User:Garik 11|Garik 11]] ([[User talk:Garik 11|talk]]) 07:37, 6 September 2013 (UTC)

== Axxion? ==

Hi Sameboat,
I had a moment to check in at the Snowden article, and Axxion has done the exact same destructive edits again - making it at least the fifth time this has happened. I am not able to spend much time here, but wanted to see if you still had the time or inclination to deal with this? Thanks, '''[[User:Petrarchan47|petrarchan47]][[User talk:Petrarchan47|t]][[Special:Contributions/Petrarchan47|c]]''' 20:00, 3 October 2013 (UTC)

== Re: SVGCheck ==

Good spot, I've asked that the developers install the necessary fonts. Thanks, - [[User:Jarry1250|Jarry1250]] [''[[User_talk:Jarry1250|Vacation]] [[Special:Contributions/Jarry1250|needed]]''] 12:19, 20 December 2013 (UTC)

== Internal link helper ==
Hello Sameboat! I have always liked these "useful colourful links" used on the Chinese-language Wikipedia and after researching a bit, I found your message in the technical Village pump here. I tried to implement the internal link helper on our [[Romansh language|Romansh]] Wikipedia. I am a sysop over there and in the beginning everything worked fine. But somewhere in the middle I got confused a bit. The problem is that I am not sure which pages/files (like .js and .css) I need to create in the MediaWiki: namesace to make it work. Could you please give me a list of them? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 15:15, 20 December 2013 (UTC)
:Thanks for your quick response and for passing on my question! --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 16:52, 20 December 2013 (UTC)

User talk:Sameboat

2013-12-20T15:15:17Z

Kazu89: /* Internal link helper */ new section

{|align=center cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center"
|align=center|[[File:Drawn heart.svg|50px|alt=♡]][[File:Symbole-en.png|50px|alt=]]
|Because English isn't my first language, please use simple and [[Plain English]] if you have something to discuss with me.
|-
|colspan=2 width=100% height=2px style="background-color:pink"|
|-
|width=120px align=center rowspan=2|[[File:Drawn heart.svg|50px|alt=♡]][[File:Zhong.gif|50px|alt=]]
|You can write in modern [[Chinese language|Chinese]] if you're capable to do so. Or leave the message in [[:zh:user talk:Sameboat|my user talk page in Chinese Wikipedia]]. Thank you.
|-
|如果閣下擁有基本的現代中文語言能力，可以選擇以中文留下訊息，或到[[:zh:user talk:Sameboat|在下的中文維基用戶討論頁]]留言，多謝。
|}
{|cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center" align=center
|width=150px align=center|[[File:Stop hand nuvola.svg|x50px|alt=Not interested in ]][[File:Wiki-help.png|x50px|alt= public gathering]]
|This user is not interested in any public meeting or gathering, thus not hoping to receive any invitation. Thank you.
|}
{|cellpadding=5px width=80% style="border:pink 2px solid;margin:auto;float:center" align=center
|[[File:Lolsinebot.png|250px|thumb|right|After a long day's work, SineBot can get pretty stressed.]]
Remember to sign your name with four waves <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki> after your message in any talk page. Intentionally avoiding signature and letting the [[user:SineBot]] do all the works for you will be reported to Admin!
|}

{{Archives|[[/old1]]}}

__TOC__
{{clear}}

{|style="float:center;width:100%;background-color:transparent"
|align=center|[[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]][[File:Book decoration BPPxii.svg|150px|alt=]]
|}
<div style="background-color: #ffddee; background-image: -moz-linear-gradient(left, #ffddee, #ffffff); background-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left, from(#ffddee), to(#ffffff)); border-radius: 1em; -moz-border-radius: 1em; -webkit-border-radius: 1em; border:2px solid #aaaaaa;padding:1em">

== Hong Kong gathering ==

There will be a gathering in Hong Kong this weekend (Wikipedia:Meetup/Hong Kong 51) to commemorate the 5th anniversary of the Hong Kong Wikimedian community. You're sincerely invited, since it'll be great to get a few core members of the English Wikipedia community in Hong Kong to come along! --[[User:Deryck Chan|Der]][[User talk:Deryck Chan|yck C.]] 07:45, 13 September 2010 (UTC)

== Site plan ==
I just closed this discussion, and I was hoping that you, Thumperward (aka Chris), and Droll could work out a suitable compromise (e.g., adding relative positioning to superimpose). [[User:Plastikspork|Plastikspork]] [[User talk:Plastikspork|―Œ(talk)]] 20:01, 13 November 2010 (UTC)

== New route map for Podilsko-Vyhurivska Line‎ ==

I saw you changed the style of the route map to WP:RDT. I'm not against it. Quite the contrary, I was one of the contributor to the RDT project. The only problem with {{tl|Podilsko-Vyhurivska Line}} is that you use the CPIC icons {{bs-q|uCPICr|2=no}} to represent the interchanges, this set of icon is supposed to indicate the interchange which provides [[cross-platform interchange]] layout, or to a lesser extent, all platforms of different lines are on the same level. Which is clearly not the case for all the interchanges in Kiev Metro. So I would suggest you apply the HUB set {{bs-q|HUB84|2=no}}{{bs-q|HUB82|2=no}} like Russian and Ukrainian versions do. You can retain the current color (the u-set icons {{bs-q|uBHF|2=no}}) because the alternative color icons do have some accessibility issue. Or another option for you is to display the {{bs-q|TRAM}} beside {{bs-q|uINT}} like {{tl|Beijing Subway/4‎}} does. I will leave the judgment to you. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat|talk]]) 10:00, 18 December 2010 (UTC)

: Hey, yeah, I had a lot of trouble with trying to figure out how I was going to lay out the template. It's definitely not set in stone at this point. I did a lot of [[User:Akhristov/Sandbox|experimenting]] to try and figure out how I would do it, and I'm still not 100% satisfied with the result, which is why I decided to test-run it on a line that's still not finished.
: The way that Ukrainan transfer stations work is there is a tunnel that leads from one station on one line to another station in another line. Since you were one of the contributors to the RDT project, your feedback would be greatly appreciated, since you know a lot more about what those icons were intended for. Any ideas on what would work best for that type of transfer? HUB set? Feel free to edit the template on that line to change it to whatever you think is best, and I'll just mirror it on all other stations later.
: P. S., I do know about including TRAM and Railroad icons (as you can tell from my Sandbox), but I decided to work all of the other kinks out first. And nobody has a clue yet on how the Vokzalna transfer station is going to work. — [[User talk:Akhristov|Alex Khristov]] 12:54, 19 December 2010 (UTC)

== Page translate ==

Could you change a page from Chinese to English? Here is the page I need you to change from Chinese to English: [http://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E5%8F%B0%E5%8C%97%E6%8D%B7%E9%81%8B381%E5%9E%8B%E9%9B%BB%E8%81%AF%E8%BB%8A#371.E5.9E.8B]. Thank you! --[[User:Perseus, Son of Zeus|Perseus, Son]] [[User:Perseus, Son of Zeus/t|of Zeus]] 15:51, 10 January 2011 (UTC)
==Talkback==
{{talkback|SchuminWeb|ts=07:31, 15 April 2011 (UTC)}}
[[User:SchuminWeb|SchuminWeb]] ([[User talk:SchuminWeb|Talk]]) 07:31, 15 April 2011 (UTC)

== Sokolnicheskaya line route diagram changes ==

Hey there Sameboat, or, if you prefer, ni hao. Yesterday, after about an hour, a querey I had about [[Sokolnicheskaya Line route diagram]] was answered, and fixed, by [[User:Monty845]]. This was because it was giving me trouble at [[User:buggie111/List of Moscow metro stations (v2.0)]]. However, you [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Template%3ASokolnicheskaya_Line_route_diagram&action=historysubmit&diff=425442788&oldid=425415018 reverted] Monty's edits because what he changed made the [[Sokolnicheskaya Line]] article look bad. Could it be possible for me to make another template that transcludes the route diagram in the way my userspace page needs it, while keeping the older one for use on the Line article? [[User:Buggie111|Buggie111]] ([[User talk:Buggie111|talk]]) 13:29, 23 April 2011 (UTC)
:Thanks for the edit that fixxed the problem. [[User:Buggie111|Buggie111]] ([[User talk:Buggie111|talk]]) 00:37, 24 April 2011 (UTC)

== Edit summaries ==

Hi Sameboat, {{diff|Trans-Mongolian Railway|432987492|prev|your recent edit}} to [[Trans-Mongolian Railway]] is a great improvement, but I notice that you did not leave an [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] (I have added this page to my watchlist for the time being, should you wish to reply here). [[User:Tim PF|Tim PF]] ([[User talk:Tim PF|talk]]) 22:03, 7 June 2011 (UTC)

: I'm sorry my edit confused you. But edit summaries isn't obligatory unless someone starts questioning and reverting. The change is to improve the usability of [[WP:ROUTE]] which previously frequently required 3 separate templates to form 1 single header of the route map table. Now {{tl|BS-map}} groups these templates together to reduce the burden of knowledge. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat|talk]]) 01:05, 8 June 2011 (UTC)

:: Whilst it is true that edit summaries are not obligatory, they are recommended, and ''It is considered good practice to provide a summary for every edit''. Since you are making the same sets of changes to many pages, the edit summary should be the same for each. That should make it easier for both you and others to quickly check which pages have already had that change. [[User:Tim PF|Tim PF]] ([[User talk:Tim PF|talk]]) 19:38, 8 June 2011 (UTC)

== A cup of coffee for you! ==

{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:A small cup of coffee.JPG|120px]]
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | [[User:Wangxuan8331800|铁铁的火大了]] ([[User talk:Wangxuan8331800|talk]]) 10:24, 2 July 2011 (UTC)
|}

== Hong Kong meetup ==

There will be a [[meta:Meetup/Hong Kong/55|Hong Kong meetup]] next Friday, 22 July. It'd be great if I can see you there. [[User:Deryck Chan|Der]][[User talk:Deryck Chan|yck C.]] 17:42, 14 July 2011 (UTC)

== Route Diagram for [[2011 Wenzhou train collision]] ==

Hi Same boat,
I'm just curious, where did you get the route diagram for this article? I want to add more diagrams to other railways in China but I can't find a good source of information on them. Thanks! [[User:Nav|''' –Nav ''']] ''[[User talk:Nav|talk to me]] or [[User:Nav/Guestbook|sign my guestbook]]'' 03:49, 25 July 2011 (UTC)

== Please fix your template ==

Your changes to [[Template:Infobox rail accident]] have made a "}" appear at the beginning of most of the articles that use it. Please find the stray brace and fix it quickly. [[User:Choess|Choess]] ([[User talk:Choess|talk]]) 05:28, 25 July 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 2 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 2 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 2 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 3 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 3 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 3 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 4 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 4 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 4 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 5 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 5 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 5 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:T-bane 6 icon]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:T-bane 6 icon]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:T-bane 6 icon|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Bulwersator|Bulwersator]] ([[User talk:Bulwersator|talk]]) 17:00, 8 December 2011 (UTC)

== Thanks ==

{| style="border: 1px solid gray; background-color: #fdffe7;"
|rowspan="2" valign="middle" | {{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|alt|[[File:Modest Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]| [[Image:Modest Barnstar.png|100px]]}}
|rowspan="2" |
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 0; vertical-align: middle; height: 1.1em;" | '''The Modest Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; border-top: 1px solid gray;" | Thanks for the quick and rapid help you provided. That modest help you provided solved a small, persistent, and annoying problem. The former editor, now know just as [[Special:Contributions/86.200.212.64|86.200.212.64]] ([[User talk:86.200.212.64|talk]]) 00:07, 31 December 2011 (UTC).
|}

== Confused ==

Hi Sameboat!

You seem to know a lot more about this than I do ~ Is the blackout still full steams ahead? Thank you, -- [[User_talk:MelbourneStar|MST]]☆[[User:MelbourneStar|R]] [[User_talk:MelbourneStar|(Chat Me!)]] 03:08, 18 January 2012 (UTC)

== "Bypassing" blocks with secure server ==

[http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wikipedia:IP_block_exemption&diff=477987770&oldid=473687768 This addition] is wrong, please revert it. If you decide to experiment please keep in mind that your account has [[Wikipedia:IP block exemption|IP block exemption]] flag. — [[user:Alex Smotrov|AlexSm]] 01:34, 21 February 2012 (UTC)

== '''''<big>Urgent!!!</big> ''''' {{t|BSrow}} {{t|BSrow-2}} {{t|BSrow-sc}} ==

I don't know what you were trying to do with these edits, but it appears that any RDT that has text on two lines ({{t|BSkm}}, {{t|BSsplit}}, {{t|BSto}}, etc.) no longer displays correctly. '''''Please fix this IMMEDIATELY!''''' [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 01:05, 25 February 2012 (UTC)

:Something is still broken; see [[Template:District Line RDT]]. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 02:12, 25 February 2012 (UTC)

::Seems that there is still a small problem with {{t|BSrow}}, as {{t|BSsplit}} no longer right-aligns when on the left side of a {{BS''n''-2}} table. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 12:51, 28 February 2012 (UTC)

:::We're getting there, but the ''right-align'' function in {{t|BSto}} is still not working. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 15:22, 3 March 2012 (UTC)
==Category:Transwiki guide==

'''[[:Category:Transwiki guide]]''', which you created, has been nominated for discussion. If you would like to participate in the discussion, you are invited to add your comments at '''[[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion/Log/2012 March 9#Category:Transwiki guide|the category's entry]]''' on the [[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion|Categories for discussion]] page. Thank you. -- [[User:Alan Liefting|Alan Liefting]] ([[User_talk:Alan_Liefting|talk]] - [[Special:Contributions/Alan_Liefting|contribs]]) 01:52, 9 March 2012 (UTC)

== Hong Kong Chief Executive election, 2012 ==

[http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Hong_Kong_Chief_Executive_election,_2012&diff=483950659&oldid=483950561 You] might be right. I'm too close to the article and my own prejudices to see it clearly. Can you help neutralise it? --[[User:Ohconfucius|Ohconfucius]] [[User talk:Ohconfucius|¡digame!]] 03:42, 26 March 2012 (UTC)
*Please help clarify. Tagging the article in the way you did, without providing an explanation of your concerns, is not very helpful. --[[User:Ohconfucius|Ohconfucius]] [[User talk:Ohconfucius|¡digame!]] 03:36, 28 March 2012 (UTC)

== Spelling mistake in map ==

Within [[:File:China administrative claimed included.svg]], change "Governed by the '''Repulic''' of India" to "Governed by the '''Republic''' of India", note bold text. Regards, --[[User:benlisquare|''' 李博杰 ''']] | —[[User talk:benlisquare|Talk]] [[Special:Contributions/Benlisquare|contribs]] [[Special:EmailUser/User:Benlisquare|email]] 11:33, 30 March 2012 (UTC)

== Hello ==

Hi Sameboat, I (think I) understand the whole disputed borders in asia debate fairly well, and I've got no particular bias either way. And it's very nice of you to give me a heads up on which way you stand, but I'm trying really hard to avoid any long political debate. If we can get a consensus on the 'guidelines to apply' then any edit wars should finally subside (or at least have a guideline to fall back to - that might not be set in stone, but at least is generally agreed for now). I'm no admin, but it appears (fairly reasonably) that wikiproject maps has become the spot for the debate on borders and how they are portrayed, so I'm dragged in, and do hope a consensus does occur between the disputing 'factions' but I don't know if I feel quite responsible enough to be the final arbitrator of what is consensus. [[User:EdwardLane|EdwardLane]] ([[User talk:EdwardLane|talk]]) 11:36, 9 April 2012 (UTC)

: Sorry, I just read the request for "simple english" at the top of your page - your English looks very good, but (just in case) here is the simplified version.

Hi, thanks for telling me about your being pro PRC (it does not affect the weight of your argument for me), I am happy to listen to both sides, and will try to find a compromise. But in the end it will not be my decision, it will need consensus from the people who are currently disagreeing. I will try to help [[User:EdwardLane|EdwardLane]] ([[User talk:EdwardLane|talk]]) 11:46, 9 April 2012 (UTC)

== Re: SVGcheck ==

Oh, good spot. I missed a semicolon. Should be fixed now :) - [[User:Jarry1250|Jarry1250]] [''[[User_talk:Jarry1250|Deliberation]] [[Special:Contributions/Jarry1250|needed]]''] 09:40, 11 April 2012 (UTC)

== BS Rows in Spanish Wikipedia ==

:Hi!

:Due to the implementation of the ''startColpasible'' rows we have updated all our BS templates system, copying the code from the english Wikipedia April 5th. I tested that the fix was done in english Wikipedia April 3rd, so the fix is applied in Spanish Wikipedia yet.--[[User:HrAd|HrAd]] ([[User talk:HrAd|talk]]) 15:35, 16 April 2012 (UTC)

== {{t|Template:BSrow}} ==

OK, now what happened? {{t|NXEC route}} ''had'' all the kinks worked out, and everything lined up correctly a month ago, but see what it looks like now! [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 03:28, 27 April 2012 (UTC)

== A barnstar for you! ==

{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:Original Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 3px 3px 0 3px; height: 1.5em;" | '''The Original Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | For your great contributions to [[Moscow Metro]] articles and templates, keeping them user-friendly and up-to-date. ;) Formerly [[User:Artem Karimov]], now [[User:SkyBon|SkyBon]] ([[User talk:SkyBon|talk]]) 15:47, 30 April 2012 (UTC)
|}

== Additional parameter requested ==

Sameboat Please see [[Template talk:HK-MTR route/Disneyland Resort#Add a parameter]]. [[User:Peter Horn|Peter Horn]] [[User talk:Peter Horn|User talk]] 14:02, 2 May 2012 (UTC)

== {{t|BS-replace}} ==

Can you take a look at [[en:Template:Slamannan Railway]] and tell me what the problem with the Bathgate Branchis? Thanks. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 03:16, 6 May 2012 (UTC)
:Thanks! (That was a real [[Homer Simpson]] moment on my part.[[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 11:16, 6 May 2012 (UTC)

=== More help needed… ===
Would it be possible to create {{t|BS3-2-startCollapdible}} and {{t|BS3-2-replace}} templates? (I need them for [[User:Useddenim/WCML]].) And why does [[Template:District Line RDT|''this'']] (almost) work? Thanks again. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 23:38, 8 May 2012 (UTC)

== Outrageous behaviour at Talk:China ==

You may wish to take a look [en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:China&diff=prev&oldid=509800501 at this]. ''GotR'' [[User talk:Guerrilla of the Renmin|Talk]] 18:15, 29 August 2012 (UTC)

== {{T|BS-KRZ}} ==

Please see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia_talk:Route_diagram_template#.7B.7BBS-KRZ.7D.7D this] and [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Templates_for_discussion/Log/2012_August_25#Template:BS-KRZ this]. Thanks. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]])
== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:Rolling stock]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:Rolling stock]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:Rolling stock|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. [[User:Pigsonthewing|Andy Mabbett]] (Pigsonthewing); [[User talk:Pigsonthewing|Talk to Andy]]; [[Special:Contributions/Pigsonthewing|Andy's edits]] 13:48, 3 September 2012 (UTC)

== '''The Olive Branch''': A Dispute Resolution Newsletter (Issue #1) ==

Welcome to the first edition of ''The Olive Branch''. This will be a place to semi-regularly update editors active in [[WP:DR|dispute resolution]] (DR) about some of the most important issues, advances, and challenges in the area. You were delivered this update because you are [[Wikipedia:Dispute_Resolution_Improvement_Project/NewsletterList|active in DR]], but if you would prefer not to receive any future mailing, just add your name to [[Wikipedia:Dispute Resolution Improvement Project/NewsletterOptOut|this page]].
[[File:Dispute_Resolution_on_the_English_Wikipedia.pdf|thumb|Steven Zhang's Fellowship Slideshow]]
In this issue:
* '''Background''': A brief overview of the DR ecosystem.
* '''Research''': The most recent DR data
* '''Survey results''': Highlights from Steven Zhang's April 2012 survey
* '''Activity analysis''': Where DR happened, broken down by the top DR forums
* '''DR Noticeboard comparison''': How the newest DR forum has progressed between May and August
* '''Discussion update''': Checking up on the Wikiquette Assistance close debate
* '''Proposal''': It's time to close the [[Wikipedia:Geopolitical, ethnic, and religious conflicts noticeboard|Geopolitical, ethnic, and religious conflicts noticeboard]]. Agree or disagree?
<big><center>[[Wikipedia:Dispute Resolution Improvement Project/Newsletter|Read the entire first edition of ''The Olive Branch'' -->]]</center></big>

--''The Olive Branch'' 19:28, 4 September 2012 (UTC)


== Moscow Metro location maps ==

Hi! Thank you for improving Moscow Metro articles and especially templates, this mess is finally getting better.

I have started adding location maps to the articles: whole Moscow ([[Universitet (Moscow Metro)|ex.]]) and Central Moscow (inside Koltsevaya Line) ([[Kropotkinskaya|ex.]]). Any suggestions on how to improve them would be awesome. [[User:Ворот93|Ворот93]] ([[User talk:Ворот93|talk]]) 09:32, 26 December 2012 (UTC)

== Accusation ==

I definitely never called "[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Jimbo_Wales#Free_Speech Jimbo a tyrant]". You are well over the line. Drop the stick.--[[User:Andreasegde|andreasegde]] ([[User talk:Andreasegde|talk]]) 20:33, 28 December 2012 (UTC)

:I'm not a fan of euphemism, so in my view what you've said in your ''Free Speech'' topic clearly indicates your POV on Jimbo's policy on his own talk page. "''they are not going to allow anyone to disagree with them;" "It's about CONTROL.''" Tyrant likes controlling everyone, limiting free speech, if it's not enough to compare one with such behavior a "tyrant", what else could do? But believe it or not, the "tyrant" claim was intended to describe those from Wikipediocracy. Again, their accusation of Jimbo's relationship with some Kazakhstan's official is clearly ill-willed. That's why such topic is now removed on sight and they're banned from Jimbo's talk page. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 23:27, 28 December 2012 (UTC)

== Route diagram template in the ''Signpost'' ==

You may be interested in participating in '''[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia Signpost/Newsroom/WikiProject desk/Interviews|an interview]]''' with WikiProject Infoboxes that is scheduled to run in the Signpost's WikiProject Report. The fourth set of questions deals with the [[WP:RDT|route diagram template]] and could use your expertise. Feel free to contribute to any of the other sets of questions that catch your eye. Multiple editors will have an opportunity to respond to the interview questions, so be sure to sign your answers. If you know anyone else who would like to participate in the interview, please share this with them. Have a great day. [[User:Mabeenot|–Mabeenot]] ([[User talk:Mabeenot|talk]]) 23:02, 15 January 2013 (UTC)
:You can leave your comments on the main page beneath each set of questions. Be sure to sign your responses because other editors will also list their answers in the same space. [[User:Mabeenot|–Mabeenot]] ([[User talk:Mabeenot|talk]]) 01:21, 16 January 2013 (UTC)

== Main Southern railway line, New South Wales ==

I would welcome your input on [[Talk:Main Southern railway line, New South Wales#Proposed changes|Proposed changes to Main Southern railway line, New South Wales]] and its associated route diagram template which you created or substantially expanded. [[User:Dbromage|Dbromage]][[User_talk: Dbromage| [Talk]]] 08:05, 11 February 2013 (UTC)

== Voting on BSicons ==

Hello,
A [[:commons:Talk:BSicon/Colors|discussion on BSicons]] is under way at Commons, and some issues will probably get settled by voting. Your input would be appreciated. [[User:YLSS|YLSS]] ([[User talk:YLSS|talk]]) 20:27, 28 February 2013 (UTC)

== [[Northern Suburbs Railway]] ==

Hello again my friend,
unfortunatley I've hit a wall with some route map templates and I need your help with [[Template:Northern Suburbs Light Rail]].
I want to put the distance between each station in, but every time I try, I end up screwing up the code :( can you help?
If so you will need the following information (in [[Kilometre]]s (km))
 
*Hobart (mawson place) = 0
*New town = 4.8
*Moonah = 6.2
*Glenorchy = 8.9
*Berriedale = 11.9
*Claremont = 14
*Granton = 19.7
*Bridgewater = 21.6
*Brighton = 26
 
I got my distance data [http://www.parliament.tas.gov.au/ctee/Council/Submissions/HobartNorthernSuburbsRailActionGroup%20Submission%2014%20Aug%2012.pdf here]
 
there are three different route maps in this template, for the 3 different proposals currently outstanding. Your help on this matter would be very good as I know you have route map wisdom. 
kind regards 
[[User:Wiki ian|Wiki]] [[User talk:Wiki ian|ian]] 14:58, 10 March 2013 (UTC)
:{{Done}}. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 01:14, 11 March 2013 (UTC)
 
::Also.... While moving the [[Western Line, Tasmania|Western Line]] route map to its own [[Template:Western Line (Tasmania)|Template Page]] I seem to have somehow created a "show/hide" button that doesn't do anything. I've also got the same problem with the [[Template:South Line (Tasmania)|South Line]] Template and I've lost the view/talk/edit options on both templates. Can you help me? [[User:Wiki ian|Wiki]] [[User talk:Wiki ian|ian]] 19:48, 11 March 2013 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|Speedy deletion]] nomination of [[:Template:BS-table5]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning pn.svg|48px|left|alt=|link=]]

A tag has been placed on [[:Template:BS-table5]] requesting that it be speedily deleted from Wikipedia. This has been done under [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#T3|section T3 of the criteria for speedy deletion]] because it is a deprecated or orphaned template. After seven days, if it is still unused and the speedy deletion tag has not been removed, the template will be deleted.

If the template is intended to be substituted, please feel free to remove the speedy deletion tag and please consider putting a note on the template's page indicating that it must be substituted so as to avoid any future mistakes (<tt><nowiki><noinclude>{{substituted}}</noinclude></nowiki></tt>).

If you think this page should not be deleted for this reason, you may '''contest the nomination''' by visiting [[Template talk:BS-table5|the page's talk page]], where you can explain why you believe the page should not be deleted. However, be aware that once a page is tagged for speedy deletion, it may be removed without delay. Please do not remove the speedy deletion tag from the page yourself, but do not hesitate to add information in line with [[Wikipedia:List of policies|Wikipedia's policies and guidelines]]. If the page is deleted, and you wish to retrieve the deleted material for future reference or improvement, you can place a request [[WP:RFUD|here]]. 

--

Hi Sameboat, I come here to notify you about my request to delete the mentioned template. While I am waiting for the changes to BS-overlap and BSpx to be executed, I am planning to clean up the series of {{tl|BS-table}}s ([[Template:BS-table2|2]], [[Template:BS-table3|3]], [[Template:BS-table4|4]], [[Template:BS-table5|5]]), which confused me a lot and are largely redundant.

I also will probably request {{tl|BS-table2}} and {{tl|BS-table4}} for deletion, since they are used quite infrequently and the their codes are pretty similar. I guess their distinctions from other BS-tables has pretty much faded. — [[User:Peterwhy|Peter]][[User talk:Peterwhy|'''why''']] 06:56, 22 April 2013 (UTC)

== Template include size is exceeded ==

see [[Wikipedia_talk:WikiProject_Trains#Template_include_size_is_exceeded|here]]. thank you. [[User:Frietjes|Frietjes]] ([[User talk:Frietjes|talk]]) 17:10, 8 May 2013 (UTC)

== {{T|BS-KRZ}} (again) ==

Would you mind taking a look at [[Template:BS-KRZ|this template]], please? I have managed to get it to the point where the base icon displays correctly, but the top overlay is coming through as the tool-tip text instead of being passed through as an icon (and I have no idea what is happening to the <code>BRIDGE</code> icon). Thank you. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 13:30, 14 May 2013 (UTC)

== Commons:WikiProject BSicon‎ ==

You are invited to join [[Commons:Commons:WikiProject BSicon‎]]. [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 20:53, 21 July 2013 (UTC)

== Your addition to the RFC ==

I won't remove your addition, but I will ask you to remove it. It is a good idea, but it is a different issue. It's also a scheduled feature, so there is no need to discuss it.

I worry about making an RFC like this too long, and I would like to keep it focused on the existing option.—[[User:Kww|Kww]]([[User talk:Kww|talk]]) 15:05, 30 July 2013 (UTC)
:It is too late to do anything about it now.—[[User:Kww|Kww]]([[User talk:Kww|talk]]) 22:16, 30 July 2013 (UTC)

== Re: My apology ==

No problem! Apology accepted. I will try to be clearer in my later comments at [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Default State RFC]]. --[[User:Timeshifter|'''Timeshifter''']] ([[User talk:Timeshifter|talk]]) 10:47, 31 July 2013 (UTC)

== Link to Snowden page ==

I think that if the relationship between the linked page with its discussion of modern American exiles and Mr. Snowden's situation is not obvious then I would rather not have it appear in Wikipedia. [[User:Rw rynerson|Rw rynerson]] ([[User talk:Rw rynerson|talk]]) 05:27, 3 August 2013 (UTC)

== Re: ==

OK. '''''[[User:MisterHungry|Mister]] [[User talk:MisterHungry|Hungry]]''''' 05:04, 6 August 2013 (UTC)

== [[zh:Template:Routemap]], [[zh:Module:Routemap]] ==

Hey, I want you to somehow mention that it's me who created those pages and you just copied them over. [[User:KPu3uC B Poccuu|KPu3uC B Poccuu]] ([[User talk:KPu3uC B Poccuu|talk]]) 11:57, 17 August 2013 (UTC)
:Added in [[:zh:Template:Routemap/doc]] and [[:zh:Module:Routemap/doc]]. <s>Since the module is part of the template so the template doc should suffice.</s> -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 13:46, 17 August 2013 (UTC)

== [[:no:Mal:JBS-tabell/medVisSkjul]] ==

Are you interested in the programming challenge of adding the selective hide/show function of the [[:no:Mal:JBS-tabell/medVisSkjul|Norwegian RDT template]] to {{Tl|BS-map}}? [[User:Useddenim|Useddenim]] ([[User talk:Useddenim|talk]]) 02:09, 18 August 2013 (UTC)
:It's quite straightforward by copying the whole '''collapse''' and '''collapsible''' switch parser of {{tl|BS-map}} and pasting it to the target template. I don't understand Norwegian language so I'm puzzled by this "challenge" you ask. -- [[User:Sameboat|Sameboat - 同舟]] ([[User talk:Sameboat#top|talk]]) 04:38, 18 August 2013 (UTC)

== Speedy deletion converted to PROD: [[:Dendroid (topology)]] ==
Hello Sameboat, and thanks for patrolling new pages! I am just letting you know that I have converted the [[WP:CSD|speedy deletion]] tag that you placed on [[:Dendroid (topology)]] to a [[WP:PROD|proposed deletion]] tag. The speedy deletion criteria are extremely narrow to protect the encyclopedia, and do not fit the page in question. You may wish to review the [[WP:CSD{{!}}Criteria for Speedy Deletion]] before tagging further pages. Thank you. [[User:Shirt58|Shirt58]] ([[User talk:Shirt58|talk]]) 10:19, 3 September 2013 (UTC)

== Kiev ==

I think what you did to all those articles was right and long overdue. No need to undo the moves. The English Wikipedia ''English'' title policy should not be overridden by the Ukrainian government's efforts in messing up with the English language. --[[User:Garik 11|Garik 11]] ([[User talk:Garik 11|talk]]) 07:37, 6 September 2013 (UTC)

== Axxion? ==

Hi Sameboat,
I had a moment to check in at the Snowden article, and Axxion has done the exact same destructive edits again - making it at least the fifth time this has happened. I am not able to spend much time here, but wanted to see if you still had the time or inclination to deal with this? Thanks, '''[[User:Petrarchan47|petrarchan47]][[User talk:Petrarchan47|t]][[Special:Contributions/Petrarchan47|c]]''' 20:00, 3 October 2013 (UTC)

== Re: SVGCheck ==

Good spot, I've asked that the developers install the necessary fonts. Thanks, - [[User:Jarry1250|Jarry1250]] [''[[User_talk:Jarry1250|Vacation]] [[Special:Contributions/Jarry1250|needed]]''] 12:19, 20 December 2013 (UTC)

== Internal link helper ==

Hello Sameboat! I have always liked these "useful colourful links" used on the Chinese-language Wikipedia and after researching a bit, I found your message in the technical Village pump here. I tried to implement the internal link helper on our [[Romansh language|Romansh]] Wikipedia. I am a sysop over there and in the beginning everything worked fine. But somewhere in the middle I got confused a bit. The problem is that I am not sure which pages/files (like .js and .css) I need to create in the MediaWiki: namesace to make it work. Could you please give me a list of them? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 15:15, 20 December 2013 (UTC)

VIVA Germany

2013-03-16T23:43:24Z

Kazu89: /* VIVA Austria */ +onair identification

{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2012}}
{{Multiple issues|advert = August 2011|refimprove = August 2011|cleanup = August 2011}}

{{Infobox TV channel
| name = VIVA
| logofile = VIVA 2011 logo.svg
| logosize = 200px
| logocaption = Logo from 1 January 2011
| logoalt =
| logo2 =
| established =
| test card =
| test of transmission =
| airdate =
| launch = 1. December 1993
| closed date =
| picture format = 16:9 (Germany, United Kingdom-Republic of Ireland, Poland) 4:3 (Hungary)
| share =
| share as of =
| share source =
| network =
| owner = [[Viacom]] (2004–) VIVA MEDIA AG (1993–2004)
| parent =
| key people =
| slogan =
| motto =
| country = Germany Austria Switzerland Poland Republic of Ireland United Kingdom Hungary
| language = German English Polish Hungarian
| broadcast area =
| affiliates =
| headquarters =
| former names =
| replaced names =
| replaced by names =
| sister names = MTV, [[Comedy Central]], [[Nickelodeon (TV channel)|Nickelodeon]]
| timeshift names =
| web = [http://www.viva.tv/ Homepage]
| sat serv 1 = [[Astra 19.2]] (Germany)
| sat chan 1 = 11.973Ghz Vertical
| sat serv 2 = [[Astra 19.2]] (Austria)
| sat chan 2 = 12.148Ghz Horitzontal
| sat serv 3 = [[Canal+ (Spanish satellite broadcasting company)|Canal+]] (Spain)
| sat chan 3 = Channel 361
| cable serv 1 = [[DVB-C]]
| cable chan 1 = Channel 11
}}

'''VIVA''' is a [[free-to-air]] German-language music television channel, first broadcast on 1 December 1993. A consortium of broadcasters and record companies led by [[Time Warner]], [[Sony Television]], [[Polygram Records]] and [[EMI Music]], but not the German-based [[Bertelsmann Music Group]], saw the investment in '''VIVA''' as an antidote to the "vain posturing power of [[MTV Networks]] executives", according to Germany's ''Süddeutsche Zeitung''.<ref name="Hans-Jürgen Jakobs">{{cite news |title=Der V-Faktor |author=Hans-Jürgen Jakobs |url=https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B71DQtukc6v6aFlmQW1EODBHSk0/edit?pli=1 |newspaper=[[Süddeutsche Zeitung]] |date=10 January 2005 |accessdate=26 April 2012}}</ref>

Executives at US media giant Time Warner, keen on increasing their market share of its music repertoire and business in Germany, planned the new TV station in 1992. Eventually, they recruited [[DoRo Productions]], producers of music videos for notable acts such as [[Queen (band)|Queen]], [[The Rolling Stones]], [[David Bowie]], in the design of the music channel. '''VIVA''' became an immediate success with the audience, while ultimately providing German artists with a music channel that could help expose their music to the German audience. After many years of fierce competition for audience share, [[MTV Networks Europe]] eventually acquired '''VIVA''' on 14 January 2005 after it had outran its own efforts for better ratings. MTV today operates '''VIVA''' channels across Europe, in Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Poland, Hungary, the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland.

== VIVA Germany ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA Germany|
network_logo = [[File:VIVA 2011 logo.svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = Germany|
available = National|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe]]|
key_people = |
launch_date = 1 December 1993|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://www.viva.tv VIVA Germany]|
}}

===History===

==== Initial concept ====
The concept behind VIVA originated in 1992, when major record labels were frustrated by [[MTV Europe]]'s decision to program mostly English-language music videos to the [[Germanophone]] markets, in what was perceived as its refusal to play major German-speaking artists. Time Warner executives [[Tom McGrath (media executive)|Tom McGrath]] and Peter Bogner assembled a group of record labels that included its very own [[Warner Music]], EMI Music, Polygram Records and Sony Television along with [[:de:Frank Otto (Medienunternehmer)|Frank Otto]], [[Apax Partners]], and Austrian producers [[:de:Rudi Dolezal|Rudi Dolezal]] and [[:de:Hannes Rossacher|Hannes Rossacher]] of DoRo Productions. In a concept paper of Time Warner, Peter Bogner analyzed MTV's market position as vulnerable, and "while MTV is betting on a diet of pure Anglo-American video clips, VIVA should broadcast at least 40% more German music."<ref name="Hans-Jürgen Jakobs"/>

==== Competing with MTV ====
With [[:de:Dieter Gorny|Dieter Gorny]] eventually as its second managing director on board, VIVA applied for cable carriage licenses in the various German [[States of Germany|Bundesländer]]. DoRo Productions designed the original programming format which while clearly a music video channel, sought to differentiate itself from MTV not just by having a German speaking voice, but by speaking directly to the differences in pop culture between Germany and the anglophone MTV.

Ironically, before launching the channel, the labels offered to fund MTV in a German-speaking version but were rejected by MTV management at the time, as it espoused a "one world, one language" programming philosophy (at least for Europe since the Latin American Channels used Spanish and Portuguese). On 21 March 1995, a second channel, '''[[Viva Zwei|VIVA Zwei]]''' ("VIVA Two"), was created, concentrating on lesser known and more independently produced music. On 7 January 2002, it was renamed '''VIVA Plus''' and its concept changed to a channel dedicated purely to pop and mainstream music for a younger generation of viewers. VIVA Plus shut down on 14 January 2007. It became [[Comedy Central Germany|Comedy Central Deutschland]] the next day.

==== Annual Comet Awards ====
Since 1995, VIVA holds an annual pop music award ceremony and awards a price known as the [[:de:Comet (Musikpreis)|Comet]]. During the 2003 award ceremonies, VIVA openly expressed an anti-[[Iraq War]] view. Later that year, VIVA got bad press after it was discovered that it had given [[Universal Music]] an unfair advantage in the placement of their music videos.

==== MTV's response to VIVA ====
After MTV introduced a German language version of itself, the competition between the two stations increased. VIVA was widely perceived as the more mainstream-oriented channel for younger viewers, while MTV Germany was directed at youths and young adults with some more edgier programming. Since the acquisition of VIVA by Viacom, MTV Germany mostly broadcasts reality TV shows. VIVA has become the music channel with chart shows and other similar programmes, which are mostly directed at a [[mainstream audience]]. Viacom introduced a programming scheme that allows the station to be run by just 40 people, so many previous employees were made redundant.

==== MTV parent acquires VIVA ====
From January 2011, under a major shakeup at MTV Networks Germany, VIVA continues to be part of MTV Networks Germany's [[free-to-air]] package and the channel will become the main music and entertainment brand within Germany while complemented by its sister channels [[MTV Germany]] and [[MTV Brand New]], which are now pay TV.<ref>http://www.broadbandtvnews.com/2010/10/05/mtv-turns-pay-in-germany/</ref> VIVA Germany received a new look and on-air branding from 1 January 2011.<ref>http://presse.viva.tv/channel/3/107297</ref> The new look of VIVA joins the four triangles of the new logo into one triangle, putting the angle of VIVA into one heart.

Since March 22, 2011, Viva broadcasts only in [[16:9]]. Programs produced in 4:3 are cropped to 14:9 and black bars are added left and right. '''VIVA HD Germany''', a simulcast in [[1080i]] high-definition, launched on May 16, 2011. It is available via [[IPTV]] from [[Deutsche Telekom]].

===Programs<ref>http://www.viva.tv/shows/browse/x/</ref>===
{{col-begin}}
{{col-2}}
{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class=" multicol" style="background:transparent; width:100%;"
| width="50%" align="left" valign="top" |
* [[10 Things I Hate About You (TV series)|10 Dinge, die ich an dir hasse]]
* 180°
* [[American Dad!]]
* [[Awkward (TV series)|Awkward – Mein sogenanntes Leben]]
* [[Beavis and Butt-Head]]
* [[Bully Beatdown]]
* [[Crash Canyon]]
* [[Criss Angel Mindfreak]]
* [[Death Valley (TV series)|Death Valley]]
* [[Degrassi: The Next Generation|Degrassi]]
* [[Case Closed|Detektiv Conan]]
* [[Drawn Together]]
* Eure VIVA Lieblingsklicks
* [[Family Guy]]
* Feat.
* [[Fist of Zen]]
* [[Friendzone (MTV series)|Friendzone]]
* [[Futurama]]
* Game One
* Get the Clip
* [[Gigantic (TV series)|Gigantic]]
* [[Glee (TV series)|Glee]]
* Guy Code
* [[I Used to Be Fat]]
* [[Jackass (TV series)|Jackass]]
* [[Jersey Shore]]
* [[Keeping Up with the Kardashians]]
* [[Kenny vs. Spenny]]
* Liebe oder nicht
* Love Test 3 in 1
* Loveline
* MTV at the Movies
* [[Disaster Date|MTV Disaster Date]]
* [[Made (TV series)|MTV Made]]
* [[MTV Unplugged]]
* [[MTV World Stage Live in Malaysia|MTV World Stage]]
{{col-2}}
[[File:Screenshot VIVA Germany (2011).jpg|250px|thumb|Screenshot by VIVA Germany (May 2011)]]
* My Super Sweet World Class
* [[My Life as Liz]]
* [[Naruto]]
* Neu
* [[One Piece]]
* [[One Tree Hill (TV series)|One Tree Hill]]
* Party, Bruder!
* [[Pimp My Ride]]
* Pranked
* [[Punk'd]]
* [[Ridiculousness (TV series)|Ridiculousness]]
* [[Rude Tube]]
* [[Savage U]]
* [[Scarred (TV series)|Scarred]]
* [[Skins (North American TV series)|Skins]]
* SMS Guru
* [[Snooki & JWoww]]
* Special Charts
* [[SpongeBob SquarePants|SpongeBob Schwammkopf]]
* Supercharts
* [[Teen Mom 2]]
* [[The Hard Times of RJ Berger]]
* [[The Pauly D Project]]
* [[Todd and the Book of Pure Evil]]
* [[Ugly Americans (TV series)|Ugly Americans]]
* Undateable
* VIVA Club Rotation Dance Charts
* VIVA Night Sounds
* VIVApedia
* VIVA Quiz
* VIVA Sounds
* VIVA Top 100
* VIVA Wecker
{{col-end}}

===Presenters===

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Current
|- bgcolor="#add8e6"
! width="150"| VJ
! width="60"| bei VIVA
! width="150"| Shows
|-
|[[Collien Fernandes]]||2003–present|| Neu
|-
|Jan Köppen||2006–present|| VIVA Top 100; Neu
|-
|[[Palina Rojinski]]||2011–present|| VIVA Top 100; Neu
|-
|Romina Becks||2011–present|| VIVA Top 100
|-
|Daniel Budiman||2011–present|| Game One (MTV show)
|-
|Simon Krätschmer||2011–present|| Game One (MTV show)
|-
|Nils Bomhoff||2011–present|| Game One (MTV show)
|-
|Etienne Gardé||2011–present|| Game One
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Former
|- bgcolor="#add8e6"
! width="140"| VJ
! width="40"| Year
! width="190"| Shows
! width="140"| VJ
! width="40"| Year
! width="190"| Shows
|-
|Mola Adebisi||1993–2004||Interaktiv; VIVA Top 100; Club R’n’B
|Bibiana Ballbè|Bibiana Ballbè Serra||2001–2003||Planet VIVA; Chartsurfer; Was geht ab?; Ritmo; Inside
|-
|Aleksandra Bechtel||1993–1999||Was geht ab?; Interaktiv
|Nils Bokelberg||1993–1998||Was geht ab?
|-
|Ricky Breitengraser||2000||Interaktiv Spezial
|Sabine Christ||1994–1999||Housefrau
|-
|Rocco Clein † (Stefan Bickerich)||1993–2001||Neuigkeiten
|Phil Daub||1994–2001||Metalla; Planet VIVA
|-
|[[Daisy Dee]] (Daisy Rollocks)||1996–2003||Club Rotation Dance Charts; Ritmo
|Isabel Dziobek||1993–1996||Freunde der Nacht als „VIVA TWINS“
|-
|Natalie Dziobek||1993–1996||Freunde der Nacht als „VIVA TWINS“
|Mate Galić||1994–1997||Housefrau; VIVA Trance
|-
|Daniel Hartwig||1998–1999||Interaktiv
|[[Klaas Heufer-Umlauf]]||2004–2009||Klaas’ Wochenshow; VIVA Live!; Retro Charts; NEU; Interaktiv; VIVA News
|-
|[[Gülcan Kamps]]||2003–2010||Interaktiv; 17; VIVA News; NEU; Shibuya; VIVA Live!; VIVA Top 100
|Markus Kavka||1997||Metalla
|-
|[[Johanna Klum]]||2005–2012||VIVA Top 20; VIVA Top 100; Retro Charts; VIVA Live!; NEU; 17; Jung, sexy, sucht!
|Lukas Koch||2001–2002||Voll VIVA; Was geht ab?; Chartsurfer; Neu bei VIVA
|-
|Sebastian König||2006–2009||Ringtone Charts; Straßencharts; Mixery Massive Music; NEU; VIVA Top 20; Special Charts; VIVA Live!
|Joel Korenzecher||1999||World of Bits
|-
|Steffi Krause||1999–2000||VIVA Wecker
|Ralph Michael Krieger||1993–1994||Jam; Metalla; Neu bei VIVA
|-
|Nadine Krüger||1997–1999||Film ab; Interaktiv; Jam
|[[Sarah Kuttner]]||2001–2005||Interaktiv; [[Sarah Kuttner – Die Show]]; Albumcharts
|-
|Frank Lämmermann||1998–1999||Lämmermann Live
|[[Liza Li]]||2007–2008||Straßencharts; VIVA Top 20; VIVA Top 100
|-
|[[Milka Loff Fernandes]]||1999–2004||Inside; Interaktiv; Was geht ab?; Face it!
|[[Heike Makatsch]]||1993–1997||Interaktiv; Heikes Hausbesuche
|-
|MC Rene (René El Khazraje)||1999–2002||Mixery Raw Deluxe
|[[Nova Meierhenrich]]||2000–2001||Inside
|-
|[[Enie van de Meiklokjes]] (Doreen Grochowski)||1996–2000||Chartsurfer; Was geht ab?; Neu bei VIVA
|Markus Meske||2002||Neuigkeiten
|-
|[[Matthias Opdenhövel]]||1993–1997||Interaktiv; Neuigkeiten
|Nela Panghy-Lee||2004–2005||Club Rotation Dance Charts; Neu bei VIVA
|-
|Minh-Khai Phan-Thi||1995–1998||Interaktiv; Minh-Khai & Friends
|[[Oliver Pocher]]||1999–2005||Alles Pocher; Interaktiv; Trash Top 100; Was geht ab?; Planet VIVA; Chartsurfer
|-
|[[Stefan Raab]]||1993–1998||Ma’ kuck’n; Vivasion
|[[Janin Reinhardt]]||2001–2005||Film ab; Inside; Interaktiv; 17
|-
|René le Riche||1994–1996||Neuigkeiten; Jam
|Tyron Ricketts||1996–2000||Word Cup
|-
|[[Charlotte Roche]]||1998–2005||Fast Forward
|Niels Ruf||1998–2001||Kamikaze
|-
|Falk „Hawkeye“ Schacht||2001–2004||Supreme; Mixery Raw Deluxe
|Tobias Schlegl||1995–2004||Interaktiv; Kewl; Schlegl; Das jüngste Gericht
|-
|[[Jessica Schwarz]]||2000–2003||Film ab; Interaktiv
|Axel Terporten||1993–1997||Neuigkeiten
|-
|Martin Tietjen||2006||Ringtone Charts
|Shirin Valentine||1995–1999||VIVA Wecker
|-
|Nadine Vasta||2009–2011|| VASTA; VIVA Live!; VIVA Top 100; NEU
|[[Jessica Wahls]]||2003–2005|| 17; Interaktiv; Your Stars for X-Mas
|-
|Annemarie Warnkross||2004–2005||Ringtone Charts; Club Rotation Dance Charts
| || ||
|}

=== Logos ===
<gallery>
File:Viva.svg|First logo
|Logo to the 31. December 2010
</gallery>

== VIVA Switzerland ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA Schweiz|
network_logo = [[File:VIVA 2011 logo.svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = Switzerland|
available = National|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe]]|
key_people = |
launch_date = 6 September 2000|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://www.vivatv.ch VIVA Switzerland]|
}}

'''VIVA Schweiz''' timeshares with [[Nickelodeon Switzerland]] and features music videos with SMS Quizzes as well as AstroTV simulcasting. It launched on 6 September 2000. This channel serves the German speaking regions in Switzerland.
* '''Programmes''':

* Clip Trip
* VIVA News
* Nacht Express
* Charts Rotation

* '''Presenters''':

* Clemens
* Robin
* Linda
* Niko
* Patrick

== VIVA Austria ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA Austria|
network_logo = [[File:VIVA 2011 logo.svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = Austria|
available = National|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe]]|
key_people = |
launch_date = 1 June 2006|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://www.viva.tv VIVA Austria]|
}}

[[File:VIVA Logo pink.png|200px|thumb|First VIVA Austria Logo]]
VIVA Austria is a simulcast of music and entertainment channel VIVA Germany. The channel began to localize for Austrian viewers in 2001 to 2003 and then again on 1 June 2006. The ''Austrian'' version carries localized advertising and sponsorship. Viva Austria now shares its frequency with the localized version of [[Nickelodeon (Germany)#Nick Austria|Nickelodeon]]. On 1 January 2011, VIVA Austria took over the frequency of [[MTV Austria]] which then moves into pay TV. It can be identified on air by the uppacase letters AUT shown next to the logo.

* '''Programmes''':

* VIVA Top 100 (Official German Singles Chart)
* VIVA Live
* Get the Clip
* Loveline
* SMS Guru

* '''Programmes of 2011''':

VIVA Austria in 2011 ran on the same program as in Germany.

== VIVA Hungary ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA Hungary|
network_logo = [[File:VIVA 2011 logo.svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = Hungary|
available = National|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe]] |
picture_format =16:9
key_people = |
launch_date = 1 February 2000|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://www.vivatv.hu VIVA Hungary]|
}}

'''VIVA Hungary''' is a 24 h music and entertainment channel (it was 10 h before May 2001). The channel was launched on 1 February 2000. Like its sister channels, the channel features localized music videos, programming, presenters and chart shows. It had more changes in 2 April 2012.

* '''Programmes''':
* VIVA VEKKER
* NIGHT SOUNDS
* PARTY SOUNDS
* MEGÁLLÓ
* RANDOMMARCI
* MAYO CHIX DIVATVILÁG
* EGYTŐL HÁROM!
* SZÜLINAP LUXUSKIVITELBEN
* PLAIN JANE
* SPONGYABOB KOCKANADRÁG
* VIVA CHART SHOW
* HAZAI PÁLYA
* VIVA ONLINE CHART
* CHILLOUT ZONE

* '''Presenters''':

* VJ Ada (−2011)
* VJ Ben (−2010)
* VJ Zola (−2011)
* VJ Eszti (2010–)
* VJ Marci(2011–2012)
* Sanyóca (only in Megálló, 2012–)
* Pizsu (2012-)
* Marcell (2012-)

== VIVA Poland ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA Poland|
network_logo = [[File:VIVA 2011 logo.svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = Poland|
available = National|
market_share = 0,34%<ref>{{cite news|url=http://media2.pl/badania/96642-Top-100-tematycznych-kanalow-TV.-Ktore-najpopularniejsze.html|title=Top 100 tematycznych kanałów TV. Które najpopularniejsze?|date=2012-10-10|publisher=media2.pl}}</ref>(September 2012, [[Nielsen Media Research|Nielsen]])|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe|VIMN Polska]]|
picture_format = 16:9|
launch_date = 10 June 2000|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://www.viva-tv.pl VIVA Poland]|
}}
[[File:VIVA Logo blue cyan.png|200px|thumb|right|Logo used until June 17, 2012.]]
[[File:Screenshot VIVA Poland (2012).jpg|250px|thumb|Screenshot of VIVA Poland with 2012 graphics]]
'''VIVA Poland''' is a 24 h music and entertainment channel. The channel launched on 10 June 2000. Like its European sister channels, the channel features localized music videos, programming, presenters and chart shows.

On July 17, 2012 VIVA Poland switched to [[16:9]] picture format and started to use the new logo.

=== Programmes ===
* 100% VIVA
* Chyba ich pogięło
* Co na to tato?
* Disco ponad wszystko!
* [[Futurama]]
* Hot or Not?
* In & Out
* Kolejny odlicz, czyli VIVA 10 naj
* Łowy króla disco!
* Mega Top 10
* MTV Plotek.pl
* [[MTV Next]]
* O co kaman?
* PL Top 10
* Powerlista
* Szał ciał
* VIVA DJ Night
* VIVA Fan Number 1
* VIVA Hits Polska
* VIVA mjuzik Kłiiiz Superstar
* VIVA Pudelek
* VIVA Top 20
* VIVA Top 5
* Top 5 Best of VIVA
* Webnięci
* Week Top 10
* Weekendowe historie
|}

=== Presenters ===
{| class="wikitable"
! width="150"| VJ
! width="60"| since
! width="350"| Programmes
|-
!scope="row"| Dariusz Rusin
| 2002
| O Co Kaman?, Chartsurfer, Disco ponad wszystko!
|-
!scope="row"| Katarzyna Kępka
| 2004
| PL Top 10, In & Out, VIVA Mjuzik Kłiiiz, Hot Or Not
|-
!scope="row"| Justyna Kozłowska
| 2006
| In & Out, Funpage VIVA
|}

== VIVA UK & Ireland ==
{{Infobox broadcasting network|
network_name = VIVA|
network_logo = [[File:Viva (UK & Ireland).svg|200px|The current logo of VIVA]]|
country = United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland|
available = National|
owner = [[MTV Networks Europe]]|
key_people = |
launch_date = 10 October 2009|
founder = |
past_names =|
brand = |
website = [http://uk.viva.tv/ uk.viva.tv]|
}}

{{Main|Viva (UK & Ireland)}}

In the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland, VIVA launched on 26 October 2009, replacing [[TMF (UK & Ireland)]], with a completely different logo from the other countries.<ref name="VIVA">{{cite news
|url=http://www.guardian.co.uk/media/2009/oct/16/mtv-viva-uk
|title=MTV replaces TMF with Viva
|work=The Guardian |location=London |date=16 October 2009
| first=John
| last=Plunkett
| accessdate=27 May 2010
}}</ref><ref name="VIVA2">
{{cite web
|url=http://uk.viva.tv/
|title=VIVA.tv
|work=Viva
|accessdate=14 October 2009
}}</ref><ref name="VIVA3">
{{cite web
|url=http://www.agbnielsen.co.uk/agb/files/ClientServices/New%20BARB%20Channels/Rebranding%20-%20TMF.doc
|title=Rebranding – TMF
|work=AGB Nielsen Media Research
|date=14 October 2009
}}</ref>

== See also ==
* [[The Music Factory|TMF]], a similar defunct channel to VIVA that was available in the Netherlands and Flemish speaking parts of Belgium before being replaced by localized versions of MTV. Both VIVA and TMF are operated by [[MTV Networks Europe]].
* [[Viva Zwei]]

== External links ==
* [http://www.viva.tv VIVA Germany & Austria website]
* [http://www.vivatv.ch VIVA Switzerland]
* [http://www.viva-tv.pl VIVA Polska]
* [http://www.vivatv.hu VIVA Hungary]
* [http://uk.viva.tv VIVA UK & Ireland]
* {{de icon}} [http://www.vivamediaag.com/ website of the VIVA Media AG]
* {{de icon}} [http://www.viva.tv/ website of the TV channel VIVA]
* {{de icon}} [http://www.welt.de/print-welt/article354704/Projekt_Betriebsschliessung.html report in ''Die Welt'' about the planned massive reduction of staff in VIVA]
{{reflist}}
{{MTV Networks}}
{{MTV Networks Europe}}
{{Viacom}}
{{Television in Hungary}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Viva (Tv Station)}}
[[Category:Television stations in Germany]]
[[Category:German television networks]]
[[Category:MTV Networks]]
[[Category:Television channels and stations established in 1993]]
[[Category:Media in Berlin]]

Sabatina James

2013-01-29T22:20:34Z

Kazu89: +photo

{{Multiple issues|{{POV|date=September 2012}}{{BLP sources|date=September 2012}}{{Orphan|date=September 2012}}}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=September 2012}}
[[File:Sabatina James-1.jpg|thumb|Sabatina James]]

'''Sabatina James''', also '''Sabatina''' (1982 in Dhedar, Pakistan) is an [[Austria]]n-[[Pakistani]] book author.

== Life ==
Sabatina James lived until her tenth year as a Muslim with her family in the city of Dhedar, Pakistan until her family moved to [[Linz]], Austria. Sabatina integrated and assimilated quickly into Austrian society. Her parents were unhappy with this since they understood [[Austria]] as a temporary residence. Since restrictions against their daughter were no longer effective, the family decided to sent Sabatina to [[Lahore]] to marry her cousin. Her parents left her in [[Pakistan]], where she was forced to go to a Madresa (a Koran school). James consented initially into the marriage with her cousin in order to get back to Austria. Once in [[Austria]], she refused to marry him. Her family threatened to kill her so she was forced into hiding and take on a new identity. This led to a break-up with the family.

== Escape ==
She surviving by sleeping in a shelter and working at a local café in [[Linz]]. Her parents harassed her at both places, showing up and ordering her to wed. Every day they closed in, like possessed demons, until she lost her job. James escaped to [[Vienna]] with the help of friends. There she started a new life, changing her name and converting to Catholicism. James wrote a book about this experience, and her parents sued for defamation. The court ruled in her favor.
She was baptized in 2003, in a small Baroque church of a village priest, who was convinced of its inner wrapping. <ref>http://www.spiegel.de/spiegel/print/d-83180892.html</ref>
Today, she is an ambassador for the women's rights organization Terre des Femmes and – as stated a convert to Catholic Christianity, and thus [[Apostate]] from Islam. Since 2006 her organization is fighting for the equality of Muslim women. The name James she took after her conversion to Christianity. Sabatina was next queen of Jordan [[Queen Noor of Jordan|Noor]] and was a jury member of the Women's World Awards 2009 in Vienna.

== Works ==
* ''Sabatina. From Islam to Christianity – a death sentence'', 2003
* ''Thou shalt die for your happiness. Caught between two worlds'', 2004
* ''Tears wedding'', 2006
* ''Only the truth makes us free: My Life between Islam and Christianity'', Pattloch 12 September 2011, ISBN 3629023088

== References ==
{{reflist}}

== External links ==
* https://portal.dnb.de/opac.htm?query=Woe%3D128726679&method=simpleSearch
* http://sabatina-ev.de/
* http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zxKZMYCR-q4
* http://www.spiegel.de/spiegel/print/d-83180892.html
* http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/sabatina-james-why-my-mother-wants-me-dead.html

{{Persondata
| NAME = James, Sabatina
| ALTERNATIVE NAMES =
| SHORT DESCRIPTION = Austrian writer
| DATE OF BIRTH =
| PLACE OF BIRTH =
| DATE OF DEATH =
| PLACE OF DEATH =
}}
{{DEFAULTSORT:James, Sabatina}}
[[Category:Austrian former Muslims]]
[[Category:Converts to Roman Catholicism]]
[[Category:Converts to Roman Catholicism from Islam]]
[[Category:Pakistani former Muslims]]
[[Category:Living people]]

[[ar:ساباتينا جيمس]]
[[de:Sabatina James]]

Chittagong Ship Breaking Yard

2013-01-23T16:44:46Z

Kazu89: +de:Abwrackwerften bei Chittagong

'''Chittagong Ship Breaking Yard''', located in [[Bangladesh]], is world's second-largest [[ship breaking]] area. The ship breaking takes place in the [[Fauzdarhat]] area along the {{convert|18|km}} [[Sitakunda]] coastal strip, {{convert|20|km}} north-west of [[Chittagong]].

It accounts for around a fifth of the worlds ship-breaking industry, employs over 200,000 Bangladeshi's and accounts for half of all the steel in Bangladesh.<ref>http://www.economist.com/news/asia/21565265-controversial-industry-says-it-cleaning-up-its-act-activists-still-want-it-shut-hard-break</ref>

==History==
In 1960, after a severe cyclone, the [[Greece|Greek]] ship ''M D Alpine'' was stranded on the shores of [[Sitakunda]], [[Chittagong]]. It could not be refloated and so remained there for several years. In 1965, [[Chittagong Steel House]] bought the ship and had it scrapped. It took years to scrap the vessel, but the work gave birth to the industry in [[Bangladesh]].

During the [[Bangladesh Liberation War]], a Pakistani ship ''Al Abbas'' was damaged by bombing. Later on, the ship was salvaged by a [[Soviet]] team who were working at [[Chittagong]] port at the time and the ship was brought to the [[Fauzdarhat]] seashore. A local company, Karnafully Metal Works Ltd bought it as scrap in 1974 and introduced commercial ship breaking in the country.

The industry grew steadily through the 1980s and, by the middle of 1990s, the country ranked number two in the world by tonnage scrapped. In 2008 there were 26 shipbreaking yard in the area and in 2009 there were 40.<ref>Sarraf ''et al''., p. 30</ref> From 2004 to 2008, the area was the largest ship breaking yard in the world. Since 2009 it has been in second position behind [[Pakistan]].

==References==
{{Reflist}}

==External links==
{{Citation style|date=March 2012}}
{{Cleanup-link rot|date=August 2012}}
*{{Cite web| last=Sarraf|first=Maria | last2=Steur-Lauridsen|first2=Frank | last3=Dyoulgerov|first3=Milen | last4=Bloch|first4=Robin | last5=Wingfield|first5=Susan | last6=Watkinson|first6=Roy | title=Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry in Bangladesh and Pakistan| publisher=World Bank | url=http://siteresources.worldbank.org/SOUTHASIAEXT/Resources/223546-1296680097256/Shipbreaking.pdf | accessdate=2012-10-06}}
* [http://scrapshipbreaking.com/2011/05/08/chittagong-ship-breaking-yard-bangladesh/]{{Dead link|date=October 2012}}
* [http://www.shipbreakingbd.info/overview.html]
* [http://www.ypsa.org/publications/shipbreaking_baseline_survey.pdf]
* [http://www.buet.ac.bd/name/martec2010/2010/File44MARTEC153.pdf]

{{Coord|22.4424|91.7320|region:BD|display=title}}

[[Category:Chittagong]]
[[Category:Ship breaking]]

[[de:Abwrackwerften bei Chittagong]]

Six-party talks

2012-12-10T18:37:43Z

Kazu89: You don't really say "the Japan", do you?

{{Infobox East Asian
|title=Six-party talks
|sort=korean3
|koreanname=North Korean name
|context=north
|hangul=륙자 회담
|hanja=六者會談
|mr=Ryukcha hoedam
|rr=Ryukja hoedam
|koreanname2=South Korean name
|hangul2=육자 회담
|hanja2=六者會談
|rr2=Yukja hoedam
|mr2=Yukcha hoedam
|chinesename= Mandarin Chinese name
|tradchi=六方會談
|simpchi=六方会谈
|pinyin=Liùfāng Huìtán {{Audio|Chinese-LiuFangHuiTan(Six-Party Talks).ogg|Listen}}
|kanji=六者会合
|kana=ろくしゃかいごう
|romaji=Rokusha Kaigō
|cyrillic=Шестисторо́нние перегово́ры
|romanization=Shestistorónniye peregovóry
}}
The '''six-party talks''' aim to find a peaceful resolution to the security concerns as a result of the [[North Korea and weapons of mass destruction|North Korean nuclear weapons program]].
There has been a series of meetings with six participating states:
* The {{flagicon|KOR}} [[Republic of Korea]] (South Korea);
* The {{flagicon|PRK}} [[Democratic People's Republic of Korea]] (North Korea);
* The {{flagicon|PRC}} [[People's Republic of China]];
* The {{flagicon|USA}} [[United States of America]];
* The {{flagicon|RUS}} [[Russian Federation]];
* and {{flagicon|JPN}} [[Japan]].

These talks were a result of North Korea withdrawing from the [[Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty]] (NPT) in 2003. Apparent gains following the fourth and fifth rounds were reversed by outside events. Five rounds of talks from 2003 to 2007 produced little net progress<ref>{{cite web|url=http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-12/18/content_5503201.htm|author=Xinhua|title=6-party talks: 2nd phase, 5th round|date=2006-12-18|accessdate=2006-12-19}}</ref> until the third phase of the fifth round of talks, when North Korea agreed to shut down its nuclear facilities in exchange for fuel aid and steps towards the normalization of relations with the United States and Japan.<ref>{{cite news |title=Rice hails N Korea nuclear deal |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/6358797.stm |work=[[BBC News]] |date=2007-02-13 |accessdate=2007-02-13 }}</ref><ref>{{cite news |first=Charles |last=Scanlon |title=The end of a long confrontation? |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/6357853.stm |work=[[BBC News]] |date=2007-02-13 |accessdate=2007-02-13 }}</ref> Responding angrily to the [[United Nations Security Council]]'s Presidential Statement<ref>{{cite web|url=http://daccess-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N09/301/03/PDF/N0930103.pdf?OpenElement|title=UNSC Presidential Statement|publisher=[[United Nations]]|date=2009-04-13|accessdate=2010-07-12}}</ref> issued on April 13, 2009 that condemned the North Korean [[Kwangmyŏngsŏng-2|failed satellite launch]], the DPRK declared on April 14, 2009 that it would pull out of Six Party Talks and that it would resume its nuclear enrichment program in order to boost its nuclear deterrent.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.kcna.co.jp/item/2009/200904/news14/20090414-23ee.html|title=DPRK Foreign Ministry Vehemently Refutes UNSC's "Presidential Statement"|publisher=[[KCNA]]|date=2009-04-14|accessdate=2010-07-12}}</ref> North Korea has also expelled all nuclear inspectors from the country.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/15/world/asia/15korea.html?ref=global-home | work=The New York Times | title=North Korea Says It Will Halt Talks and Restart Its Nuclear Program | first=Mark | last=Landler | date=2009-04-15 | accessdate=2010-05-23}}</ref>

== Content of the six-party talks ==

[[File:Six-party talks.PNG|thumb|right|500px|Members of the six-party nuclear talks]]

The main points of contention are:
* '''Security guarantee''' - this issue has been raised by North Korea since the [[George W. Bush administration|Bush administration]] (2001–2009) took office. North Korea labeled the Bush administration as hostile and accused it of planning to overthrow the North Korean government by force. This concern was elevated when [[President of the United States|President]] [[George W. Bush]] named North Korea as part of an "[[axis of evil]]" in his 2002 [[State of the Union Address]].
* '''The construction of [[light water reactor]]s''' - under the 1994 [[U.S.-North Korea Agreed Framework|Agreed Framework]] two [[light-water reactor]]s would be built in return for the closure of North Korea's graphite-moderated [[nuclear power plant]] program at [[Yongbyon Nuclear Scientific Research Center|Yongbyon]]. This agreement broke down after both sides defaulted, especially since 2002.
* '''Peaceful use of nuclear energy''' - whilst the NPT allows states the right to use nuclear energy for civilian purposes, this is thought to have been used by North Korea as a cover for their nuclear weapons program.
* '''Diplomatic relations''' - North Korea wants normalization of diplomatic relations as part of the bargain for giving up its nuclear weapons program. The U.S. has at times disagreed and at times agreed to this condition, providing North Korea irreversibly and verifiably disarms its nuclear weapons program.
* '''Financial restrictions / Trade normalization''' - The U.S. has placed heavy financial sanctions on North Korea for what they see as an uncooperative attitude and unwillingness to dismantle its nuclear weapons program. In addition, other parties such as China have taken actions such as the freezing of North Korean assets in foreign bank accounts, such as the US$24 million <ref>http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/dy/world/20070129TDY01003.htm</ref><ref>[http://www.koreaherald.co.kr/SITE/data/html_dir/2007/01/29/200701290004.asp The Korea Herald : The Nation's No.1 English Newspaper]</ref> in Macau's Banco Delta Asia. With the nuclear test on October 9, 2006, UNSCR 1718 was passed, which included a ban on all luxury goods to North Korea. These funds have since been unfrozen by the US on March 19, 2007 to reciprocate actions by their North Korean counterparts.<ref name=autogenerated1>http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr/Engnews/20070319/630000000020070319113120E2.html</ref> The United States removed North Korea from its list of state sponsors of terrorism in Oct 2008.{{Citation needed|date=May 2010}}
* '''Verifiable and Irreversible disarmament''' - Members of the six-party talks have disagreed on this. Japan and the U.S. have demanded that North Korea completely dismantle its nuclear program so that it may never be restarted, and that it can be verified by the six members of the talks before aid is given. South Korea, China and Russia have agreed on a milder, step-by-step solution which involves the members of the six-party talks giving a certain reward (e.g. aid) in return for each step of [[nuclear disarmament]]. North Korea has wanted the U.S. to concede some of the conditions first before it will take any action in disarming their weapons program, which they see as the only guarantee to prevent a U.S. attack on their soil.

== Timeline ==
=== 1st round (27 Aug – 29 Aug 2003) ===
[[Image:Table layout of Six-Party Talks.svg|thumb|200px|A figure of a table of the six party talks]]
* '''Representatives:'''
* {{KOR}}: Lee Soo-hyuk, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade
* {{PRK}}: Kim Young-il, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs
* {{USA}}: [[James A. Kelly|James Kelly]], [[Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs]]
* {{PRC}}: Wang Yi, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs
* {{JPN}}: [[Mitoji Yabunaka]], Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau
* {{RUS}}: Alexander Losyukov, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* A Chairman's Summary agreed upon for a further round of talks.
* No agreement between parties made.

=== 2nd round (25 Feb – 28 Feb 2004) ===
'''Representatives:''' 
{{KOR}}: Lee Soo-hyuk, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: [[Kim Gye-gwan]], Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: James Kelly, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wang Yi, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Mitoji Yabunaka, Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Losyukov, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* A Chairman's Statement announced with seven articles, including:
** Denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula
** Peaceful Coexistence of Participating States, stressing the use of mutually coordinated measures to resolve crises.
* Agreement to hold the third round of talks with full participation during the second quarter of 2004.

=== 3rd round (23 Jun – 26 Jun 2004) ===
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Lee Soo-hyuk, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Gye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: James Kelly, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wang Yi, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Mitoji Yabunaka, Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Alexeyev, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* A Chairman's Statement announced with eight articles, including:
** Reconfirming the commitment to denuclearising the Korean Peninsula, stressing specification of the scope and time, interval (between steps of) and method of verification
* Agreement to hold fourth round of talks in Beijing before September 2005

=== 4th round ===
==== 1st phase (26 Jul – 7 Aug 2005) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: [[Song Min-soon]], Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Gye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: [[Christopher R. Hill|Christopher Hill]], Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: [[Wu Dawei]], Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Alexeyev, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* U.S. and North Korea cannot agree on 'peaceful' use of nuclear energy
* Three-week recess of talks due to [[ASEAN Regional Forum]] (ARF) meeting

==== 2nd phase (13 Sep – 19 Sep 2005) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Song Min-soon, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Gye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Alexeyev, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* Agreement on a Joint Statement<ref>[http://www.state.gov/r/pa/prs/ps/2005/53490.htm Joint Statement of the Fourth Round of the Six-Party Talks Beijing, September 19, 2005]</ref> of six articles, including:
** Verifiable denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula
** Observe and realize the 1992 Korean Peninsula Denuclearization Declaration
** North Korea to agree to abandon all [[North Korea and weapons of mass destruction|nuclear weapons and nuclear programs]] and return to the [[Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty|NPT]] as soon as possible
** However, the states still respect North Korea's stated right to peaceful use of nuclear energy.
** The issue of the [[light water reactor]]s will be discussed "at an appropriate time"<ref>[http://www.state.gov/r/pa/prs/ps/2005/53499.htm North Korea - U.S. Statement]</ref>
** U.S. and the South Korea to formally declare that they have no nuclear weapons on the Korean Peninsula
** U.S. affirmed it has no intention to attack or invade North Korea and will provide a security guarantee to this effect
** U.S. and North Korea will work to normalize ties, respect each other's sovereignty, exist peacefully together.
** Japan and North Korea will work to normalize relations, in accordance with the Pyongyang Statement by settling historical disputes.
** The other five Parties undertook to promote economic cooperation through strengthening bilateral/multilateral economic cooperation in energy, trade and investment.
** South Korea reaffirmed its proposal of 7/12/05 concerning the provision of 2 million kilowatts of electricity if the DPRK abandoned its nuclear arms program.
** The Korean Peninsula peace treaty to be negotiated separately.
** 'Words for words'; 'actions for actions' principle to be observed, stressing 'mutually coordinated measures'.
* Agreement to hold fifth round of talks in early November, 2005.

=== 5th round ===
==== 1st phase (9 Nov – 11 Nov 2005) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Song Min-soon, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Gye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Alexeyev, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* Joint Statement issued with six points. This is essentially the same as the previous round's statements, except for:
** Modifying the 'words for words' and 'actions for actions' principle to 'commitment for commitment, action for action' principle.
* No agreement on when the next talks will be held, though March 2006 looked likely at the time.

==== Events between phases 1 and 2 ====
* In April 2006, North Korea offered to resume talks if the U.S. releases recently frozen North Korean financial assets held in a bank in [[Macau]]. [http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/4905308.stm]
** The U.S. treats the nuclear and financial issues as separate; North Korea does not.
* North Korea then announced on October 3, 2006, that it was going to test its first nuclear weapon regardless of the world situation, blaming 'hostile U.S. policy' as the reason for the need for such a deterrent. However, it pledged a no-first-strike policy and to nuclear disarmament only when there is worldwide elimination of such nuclear weapons [http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-10/03/content_5167518.htm]. For North Korea's full text, read [http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/asia-pacific/5402292.stm this].
* On October 9, 2006, North Korea announced a [[2006 North Korean nuclear test|successful nuclear test]], verified by the U.S. on October 11.
* In response, the [[United Nations Security Council]] passed [[United Nations Security Council Resolution 1718|Resolution 1718]]<ref name="UN_SPV5551_2006">{{UN document |docid=S-PV-5551 |date=14 October 2006 |type=Verbatim Report |body=Security Council |meeting=5551 |accessdate=2008-04-06}}</ref> unanimously condemning North Korea, as well as passing Chapter VII, Article 41. Sanctions ranged from the economic to the trade of military units, [[Weapons of Mass Destruction|WMD]]-related parts and technology transfer, and a ban on certain luxury goods. Both the [[People's Republic of China]] and the [[Russian Federation]] were quick to stress that these were not military-enforceable sanctions. The Resolution also gave the right to other nations to inspect any North Korean vessel's cargo, although the [[People's Republic of China]] has held reservations about this move, saying it wanted to avoid any military confrontation with North Korea's navy.
* On 31 October 2006, the Chinese government announced that six-party talks would resume. U.S. negotiator [[Christopher R. Hill|Christopher Hill]] later stated that the resumption could happen in the next month and that North Korea had not set preconditions for the talks. The deadlock was broken by what ''[[BBC News]]'' called "frantic behind-the-scenes negotiations" by Beijing. However, Japan's Foreign Minister [[Taro Aso]] stated that his country was not willing to return to the six-party talks until North Korea had renounced nuclear weapons.<ref>[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/6102092.stm "North Korea talks 'set to resume'"], ''[[BBC News]]'', 31 October 2006</ref>
* On 5 December 2006, the Russian envoy and former chief Russian negotiator for the six-party talks Alexander Alexeyev said that the talks were unlikely to resume before 2007 owing to the slow progress towards the talks and the fact that Christmas was coming up soon.<ref>[http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/12/05/AR2006120500866.html N. Korea Six Party talks unlikely before '07: Russia] ''[[Washington Post]]'', 5 December 2006</ref>
* On 10 December, it became apparent that talks would resume on 18 December 2006.<ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-12/11/content_5469250.htm Six-party talks on Korean nuclear issue to resume from Dec.18] ''[[Xinhua News Agency|Xinhua Online]]'', 11 December 2006</ref>

==== 2nd phase (18 Dec – 22 Dec 2006) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: [[Chun Yung-woo]], Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade <ref>[http://english.peopledaily.com.cn/200603/09/eng20060309_249357.html People's Daily Online - ROK new chief negotiator for six-party talks visits China]</ref><ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-12/13/content_5476896.htm Xinhua - English]</ref> 
{{PRK}}: Kim Kye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs <ref name=autogenerated4>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-11/26/content_5377310.htm Xinhua - English]</ref><ref name=autogenerated2>[http://english.people.com.cn/200611/28/eng20061128_326090.html People's Daily Online - China, DPRK, U.S. chief delegates to six-party talks meet in Beijing]</ref> 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs <ref name=autogenerated2 /> 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs <ref name=autogenerated2 /> 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau <ref name=autogenerated4 /> 
{{RUS}}: [[Sergey Razov]], Russian Ambassador to China <ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/12/16/AR2006121601194.html | work=The Washington Post | title=Russia changes lead negotiator in six-party talks | accessdate=2010-05-23}}</ref> 
 
'''Objectives achieved'''
* Chairman's Statement issued
** All six parties reaffirm their commitment to the Joint Statement made on 19 September 2005 in an 'action for action' manner.
** All six parties reaffirmed their positions, some of whose positions have differed greatly since the last time the parties met.
* Numerous bilateral talks were held, especially the Sunday before the talks (Dec 17, 2006) and on the third and fourth days of negotiations.
* Separate bilateral talks were made concerning the freezing of overseas North Korean financial assets between the U.S. delegation led by the U.S. Treasury Deputy Assistant Secretary for Terrorist Financing and Financial Crimes, Daniel Glaser, and the North Korean delegation led by the President of the DPRK's Foreign Trade Bank, O Kwang Chol. These talks ended without consensus on a stance, but both delegations agreed to meet again in New York in January 2007.<ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2006-12/20/content_5508931.htm Xinhua - English]</ref>
* The 5th round only went into "recess" on Dec 22, 2006, indicating that the round was not over yet. China's chief six-party talks negotiator Wu Dawei stated on January 8, 2007 that working talks concerning the financial sanctions were likely to resume on January 21–22, 2007 in New York, with the main six-party talks likely to resume soon after in Beijing.<ref>[http://english.hani.co.kr/arti/english_edition/e_international/183259.html 6-party talks could start as early as this month: sources : International : Home]</ref>

==== Events between phases 2 and 3 ====
* Russia's ex-chief negotiator for the six-party talks Alexander Losyukov has taken over from Sergei Razov as the new chief negotiator.<ref name=autogenerated3>{{cite news| url=http://news.scotsman.com/latest.cfm?id=88802007 | location=Edinburgh | work=The Scotsman}} {{Dead link|date=April 2011|bot=RjwilmsiBot}}</ref> Losyukov was previously the Russian ambassador to Tokyo, appointed immediately after the second round of the six-party talks in March 2004.<ref>[http://www.bu.edu/iscip/digest/vol9/ed0908.html ISCIP - The NIS Observed: Analytical Review: 12 May 2004]</ref>
* On 26 January 2007, Russian chief negotiator Alexander Losyukov told reporters that the third phase was most likely to resume sometime in late January or early February 2007, most likely 5–8 February 2007.<ref>[http://www.itar-tass.com/eng/level2.html?NewsID=11193927&PageNum=0 Itar-Tass]</ref> Apparently the North Korean delegation wants to resume these talks on 8 February 2007.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,247741,00.html | work=Fox News | title=Announcement on Resuming Six-Party North Korean Nuke Talks Coming on Monday, Japanese Envoy Says | date=2007-01-28}}</ref> The dates were chosen to take place before the Lunar New Year, which commences in mid-February in 2007. This has been supported by the [[People's Republic of China|PRC]] and [[South Korea|ROK]] delegations.<ref>[http://english.people.com.cn/200701/26/eng20070126_345024.html People's Daily Online - Swift return to Six-Party Talks called for]</ref>
* Both Kim Kye-gwan for North Korea and Christopher Hill for the U.S. made positive remarks about the progress of in-between-rounds one-to-one talks held from Tuesday 16 January 2007 to Thursday 18 January 2007 in Berlin, Germany, pointing to "certain agreements" being reached. They met for six hours on Tuesday and one and a half hours on Wednesday.<ref name=autogenerated3 /> North Korea has viewed these talks as the "bilateral negotiations" it has wanted with the U.S. for a long time, whereas the U.S. refers to it as talks in "preparation for the six-party talks".<ref>{{cite news| url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/asia-pacific/6277551.stm | work=BBC News | title='Progress' in N Korea-US talks | date=2007-01-19 | accessdate=2010-05-23}}</ref>
* U.S. Deputy Assistant Treasury Secretary Daniel Glaser is due to hold talks with his North Korean counterpart, O Kwang Chol, in Beijing, China, on Tuesday 30 January 2007 regarding partial lifting of financial sanctions, thought to be around US$13 million of the US$24 million frozen in Macau's Banco Delta Asia.<ref>http://www.businessweek.com/ap/financialnews/D8MU79BO0.htm</ref>
* China has confirmed on Tuesday 30 January 2007 that the third phase of talks will commence on 8 February 2007.<ref>[http://www.tuscaloosanews.com/article/20070130/API/701300525 TuscaloosaNews.com | The Tuscaloosa News | Tuscaloosa, AL]</ref>
* North Korea was reported to agree to freeze their nuclear program in exchange for 500,000 tons of fuel oil a year, similar to the 1994 [[Agreed Framework]] just before the third phase of talks started after a pre-talk one-on-one meeting between Kim and Hill.<ref name=autogenerated5>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2007-02/11/content_5725886.htm Xinhua - English]</ref> There were rumors that a U.S.-North Korean memorandum of understanding had been signed before this phase, although this was denied by U.S. Chief Representative Christopher Hill.<ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2007-02/08/content_5713268.htm Xinhua - English]</ref>

==== 3rd phase (8 Feb – 13 Feb 2007) ====
''' Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Chun Yung-woo, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Kye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Losyukov, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* Joint Statement issued on Tuesday 13 February 2007, 3pm
** North Korea will shut down and seal the Yongbyon nuclear facility, including the reprocessing facility and invite back IAEA personnel to conduct all necessary monitoring and verifications
** In return, the other five parties in the six-party talks will provide emergency energy assistance to North Korea in the initial phase of 50,000 tons of heavy fuel oil, to commence within 60 days.
** All six parties agree to take positive steps to increase mutual trust, and make joint efforts for lasting peace and stability in Northeast Asia. Directly related parties will negotiate a permanent peace regime on the Korean Peninsula at an appropriate separate forum.
** All six parties agree on establishing five working groups - on the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula, normalization of North Korea-U.S. relations, normalization of North Korea-Japan relations, economy and energy cooperation, as well as a joint Northeast Asia peace and security mechanism.
** The working groups will form specific plans for implementing the September 19 statement in their respective areas.
** All parties agree that all working groups will meet within the next 30 days
* Details of assistance will be determined through consultations and appropriate assessments in the working group on economic and energy cooperation.
* Once the initial actions are implemented, the six parties will promptly hold a ministerial meeting to confirm implementation of the joint document and explore ways and means for promoting security cooperation in Northeast Asia.
** The sixth round of six-party talks will take place on March 19, 2007. This will be to hear reports of the working groups and discuss actions for the next phase.<ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2007-02/13/content_5735516.htm Xinhua - English]</ref>
'''Events during the 5th round, 3rd phase of talks'''
* China drew up a plan that was presented on Friday, 9 February 2007, building on the September 2005 agreement. It proposes that the Yongbyon 5MW(e) nuclear reactor be "suspended, shut down and sealed" within two months in exchange for energy supplies and economic aid by the other five countries to North Korea. It also proposed to establish "four to six" working groups on each of the outstanding issues not agreed on. Japan's Foreign Minister Taro Aso was reported to applaud the draft, hailing it as a breakthrough. However, Japanese chief representative Sasae Kenichiro and U.S. chief representative Christopher Hill were much more cautious, saying it was just a first step in a long process, but at least there was agreement by all parties on the fundamental points. North Korean chief representative Kim Kye-gwan said North Korea was "prepared to discuss initial denuclearization steps" but was "neither optimistic nor pessimistic because there are still a lot of problems to be resolved"<ref>[http://abcnews.go.com/International/wireStory?id=2862187 ABC News: ABC News]</ref><ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,20867,21201335-31477,00.html | title=Capital Circle}}</ref><ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.forbes.com/feeds/ap/2007/02/09/ap3412537.html | deadurl=yes}} {{Dead link|date=April 2011|bot=RjwilmsiBot}}</ref><ref>[http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2007-02/09/content_5718339.htm Xinhua - English]</ref>
* China held one-on-one talks with each of the other five countries on Sunday 11 February 2007. The six countries' chief negotiators then had an hour-long meeting together in the afternoon. They did not announce any end date for this phase of talks after the meeting.<ref name=autogenerated5 />
* China's plan has run into some difficulties regarding the steps North Korea will take to denuclearize in exchange for aid. The Japanese chief representative claimed North Korea was demanding too much compensation in return for denuclearization. South Korea's chief representative Chun Yung-woo said it was "unreasonable" to expect a breakthrough on Sunday 11 February 2007. Russia's chief representative Losyukov said that the chances of reaching a two-page joint statement are slim, and if this does not work out, a Chairman's Statement will be issued.<ref name=autogenerated5 />
* On February 13, 2007, Christopher Hill announced that a tentative deal had been reached between the negotiators, and a "final text" was being circulated to the governments of the six parties for approval. Even before the deal had been approved, it was criticized by [[John R. Bolton|John Bolton]], former U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, who said that it sent "exactly the wrong signal to would-be proliferators around the world".<ref>{{cite news |title='Deal reached' at N Korea talks |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/6355681.stm |work=[[BBC News]] |publisher=[[BBC]] |date=2007-02-13 |accessdate=2007-02-13 }}</ref>
* The Chairman's Statement adopted on February 13, 2007 was the result of 16 hours of grueling negotiations, finalized only at 2 a.m. on February 13, 2007. This was circulated to all six parties, and agreed on at around 3 p.m. that same day.<ref>[http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/world/2007-02/13/content_808419.htm Nuclear talks appear to secure breakthrough]</ref>

=== 6th round ===
==== 1st phase (19 Mar – 22 Mar 2007) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Chun Yung-woo, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Kye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Director-General for Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Losyukov, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* On March 19, 2007, the US Chief Negotiator Christopher Hill announced that all of the $25 million in funds belonging to the North Koreans in Banco Delta Asia that were frozen before were being unfrozen to reciprocate the positive steps the North Koreans have taken towards freezing their Yongbyon nuclear reactor and readmitting IAEA inspectors, with a future goal towards total nuclear disarmament of the Korean peninsula.<ref name=autogenerated1 /> However, this issue was only put on the agenda on the morning of the talks instead of before hand, so the financial transaction ran into some problems in terms of time and being cleared (by the Bank of China) for the North Koreans. The North Koreans, led by Kim Kye-gwan, refused to negotiate further until they received their money. The Americans (Christopher Hill, not Daniel Glaser) denied responsibility for the delay, citing it as a "Chinese matter". The Chinese (Wu Dawei) in turn said "there wasn't enough time to accomplish the transaction". The Bank of China has been hesitant to accept the money as Banco Delta Asia has not been removed from the US' blacklist despite having the funds in question unfrozen. Nevertheless, none of the five other parties see this financial issue as posing any obstruction to the talks. "The resolution of the BDA issue is a question of time, not a question of political will,", Chun Yung-woo, the South Korean Chief Negotiator, said. The talks have been put on recess at the end of the fourth day of talks after progress was not possible after the second day.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601101&sid=aVWf.4rVYsDQ&refer=japan | work=Bloomberg | title=North Korea Nuclear Talks Recess Amid Transfer Snafu (Update3) | date=22 March 2007}}</ref>
* The US has also admitted that this freezing of funds was a bargaining chip used to pressure North Korea to dismantle.
* The talks were abandoned as North Korea refused to proceed without receiving the $25 million in their hands.
* A South Korean newspaper reported that North Korea had taken steps to shut their Yongbyon 5MW(e) reactor though.<ref>[http://www.iht.com/articles/2007/04/17/news/korea.php Images of North Korean reactor hint at progress of talks - International Herald Tribune]</ref>

'''Events taken place between halt and resumption of 1st phase of the 6th round of talks'''
* The 60-day deadline was obviously not met because of the above, though none of the six parties made much of a hassle about it. The US has urged North Korea to meet its commitments as soon as possible, citing this matter was no longer a US one. Russia, China and South Korea have urged patience. Japan is still pressing for the abduction issue to be resolved. It keeps conditioning its provision of economic incentives to North Korea on the full resolution of the abduction issue.<ref>Hagström, Linus (2009) “Normalizing Japan: Supporter, Nuisance, or Wielder of Power in the North Korean Nuclear Talks,” Asian Survey 49 (5): 831–51, http://caliber.ucpress.net/doi/abs/10.1525/as.2009.49.5.831?journalCode=as</ref>
* On June 11, 2007 Russia agreed to transfer the unfrozen North Korean funds from the Macao bank and transfer them to North Korea.<ref>[http://www.spacewar.com/reports/Russia_Agrees_To_Help_End_North_Korea_Banking_Row_999.html Russia Agrees To Help End North Korea Banking Row]</ref>
* On July 14, 2007, after receiving fuel aid from South Korea, North Korea declares it has closed the nuclear facilities at Yongbyon and says it is willing to dismantle all of its nuclear program.<ref>[http://www.chron.com/disp/story.mpl/front/4968820.html 404 Error, No such article | Chron.com - Houston Chronicle]</ref> On July 18, 2007 IAEA inspectors verify that North Korea has closed its facilities.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://edition.cnn.com/2007/WORLD/asiapcf/07/18/nkorea.iaea/ | work=CNN | title=U.N. verifies closure of North Korean nuclear facilities - CNN.com | date=2007-07-18 | accessdate=2010-05-23}}</ref>

==== Resumption of 1st phase (18 Jul – 20 Jul 2007) ====
'''Representatives''' 
{{KOR}}: Chun Yung-woo, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: [[Kim Kye-gwan]], Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: [[Christopher_R._Hill|Christopher Hill]], Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: [[Wu Dawei]], Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: [[Vladimir Rakhmanin]], Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* Joint Statement issued on Friday July 20, 2007 <ref>[http://english.hani.co.kr/arti/english_edition/e_international/223847.html Full text of press communique released at new round of six-nation : International : Home]</ref>
** The six parties expressed satisfaction with the constructive efforts made by all parties to advance the Six-Party Talks process and welcomed that productive bilateral consultations and coordination were conducted to enhance their mutual trust and improved relations with each other.
** The parties restated their commitment to the Joint Statement of 19 September 2005 and the agreement of 13 February 2007 and undertook to fulfill their respective obligations under those agreements in line with the principle of "action for action".
** North Korea confirmed its agreement to disclose all nuclear programs and disable all facilities related to its nuclear programs.
** Agreement for the five working groups to meet before August to discuss plans for the implementation of the general consensus.
** Talks will resume in September to hear the report of the working groups and work out a roadmap for implementing the general consensus. After the end of the next phase of talks the six parties will hold a ministerial meeting in Beijing as soon as possible to confirm and promote the implementation of the September 19 Joint Statement, the February 13 agreement and the general consensus, and explore ways and means to enhance security cooperation in Northeast Asia.
* A deadline was not decided on during the talks until the working groups have a chance to meet. This is likely because the deadlines set in talks earlier in the year were not met.<ref>[http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2007/7/20/worldupdates/2007-07-20T144737Z_01_NOOTR_RTRMDNC_0_-285706-3&sec=Worldupdates North Korea talks end but wrangling to continue]</ref>
* North Korea warned of a "crisis" over Japan's refusal to fund energy assistance. Japan says it will not share the costs of the assistance until North Korea resolves the abductee issue.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601101&sid=aFiwMiCVUwNE&refer=japan | work=Bloomberg | title=North Korea Warns Japan Courts 'Disaster' Over Abductee Demands | date=21 July 2007}}</ref>

'''Events taken place between 1st and 2nd phase of the 6th round of talks'''
* South Korean President Roh Moo-hyun proposed forming a Korean Economic Community to be discussed in new inter-Korean talks.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSSEO17047220070815 | title=S.Korea's Roh seeks economic community with North | date=2007-08-15 | work=Reuters}}</ref>
* US President George Bush says he will work on a peace agreement on the Korean Peninsula when North Korea completely disarms.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.guardian.co.uk/usa/story/0,,2164812,00.html | work=The Guardian | location=London | title=Bush offers North Korea a deal to end the world's oldest cold war | first=Jonathan | last=Watts | date=2007-09-08 | accessdate=2010-05-23}}</ref>
* Israel reveals an IAF strike in Syria on September 6 was targeting a Syrian nuclear facility built with assistance from North Korea.<ref>[http://www.dailystar.com.lb/article.asp?edition_id=10&categ_id=2&article_id=85466 The Daily Star - Politics - Israel 'warned US about North Korea-Syria link']</ref>
* Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe is replaced with Yasuo Fukuda. Fukuda has pledge to lead improve ties with North Korea.<ref>[http://www.radioaustralia.net.au/news/stories/s2041331.htm Radio Australia - News - New Japan PM promises NKorea flexibility]</ref>

==== 2nd phase (27 Sep – 30 Sep 2007) ====
'''Representatives'''

{{KOR}}: Chun Yung-woo, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade 
{{PRK}}: Kim Kye-gwan, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{USA}}: Christopher Hill, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs 
{{PRC}}: Wu Dawei, Vice-Minister of Foreign Affairs 
{{JPN}}: Sasae Kenichiro, Deputy Director-General of Asian and Oceanian Affairs Bureau 
{{RUS}}: Alexander Losyukov, Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs

'''Objectives achieved'''
* Reports from working groups heard and endorsed.
* Implementation of initial actions of February 13, 2007 Agreement confirmed
* List of Second Phase Actions for Implementation of Joint Statement issued 2 October 2007.<ref>[http://www.mofa.go.jp/region/asia-paci/n_korea/6party/action0710.html MOFA: Second-Phase Actions for the Implementation of the Joint Statement (Six-Party Talks on North Korean Issues)]</ref>
** DPRK agreed to disable all nuclear facilities subject to September 2005 Joint Statement and February 13 Agreement, including the disablement of three facilities at Yongbyan by 31 December 2007: the 5 MW Experimental Reactor, the Reprocessing Plant, and the Nuclear Fuel Rod Fabrication Facility.
** The DPRK agreed to provide a complete and correct declaration of all its nuclear programs in accordance with the February 13 agreement by 31 December 2007.
** The DPRK and the United States will increase bilateral exchanges and enhance mutual trust. The U.S. will fulfill its commitments to the DPRK (regarding the processes of removing the designation of the DPRK as a [[State Sponsors of Terrorism|state sponsor of terrorism]], and that of terminating the application of the Trading with the Enemy Act to the DPRK) in parallel with the DPRK's actions, as based on consensus reached at the meetings of the Working Group on Normalization of DPRK-U.S. Relations.
** The DPRK and Japan will hold intensive consultations to make sincere efforts to normalize their relations expeditiously in accordance with the Pyongyang Declaration.
** In accordance with the February 13 agreement, economic, energy and humanitarian assistance up to the equivalent of one million tons of [[Heavy fuel oil|HFO]] (inclusive of the 100,000 tons of HFO already delivered) will be provided to the DPRK. Specific modalities will be finalized through discussion by the Working Group on Economy and Energy Cooperation.<ref>{{cite web
| last = Hayes
| first = Peter
| title = The Six-Party Talks: Meeting North Korea’s energy needs
| publisher = [http://thebulletin.org "Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists"]
| date = 2007-11-13
| url = http://www.thebulletin.org/web-edition/features/the-six-party-talks-meeting-north-korea%E2%80%99s-energy-needs
| accessdate = 2006-09-28 }}</ref>
** The Parties reiterated that the Six-Party Ministerial Meeting will be held in Beijing at an appropriate time.

* A final meeting was decided on before the end of 2007.<ref>[http://www.itar-tass.com/eng/level2.html?NewsID=11923173&PageNum=0 Itar-Tass]</ref> However, this was never realized because despite the DPRK issuing a report of its inventory in November 2007 and thus claiming that since it fulfilled its side of the bargain, it was waiting for its promised shipment of aid, the US claimed the inventory list was definitely incomplete and until the complete list was given by the DPRK, aid would be suspended. There have been numerous US-DPRK bilateral meetings held in Beijing and Geneva since the end of this phase of this round of talks.

* Yonhap News Agency, citing unnamed officials, claimed that with the new ROK government led by Lee Myung-bak since the end of 2007, the six-party talks' top negotiators will be replaced. AM Kim Sook is to replace Chun Yung-woo as the top negotiator, and Hwang Joon-kook is to replace Lim Sung-nam as the deputy.<ref>[http://www.rttnews.com/FOREX/politicalnews.asp?date=03/20/2008&item=2 RTTNews - Political News and Chatter, World Political News, Forex News, Earnings Revisions]</ref>

=== Discontinuation of talks in 2009 ===
On April 5, 2009, North Korea proceeded with its announced [[Kwangmyŏngsŏng-2|satellite launch]], despite international pressure not to do so. The pressure was due to international belief that the "satellite" was in fact a test of North Korea's Taepodong-2 [[ICBM]]. The launch was a failure, and it landed in the [[Pacific Ocean]]. Despite the failure, U.S. President [[Barack Obama]] responded that "violations must be punished."<ref>[http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-By-President-Barack-Obama-In-Prague-As-Delivered/ Remarks by President Barack Obama], Prague, April 5, 2009.</ref> South Korea urged heavier sanctions against North Korea.{{Citation needed|date=April 2009}}

On April 13, 2009, the [[United Nations Security Council]] agreed unanimously to a Presidential Statement that condemned North Korea for the launch and stated the Council's intention to expand sanctions on North Korea.<ref name="UN_SPV6106">{{UN document |docid=S-PV-6106 |type=Verbatim Report |body=Security Council |meeting=6106 |accessdate=2009-04-16}}</ref><ref>[http://www.un.org/News/Press/docs/2009/sc9634.doc.htm SC/9364] Security Council Condemns Launch by Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Agrees to Adjust Travel Ban, Assets Freeze, Arms Embargo Imposed in 2006, April 13, 2009</ref>

On April 14, 2009, [[North Korea]], responding angrily to the UN Security Council's resolution, said that it "will never again take part in such [six party] talks and will not be bound by any agreement reached at the talks." North Korea expelled nuclear inspectors from the country and also informed the [[International Atomic Energy Agency]] that they would resume their nuclear weapons program.<ref name="NYT halt talks">{{cite news|url=http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/15/world/asia/15korea.html?ref=global-home|title=North Korea Says It Will Halt Talks and Restart Its Nuclear Program |last=Landler|first=Mark|date=2009-04-14|work=The New York Times|accessdate=2009-04-15}}</ref>

On May 25, 2009, [[North Korea]] [[2009 North Korean nuclear test|detonated a nuclear device underground]].<ref name="bbc">[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/8066615.stm North Korea conducts nuclear test]. [[BBC]]. 25 May 2009.</ref> The test was condemned by the United Nations,<ref>{{cite news|url=http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE54O4FS20090525|title=U.N. Security Council condemns North Korea nuclear test|publisher=Reuters|date=2009-05-25|accessdate=2009-05-26 | first=Louis | last=Charbonneau}}</ref> NATO,<ref>{{cite news| title=FACTBOX-Reaction to North Korea's nuclear test|url=http://www.forbes.com/feeds/reuters/2009/05/25/2009-05-25T165856Z_01_SP357834_RTRIDST_0_KOREA-NORTH-REACTION-FACTBOX.html|date=2009-05-25|accessdate=2009-05-25|deadurl=yes}} {{Dead link|date=October 2010|bot=H3llBot}}</ref> the other five members of the Six-party talks, and many other countries worldwide.{{Citation needed|date=October 2010}}. On October 11, 2011, South Korea appointed a new envoy to the Six-party talks; Lim Sung-Nam, who worked for the Ministry of Tourism and Sport beforehand.

===North Korean Attacks in 2010 and 2011===
Cheonan-Ham, a South Korean patrol vessel with 104 people aboard, sank after an unexplained explosion tore through its hull while conducting a normal mission in the vicinity of [[Baengnyeong Island]] at 09:22 p.m. on March 26, 2010. An investigation conducted by an international team of experts from South Korea, the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and Sweden concluded that Cheonan was sunk by a torpedo launched by a North Korean Yeono class miniature submarine.<ref name="Korea Times">[http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/news/nation/2010/09/205_72997.html].[[Korea Times]].13 September 2010.</ref><ref name="cnn world">[http://articles.cnn.com/2010-03-26/world/south.korea.ship.sinking_1_korean-broadcasting-system-kbs-north-korea?_s=PM:WORLD].[[CNN WORLD]]. 26 March 2010.</ref> This incident caused rising tension and antagonism between North and South Korea.

On November 23, 2010, North Korea shelled South Korea's Yeonpyeong Island. Two South Korean soldiers were killed and a dozen injured after North Korea fired dozens of artillery shells onto a South Korean island setting more than 60 houses ablaze and sending civilians fleeing in terror. These two incidents stood in the way of holding Six Party Talks during this period.<ref name="The Dong-a Ilbo">[http://english.donga.com/srv/service.php3?bicode=050000&biid=2010112430388].[[THE DONG-A ILBO]].24 November 2010.</ref>

=== Possible resumption in 2012 ===
On 29 February 2012, the United States and North Korea announced a "leap day" agreement that the U.S. would provide substantial food aid in return for the North agreeing to a moratorium on uranium enrichment and missile testing and a return of IAEA inspectors to Yongbyon, leading to a resumption of the six-party talks.<ref>{{cite news|title=North Korean nuclear progress: Leap of faith|url=http://www.economist.com/blogs/banyan/2012/03/north-korean-nuclear-progress|accessdate=17 March 2012|newspaper=The Economist online|date=1 March 2012}}</ref> On 16 March 2012, North Korea announced it was planning to launch a satellite to commemorate the late founder [[Kim il-Sung]]'s 100th birthday, drawing condemnation by the other five participants in the Six-Party Talks, casting doubt on the "leap day" agreement.<ref>{{cite news|title=North Korea Says It Will Launch Satellite Into Orbit|url=http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/17/world/asia/north-korea-satellite-launch-missile-test.html?pagewanted=all|accessdate=17 March 2012|newspaper=The New York Times|date=16 March 2012|author=Choe Sang-hun|author2=Steven Lee Myers}}</ref>

On 6 April 2012, North Korea's rocket (satellite) launch failed to enter into orbit, and was declared a failure by the United States and South Korea. In addition, the launch was described as a provocative test of missile technology, and the United States subsequently announced the suspension of food aid to North Korea. <ref>{{cite news|title=North Korea Rocket 2012: Launch Reported By South Korea|url=http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/04/12/north-korea-rocket-2012-l_n_1422319.html|accessdate=6 April 2012|newspaper=Huffington Post|date=12 April 2012}}</ref>

== See also ==
* [[North Korea – United States relations]]
* [[Japan–Korea relations]]
* [[U.S.-North Korea Agreed Framework]]
* [[Yongbyon Nuclear Scientific Research Center]]
* [[List of Korea-related topics]]
* [[2006 North Korean nuclear test]]

== Notes and references ==

{{reflist|2}}

== External links ==
* Linus Hagström and Marie Söderberg (2006) [http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415399166/ ''North Korea Policy: Japan and the Great Powers''], London and New York: Routledge.
* [http://www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/zxxx/t297463.htm Initial Actions for the Implementation of the Joint Statement] (Full text of Chairman's Statement), [[Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People's Republic of China|Ministry of Foreign Affairs]], [[People's Republic of China]], 13 February 2007
* [http://www.pbs.org/now/shows/227/north-korea-missile-test.html The Best U.S. Response to North Korea's Failed Missile Test] ''NOW on PBS'', July 7, 2006
* [http://www.acronym.org.uk/dd/dd82/82hz.htm North Korean Denuclearisation: A Chinese View of the Way Forward], [[Acronym Institute]], Disarmament Diplomacy, Spring 2006
* {{PDFlink|[http://www.twq.com/05autumn/docs/05autumn_park.pdf Inside Multilateralism: The Six-Party Talks]|113 [[Kibibyte|KiB]]}}, John S. Park, [[The Washington Quarterly]], Vol. 28, No. 4, Autumn 2005
* [http://www.nytimes.com/2005/09/19/international/asia/19korea.html North Korea Says It Will Abandon Nuclear Efforts], [[New York Times]], September 19, 2005
* [http://www.nytimes.com/2005/09/20/international/asia/20korea.html U.S.-Korean Deal on Arms Leaves Key Points Open], [[New York Times]], September 20, 2005
* [http://www.korea.net/News/News/NewsView.asp?serial_no=20050919013 Nuke talks reach agreements], [[Korea.Net]], September 19, 2005
* [http://www.nautilus.org/napsnet/sr/2005/0577Agreement.html Full Text of Six-nation Statement on North Korea], [[Nautilus Institute for Security and Sustainability|Nautilus Institute]], September 20, 2005
* [http://www.nautilus.org/fora/security/0578LWR.html Light Water Reactors at the Six Party Talks: The Barrier that Makes the Water Flow], [[Nautilus Institute for Security and Sustainability|Nautilus Institute]], September 21, 2005
* [http://www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/zxxx/t221094.htm Full text of Chairman's Statement], [[Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People's Republic of China|Ministry of Foreign Affairs]], [[People's Republic of China]], 11 November 2005
* [http://times.hankooki.com/lpage/nation/200511/kt2005111417033311950.htm North Korea Unveils 5-Step Roadmap for Scrapping Nukes], [[Korea Times]], 14 November 2005
* [http://www.opendemocracy.net/globalization-institutions_government/northkorea_3445.jsp North Korea and the “six-party talks”: a road to nowhere], David Wall, [[openDemocracy]], 12 April 2006
* [http://www.usip.org/pubs/usipeace_briefings/2006/0517_six_party_talks.html Whither the Six-Party Talks?] [[U.S. Institute of Peace]] Briefing, May 2006
* [http://english.ohmynews.com/ArticleView/article_view.asp?menu=A11100&no=345592&rel_no=1 A Denuclearization Deal in Beijing], Gavan McCormack, 2007-02-15 - step-by-step review of Bush policies towards the negotiations
* Linus Hagström (2009) [http://www.jstor.org/discover/10.1525/as.2009.49.5.831?uid=16801488&uid=3738984&uid=2&uid=3&uid=18149320&uid=67&uid=62&sid=21101166739457 "Normalizing Japan: Supporter, Nuisance, or Wielder of Power in the North Korean Nuclear Talks"] [[Asian Survey]] 49 (5): 831–51.
* [http://www.state.gov/p/eap/rls/rm/2007/81204.htm North Korea and the Current Status of Six-Party Agreement], [[Christopher R. Hill]], [[Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs]], [[House Foreign Affairs Committee]], February 28, 2007
* Richard S. Tracey [http://www.au.af.mil/au/ssq/2009/Summer/tracey.pdf ''Using the PATRIOT Act to Turn North Korea's Dirty Money into a Bargaining Chip''], Strategic Studies Quarterly, Summer 2009.

{{Asia in topic|Foreign relations of}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Six-Party Talks}}
[[Category:History of international relations]]
[[Category:Nuclear program of North Korea]]
[[Category:Multilateral relations of Russia]]
[[Category:Diplomatic conferences in China]]
[[Category:21st-century diplomatic conferences]]
[[Category:North Korea–South Korea relations]]

[[de:Sechs-Parteien-Gespräche]]
[[eo:Ses-partiaj interparoloj]]
[[fr:Pourparlers à six]]
[[ko:6자 회담]]
[[id:Perundingan enam negara]]
[[my:ခြောက်နိုင်ငံ မျက်နှာစုံညီ စည်းဝေးပွဲ]]
[[nl:Zeslandenoverleg]]
[[ja:六者会合]]
[[no:Sekspartsforhandlingene]]
[[ru:Ракетно-ядерная программа КНДР#Шестисторонние переговоры]]
[[sv:Sexpartssamtalen]]
[[vi:Đàm phán Sáu bên]]
[[wuu:六方会谈]]
[[zh:六方会谈]]

User talk:Mr. Kimiko

2012-11-28T20:23:18Z

Kazu89: talkback

== November 2012 ==
[[Image:Information.svg|left|25px|alt=|link=]] Hello, and welcome to Wikipedia. This is a message letting you know that one of your recent edits has been undone by an automated computer program called [[User:ClueBot NG|ClueBot NG]].
{{clear}}
* ClueBot NG makes very few [[User:ClueBot NG#Information About False Positives|mistakes]], but it does happen. If you believe the change you made was constructive, please [[User:ClueBot NG#Information About False Positives|read about it]], [{{User:ClueBot NG/Warnings/FPReport|1362024}} report it here], remove this message from your talk page, and then make the edit again.
* For help, take a look at the [[Wikipedia:Introduction|introduction]].
* The following is the log entry regarding this message: [[Oniichan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!]] was [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Oniichan+dakedo+Ai+sae+Areba+Kankeinai+yo+ne%21&diff=525203037&oldid=523944275 changed] by [[Special:Contributions/Mr. Kimiko|Mr. Kimiko]] [[User:Mr. Kimiko|(u)]] [[User talk:Mr. Kimiko|(t)]] ANN scored at 0.973044 on 2012-11-27T20:35:27+00:00 . Thank you.  [[User:ClueBot NG|ClueBot NG]] ([[User talk:ClueBot NG|talk]]) 20:35, 27 November 2012 (UTC)

== OniAi ==
{{talkback|Kazu89}}

User talk:Kazu89

2012-11-28T20:22:08Z

Kazu89: /* Oniichan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! Episode 6's Title */

==Welcome==
{| style="border-spacing:8px;margin:0px -8px" width="100%"
|class="MainPageBG" style="width: 55%; border:1px solid #084080; background-color:#F5FFFA; vertical-align:top;color:#000000;font-size: 85%"|
{| width="100%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="5" style="vertical-align:top; background-color:#F5FFFA"
! <div style="margin: 0; background-color:#CEF2E0; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #084080; text-align:left; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;"> Hello Kazu89! [[Wikipedia:Introduction|Welcome]] to Wikipedia! Thank you for [[Special:Contributions/Kazu89|your contributions]]. If you decide that you need help, check out ''Getting Help'' below, ask me on my talk page, or place '''<tt>{{helpme}}</tt>''' on your talk page and someone will show up shortly to answer your questions. Please remember to [[Wikipedia:Sign your posts on talk pages|sign your name]] on talk pages by clicking [[Image:Button sig2.png]] or using four tildes (~~~~); this will automatically produce your name and the date. Finally, please do your best to '''always fill in the [[Help:Edit summary|edit summary]] field'''. Below are some useful links to facilitate your involvement. Happy Editing! [[User:Tutmosis| - Tutmosis]] 23:13, 3 November 2006 (UTC)
|}
{| style="border-spacing:8px;margin:0px -8px" width="100%"
|class="MainPageBG" style="width: 55%; border:1px solid #FFFFFF; background-color:#F5FFFA; vertical-align:top"|
{| width="100%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="5" style="vertical-align:top; background-color:#F5FFFA"
! <div style="margin: 0; background-color:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">Getting Started</div>
|-
|style="color:#000"|
* [[Wikipedia:Tutorial|Wikipedia Tutorial]] • [[Wikipedia:Five pillars|The five pillars of Wikipedia]]
* How to: [[Wikipedia:How to edit a page|edit a page]] • [[Wikipedia:Uploading images|upload an image]]
|-
! <div style="margin: 0; background:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">Getting Help</div>
|-
| style="color:#000"|
* [[Wikipedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]]
* [[Wikipedia:Questions|Where to ask questions or make comments]]
* [[Wikipedia:Requests for administrator attention|Request administrator attention]]
|-
! <div style="margin: 0; background:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">Policies and Guidelines</div>
|-
| style="color:#000"|
* [[Wikipedia:Neutral point of view|Neutral point of view]] • [[Wikipedia:Reliable sources|Reliable sources]]
* [[Wikipedia:Verifiability|Verifiability]] • [[Wikipedia:Citing sources|Citing sources]] • [[Wikipedia:No original research|No original research]]
* [[Wikipedia:What Wikipedia is not|What Wikipedia is not]] • [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons|Biographies of living persons]]
<hr />
* [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style|Manual of Style]] • [[Wikipedia:Three-revert rule|Three-revert rule]] • [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|Sock puppetry]]
* [[Wikipedia:Copyrights|Copyrights]] • [[Wikipedia:Fair use|Fair use]] • [[Wikipedia:Image use policy|Image use policy]]
* [[Wikipedia:External links|External links]] • [[Wikipedia:Spam|Spam]] • [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|Vandalism]]
* [[Wikipedia:Deletion policy|Deletion policy]] • [[Wikipedia:Conflict of interest|Conflict of interest]] • [[Wikipedia:Notability|Notability]]
|-
|}
|class="MainPageBG" style="width: 55%; border:1px solid #FFFFFF; background-color:#F5FFFA; vertical-align:top"|
{| width="100%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="5" style="vertical-align:top; background-color:#F5FFFA"
! <div style="margin: 0; background-color:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">The Community</div>
|-
|style="color:#000"|
* [[Wikipedia:Consensus|Build consensus]] • [[Wikipedia:Resolving disputes|Resolving disputes]]
* [[Wikipedia:Assume good faith|Assume good faith]] • [[Wikipedia:Civility|Civility]] • [[Wikipedia:Etiquette|Etiquette]]
* [[Wikipedia:No personal attacks|No personal attacks]] • [[Wikipedia:No legal threats|No legal threats]]
* [[Wikipedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] • [[Wikipedia:Village pump|Village pump]]
* [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia Signpost|Signpost]] • [[Wikipedia:IRC channels|IRC channels]] • [[Wikipedia:Mailing lists|Mailing lists]]
|-
! <div style="margin: 0; background-color:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">Things to do</div>
|-
|style="color:#000"|
* [[Wikipedia:Be bold in updating pages|Be bold in editing]] • [[Wikipedia:Article development|Help develop an article]]
* [[Wikipedia:Pages needing attention|Pages needing attention]] • [[Wikipedia:Peer review|Peer review]]
* [[Wikipedia:WikiProject|Join a WikiProject]] • [[Wikipedia:Translation into English|Translating articles]]
* Cleaning up: [[Wikipedia:Cleanup|General]] • [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Spam|Spam]] • [[Wikipedia:Cleaning up vandalism|Vandalism]]
|-
! <div style="margin: 0; background-color:#084080; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; border:1px solid #CEF2E0; text-align:left; color:#FFC000; padding-left:0.4em; padding-top: 0.2em; padding-bottom: 0.2em;">Miscellaneous</div>
|-
|style="color:#000"|
[[Image:Wikimedia.png|60px|right]]
* [[Wikipedia:Template messages|Useful templates]] • [[Wikipedia:Categorization|Categories]] • [[Wikipedia:Stub|Stubs]]
* [[Wikipedia:User page|User pages]] • [[Help:Talk page|Talk pages]]
* [[Wikipedia:Tools|Tools]] • [[Wikipedia:WikiProject User scripts|User scripts]]
|-
|}
|}
|}

== Re: U-ka Saegusa in dB ==

Hello Cyrus. I have seen that you moved the article about the J-pop group to its current title. The reason you stated was "moved U-ka saegusa IN db to U-ka Saegusa in dB: moved per naming conventions/Manual of Style". I'm not very familiar with naming conventions on en.wiki but the former title was the group's official name. Could you please explain why this was necessary? Thanks! [[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 14:25, 11 February 2008 (UTC)

:Certainly. As per [[WP:MUSTARD#Capitalization]] and [[WP:MOSTM]], band names are to be subjected to standard English text formatting, with relatively little concern for official capitalization choices. This goes especially for articles about Japan-related subjects (see [[WP:MOSJP#Capitalization of words in Roman script]]), due to the high amount of stylized typography found Japanese media. We do this in pursuit of a more unified presentation of the encyclopedia in general and to avoid having certain subjects stand out more for the reader than others (per [[WP:SOAP]]/[[WP:NPOV]]). Hope that helps. - [[User:Cyrus XIII|Cyrus XIII]] ([[User talk:Cyrus XIII|talk]]) 23:49, 11 February 2008 (UTC)

== Thanks! ==

Thanks for repairing grammar of my ''[[Milionerzy]]''' article! [[User:Kubek15|'''Kubek''']][[User_talk:Kubek15|'''15''']][[User:Kubek15/G| (Sign!)]] [[User:Kubek15/C|(Contribs)]] [[User:Kubek15/U|(UBX)]] 15:23, 19 March 2008 (UTC)

{{talkback|Xymmax}}

== Please answer ==

Please answer to my talk at [[Talk:Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? (Armenian game show)]]. [[User:Kubek15|'''Kubek''']][[User_talk:Kubek15|'''15''']][[User:Kubek15/G| (Sign!)]] [[User:Kubek15/C|(Contribs)]] [[User:Kubek15/U|(UBX)]] 18:28, 11 October 2008 (UTC)

== TBA ==
What does ''TBA'' means in article [[List of national variants in Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?]], in section ''Other countries'', in Afghanistan? [[User:Kubek15|'''Kubek''']][[User_talk:Kubek15|'''15''']][[User:Kubek15/G| (Sign!)]] [[User:Kubek15/C|(Contribs)]] [[User:Kubek15/U|(UBX)]] 18:49, 1 November 2008 (UTC)
:Sorry, just back from Naples. [[TBA]] means ''to be announced''. 2waytraffic mentions in the press release I quoted that the Afghani production company didn't want to state yet which channel will show the programme. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 20:50, 8 November 2008 (UTC)

== Prekmurian ==

I be aware of the Prekmurian not have ISO. But the Prekmurian he has standard. According needful, i denominate source. Vilko Novak was a famous slovene linguist, ethnolougist wrote a dictionary of the standard prekmurian. The include 160,000 works. Novak and [[Ágoston Pável]] also have an idea that the prekmurian is a secending slovenian dialect, consequently language. In the wikipedia the of the crotian dialect in Burgenland is [[Burgenland Croatian language]], but have not ISO. [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 19:55, 20 March 2009 (UTC)

[http://zalozba.zrc-sazu.si/files/image/knjige/961-6568-60-4.jpg This is my primal source], the dictionary of Vilko Novak. [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 19:57, 20 March 2009 (UTC)

I was send word on the administrator User:Angela, i hope so find the message, but now the article again '''Prekmurian dialect.''' [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 06:51, 21 March 2009 (UTC)

I have never seen this online dictionary, thank you very much! [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 08:15, 25 March 2009 (UTC)

== Re: Prekmurian ==
Salve! Ricordo di aver viso il nome "Oltremura" in alcuni opuscoli turistici. A quanto pare però, la wp italiana utilizza il termine "Oltremura" per la regione statistica del Pomurje (la traduzione corretta sarebbe "Regione della Mura" o, se voliamo forzarla un po', "Murania") che comprende il [[Prekmurje]] e la fascia orientale della [[Lower Styria|Stiria Inferiore]], conosciuta come [[Prlekija]]. Forse non sarebbe una cattiva idea ribattezzare la voce "Oltremura" in Regione della Mura, e la voce Prekmurje in "Oltremura, Slovenia" o qualcosa del genere ... In ogni caso, consiglierei di discuterne sulla wp italiana. Buon lavoro, [[User:Viator slovenicus|Viator slovenicus]] ([[User talk:Viator slovenicus|talk]]) 12:47, 25 March 2009 (UTC)

:I was seen the colloquy. He be expected german and italian article of Prekmurian? Possible, that the name there be ''lingua'' and ''sprache?'' According interest you, see for [http://www.vendvidek.com/indexd.htm Was ist das Vendvidék?]. The name "wends/vendek" is german extratcion (windisch). [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 14:36, 25 March 2009 (UTC)

:I wrote a illustrative-complementarity in the article [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prekmurian_dialect#Examples_for_the_differing_words here]. I cannot tell should a complementarity of the german loan-words, inasmuch as incidence to be tipical of West-Prekmurje, and Vendvidék, who i live. [[Image:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 11:16, 31 March 2009 (UTC)

::Pardon? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 21:28, 2 April 2009 (UTC)

There is no need for exemplification of the german loanwords, [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prekmurian_dialect#Examples_for_the_hungarian_loanwords of the kind], as german loan-words first there are in Vendvidék and in West-Prekmurje. [[File:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]] 05:38, 3 April 2009 (UTC)

== RE: Typofixing ==

My apologies, I'm still not fully comfortable with AWB, for exactly this reason. Thank you for letting me know! I'll check the work more closely when using [[WP:AWB|AWB]]. [[User:Judicatus|Judicatus]] | [[User talk:Judicatus|Talk]] | [[Special:Contributions/Judicatus|Contributions]] 00:10, 6 April 2009 (UTC)

== Szlovenszka krajina ==

The article call for enlargement, hence might longer by in a little while (A cikk bővítést igényel, tehát hosszabb lehet nemsokára). [[File:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]][[User talk:Doncsecz|znánje]] 10:39, 16 May 2009 (UTC)

I reckon so i close the enlargement of the article [[Prekmurian language]], some more stand in need of the correction. [[File:Flag of the Slovene Nation.svg|20px]] [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]][[User talk:Doncsecz|znánje]] 18:31, 16 May 2009 (UTC)

==Re: [[:nap:'A Vera Chiésia 'e Gesù|'A Vera Chiésia 'e Gesù]] ==
Hi,

The translator of the article was [[User:Lodewijk_Vadacchino|Lodewijk_Vadacchino]]. --[[User:Jose77|Jose77]] ([[User talk:Jose77|talk]]) 01:15, 7 June 2009 (UTC)

== Translation complete + question ==
At your request, I have translated your Irish user page, but I just want to ask you a question. Is there actually a language called Bavarian? I was only on holiday in Bavaria earlier on this year, in Munich, Nuremberg and the Alps, but I never noticed that there was a language. --[[User:Footyfanatic3000|FF3000]] ([[User talk:Footyfanatic3000|talk]]) 18:08, 10 June 2009 (UTC)

:Thank you very much for your translation.

:To your question, uhm well, it depends very much on your point of view. The Germany language, as people call it, comprises all sorts of different dialects derived from the old Germanic. Early versions of these languages were spoken by the different people (Bavarii, Alemanni, Franks) who lived in what now is Germany, Austria, parts of Switzerland, France, Bohemia etc. In linguistics the related dialects are grouped in dialect continua which are linguistically recognised as languages. Only a handful of them is also recognised at politcal level, such as West Low German (Low Saxon), the three modern Frisian languages or the Luxembourgish language.

:The Bavarian language covers the dialects of modern Bavaria (except for Franconia), the most of Austria (except Vorarlberg), South Tyrol, and a few bordering areas in the south of Saxony and the east of Switzerland. The are languages islands of very old Bavarian dialects in the Trentino region in Italy. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 12:07, 11 June 2009 (UTC)

::Thanks for your explanation. Even though I have been learning German for two years (without massive success), and have been in Germany and Austria many times, I never noticed any different dialects! Stupid me.

::Anyway, danke schön und Tschüss. [[User:Footyfanatic3000|FF3000]] ([[User talk:Footyfanatic3000|talk]]) 15:23, 11 June 2009 (UTC)

:::Well, I suppose that is because most Germans and Austrians would not speak in Bavarian to people from abroad or even to ''Zuagroaste'' ("migrates" from inside the German-speaking area) or ''Preißn/Piefkes'' (people from outside the Bavarian-speaking area) ;D --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 15:50, 11 June 2009 (UTC)
::::That's probably why. I'll listen more closely next time anyway.

By the way I've replied to you on my talk page about Eoraifíse. [[User:Footyfanatic3000|FF3000]] ([[User talk:Footyfanatic3000|talk]]) 16:18, 11 June 2009 (UTC)

I have posted to the page of Footyfanatic an explanation as to why his understandable belief that "Comórtas Amhrán Eoraifíse" is incorrect as it might at first appear is in fact wrong.
"If you will permit me to intrude upon this conversation, I would wish to point out that the Irish of RTÉ is in fact not so poor as you here suggest. "Comórtas Amhrán Eoraifíse" is in fact perfectly correct even though one might quite understandably not at first believe this to be the case at first glance at such a phase (as in your case my dear Footyfanatic). At a guess, it is "Amhrán" which has here confused you into thinking the phrase wrong, but in this case "Amhrán", and one may literally translate to provide the meaning "Eurovision Contest of Songs". This very phrase was but recently posted for query upon the boards of daltai.com and fuller explication of why it is indeed correct may be accessed there."
http://www.daltai.com/discus/messages/20/42958.html?1244950900 —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:Mangaire|Mangaire]] ([[User talk:Mangaire|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Mangaire|contribs]]) 09:32, 14 June 2009 (UTC) 

== Geitos's information is fake ==
Please Kazu! Tell Geitos, the information from Tübingen University is fake (Küzmics not dead in 1799 and not Küzmics the only author of prekmurian standard), as the prekmurian standard language up 1945 was in use. This information is musty, as the german linguists now come to know the prekmurian. And please set back in the template of Slavic languages my section of the Slavic languages: here in english and in the Slovene wikipedia also i was apply this result. [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]][[User talk:Doncsecz|talk]] 16:02, 12 June 2010 (UTC)
:I told him already, the article itself proves that there is more material published in Prekmurian. As for the template, I'll wait for a consensus. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 16:11, 12 June 2010 (UTC)

Longoso a new flaw again and again was impart. The new prekmurian language also have standard. The [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Novine Novine] was standardized the new prekmurian language. [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]][[User talk:Doncsecz|talk]] 06:50, 13 June 2010 (UTC)

== Lists ==

Here the lists of every books, reviews and calendars in prekmurian:
[http://sl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seznam_prekmurskih_tiskanih_knjig 1],
[http://sl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seznam_prekmurskih_%C4%8Dasopisov_in_koledarjev_(1875%E2%80%931947) 2]. I care also list of the prekmurian manuscripts. [[User:Doncsecz|Doncsecz]][[User talk:Doncsecz|talk]] 20:53, 23 June 2010 (UTC)

== Mai Kuraki ==
Do you have a source that proves that her birth name is Aono Mai (青野真衣)? [[User:YumeChaser|夢]][[User talk:YumeChaser|追人]]YumeChaser 19:05, 5 July 2010 (UTC)
:In google you find plenty of sources, '''but''' I tried a bit again and didn't really find one that we could use on the wiki. So I won't add it again until I have a reputable source I can add to the article. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 19:46, 7 July 2010 (UTC)
::Okay. Thank you for your reply and I will also do some research on this. [[User:YumeChaser|夢]][[User talk:YumeChaser|追人]]YumeChaser 20:16, 7 July 2010 (UTC)
:::Thanks for your support. Could you also try and find out about 垣内里佳子, which is reported to be [[愛内里菜]]の本名. There seems, however, to be another artist of that name (as well). It's not that I cared much about their real names, but as we are at it... --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 23:04, 8 July 2010 (UTC)

== Wavin' Flag: Japanese Ver. ==

Kazu, I don't know if you're well in Japanese, but I just checked the name of Wavin' Flag in Japanese version and I just found {{Nihongo|''ウェイヴィン・フラッグコカ・コーラ・セレブレイション・ミックス''~'''世界に一つの旗'''|''Wavin' Flag - Cola-Cola® Celeblation Mix-''}}. What I wondered is the bold part. It seems to be the song name in Japanese language, with no transliteration from English's Wavin' Flag (Italic above). If you could find out how it pronounced in the song, I would be greatly appreciated, and we can added it to the article. Thanks. --[[User:G(x)|G(x)]] ([[User talk:G(x)|talk]]) 09:32, 22 July 2010 (UTC)
:I'll help you. It says "Sekai ni Hitosu no Ki", which can be translated into "The Flag of One World". [[User:YumeChaser|夢]][[User talk:YumeChaser|追人]]YumeChaser 12:59, 22 July 2010 (UTC)
::Erm, doesn't 1tsu rather refer to the flag? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 16:56, 22 July 2010 (UTC)
::: '''@YumeChaser''' Thanks for the translation and Romanji YumeChaser. Now I can added it to the article.

::: '''@Kazu''' I just found the fact sheet from Coca-Cola's Website about Wavin' Flag. It indicated 10 official versions. If you have time, maybe you should look at the talk page for the progress about the issue. --[[User:G(x)|G(x)]] ([[User talk:G(x)|talk]]) 05:29, 24 July 2010 (UTC)

== A barnstar for you! ==

hi there,

thank you very much, I am very surprised for the barnstar and you are most welcome. [[User:Gryffindor|Gryffindor]] ([[User talk:Gryffindor|talk]]) 22:19, 20 August 2011 (UTC)
:hello there, yes I can change it if that term is more correct. Thanks for pointing that out. [[User:Gryffindor|Gryffindor]] ([[User talk:Gryffindor|talk]]) 08:31, 23 August 2011 (UTC)

== Oniichan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! Episode 6's Title ==
The Episode Title is [http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/encyclopedia/anime.php?id=14338&page=25 Mayonnaise and Chicken], [http://translate.google.com/?sugexp=chrome,mod%3D4&q=%E3%81%BE%E3%82%87%E3%81%A1%E3%81%8D&um=1&ie=UTF-8&hl=en&sa=N&tab=wT#ja/en/%E3%81%BE%E3%82%88%E3%83%81%E3%82%AD まよチキ], [http://translate.google.com/?sugexp=chrome,mod%3D4&q=%E3%81%BE%E3%82%87%E3%81%A1%E3%81%8D&um=1&ie=UTF-8&hl=en&sa=N&tab=wT#ja/en/%E3%81%BE%E3%82%88%E3%83%81%E3%82%AD Ma yo chiki] (FUNimation calls it: [http://www.funimation.com/oniai/episode/mayochiki/sub Mayochiki]) — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:Mr. Kimiko|Mr. Kimiko]] ([[User talk:Mr. Kimiko|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Mr. Kimiko|contribs]]) 21:16, 27 November 2012 (UTC) 
:Hello Mr. Kimiko and welcome to Wikipedia (seems like you've just signed up before posting here ;-)
:Regarding your message, it seems the translation from your sources (''Mayonnaise (and) Chicken'') is right, though your spelling is not. It's definitely spelled まょちき on-screen and on websites while [[Mayo Chiki!|まよチキ]] is another animanga with a completely different meaning behind it. I've to admit that the episode titles in OniAi are sometimes difficult to understand :-) Please remember to sign your future posts on talk pages by clicking the pen symbol above the text box. ''Mata na'', [[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 20:18, 28 November 2012 (UTC)
::I've just seen that you edited the article yourself but your edit was undone by a bot. I've re-added the information, with correct kana though. Thanks for your help. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 20:22, 28 November 2012 (UTC)

OniAi

2012-11-28T20:20:17Z

Kazu89: /* Episode list */ ep06 again

{{Infobox animanga/Header
| name = Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!
| image = [[File:Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! light novel vol 1.jpg|230px]]
| caption = Cover of the first light novel
| ja_kanji = お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ
| ja_romaji =
| genre = [[Harem (genre)|Harem]], [[Romantic comedy]]
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = light novel
| author = Daisuke Suzuki
| illustrator = Gekka Urū
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| demographic = Male
| label = [[MF Bunko J]]
| magazine =
| first = December 2010
| last =
| volumes = 8
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = manga
| author = Kurō Rokushō
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| publisher_en =
| demographic = [[Seinen manga|Seinen]]
| magazine = [[Monthly Comic Alive]]
| first = December 2011
| last =
| volumes = 2
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Video
| type = tv series
| director = Keiichirō Kawaguchi
| producer =
| writer =
| music = Takahiro Ando
| studio = [[Silver Link]]
| licensor = {{English anime licensee
|NA = [[Funimation Entertainment]]
}}
| network = [[AT-X (company)|AT-X]], [[Tokyo MX]]
| first = October 5, 2012
| last =
| episodes = 12
| episode_list = #Episode list
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Footer}}
{{Nihongo|'''''Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!'''''|お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ||lit. ''As Long as There's Love, It Doesn't Matter If He is My Brother, Right''}}, or '''''Oniai''''' for short, is a Japanese [[light novel]] series written by Daisuke Suzuki, with illustrations by Gekka Urū. The series is published by [[Media Factory]] under their ''[[MF Bunko J]]'' imprint starting in December 2010, with six volumes released as of May 2012. A manga series by Kurō Rokushō began serialization in the December 2011 issue of Media Factory's [[seinen manga|seinen]] [[manga magazine]] ''[[Monthly Comic Alive]]''. An anime adaptation by [[Silver Link]] began airing in Japan in October 2012.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-07-30/oniai-romantic-comedy-tv-anime-1st-promo-streamed|title=''OniAi'' Romantic Comedy TV Anime's 1st Promo Streamed|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|date=July 30, 2012|accessdate=July 30, 2012}}</ref> The anime has been licensed for streaming by [[Funimation Entertainment]], premiering Friday October 12 at 12:30 pm.<ref>{{cite web|title=Funimations Streams Code:Breaker, Jormungand, Kamisama Kiss, Psycho-Pass, Robotics;Notes, OniAi|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-10-09/funimation-streams-code-breaker-kamisama-kiss-jormungand-psycho-pass-robotics-notes-oniai|publisher=Anime News Network|accessdate=9 October 2012}}</ref>

==Plot==
After six years of living apart due to the death of their parents, the Himenokōji twins, Akito and Akiko, are finally reunited when Akito desires to live as a family once more. Although things are fine at first, Akiko begins to express her incestuous love for her older brother, who only sees her as his little sister.

==Characters==
;{{nihongo|Akito Himenokōji|姫小路秋人|Himenokōji Akito}}
:{{voiced by|Ryōta Ōsaka}}
:The main protagonist. Akito recently reunited with his sister, after being separated for six years, and transferred into Saint Liliana High School Class 2A. He is generally lazy and hopes to live a normal life, but he will also work with his full strength to achieve his goal. He started to take care of his sister when he was young, however when their parents died, the siblings got separated. After six years, he was finally able to reunite with her and moved out to live by themselves, but only to find out that she has a brother complex, which had developed while they were separated at youth. It is later revealed that he was actually adopted by his current parents, and has no blood relationship with his sister, but he chose to keep this as a secret, especially to her. He loves to trick Akiko, or watching others trick her. Akito is quite over-protective of Akiko, and people around him often comment about Akiko having a serious brother complex, although both of them strongly deny this. Since the siblings are now living by themselves, he secretly makes their living by writing porn novels of brother-sister incest under the pen name "Kōichirō Shindo", and has become a famous author. He uses the setting and their relationship as the setting. He is given the job of Student Council's "Vice-Assistant of Proxy of Secretary", that Arashi happily claims that's a fabricated position for her underground lover; technically, he is the assistant of the secretary, Akiko.

;{{nihongo|Akiko Himenokōji|姫小路秋子|Himenokōji Akiko}}
:{{voiced by|Ibuki Kido}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student. Akiko is Akito's sister, and has pretty appearance and polite manners. However, she has very serious brother-complex, and is taking a very active way to seduce Akito. She is also very proud of her brother complex and makes no effort of hiding it. She is the secretary of Saint Liliana High School Student Council, but is very reluctant when Akito interacts with other student council members. She doesn't know that Akito has no blood relationship with her and believes that they are twins; according to their deceased mother, Akiko will probably sexually assault her brother once she learns this fact. As for now, believing that they are blood related siblings, and respecting her brother's will is the only barrier that stops her from doing so. She is a fan of Kōichirō Shindo, and wishes her brother would be as aggressive as the brother in Kōichirō Shindo's novel; however she hasn't noticed that Kōichirō Shindo is actually her brother, and that the beginning of his novel is based on their relationship.

;{{nihongo|Anastasia Nasuhara|那須原アナスタシア|Nasuhara Anasutashia}}
:{{voiced by|[[Minori Chihara]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student and the Vice-President of the Student Council and the daughter of the owner of Nasuhara industry, a world-wide company. Anastasia is half-Russian and half-American due her having both American and Russian parents, and she also has blonde twintails. She has a cold personality and often asks strange questions, for example as asking Akito if he is a cherry boy when they first met. She is the rival of Akiko and is proud of that she wins a small bit on almost everything, including height, grades, breast size, rank during Miss Saint Liliana High School Election, and Student Council rank. However, she is extremely bad at house chores due to her wealthy family, to the point that she will gladly admit it and try to escape from doing them. She also loves cute things, and not only keeps lots of plushies in her room, but also loves to play with Arisa. Despite being a rival of Akiko, she goes very well with Akito and confessed to him on his first day to school. Although Akito hasn't gotten a chance to answer due to the chaotic situation that the confession brings on afterwards. She demands that Akito call her Ana, but teases him for calling a girl "hole" (because ana (穴) means hole in japanese) whenever he does so.

;{{nihongo|Ginbei Haruomi Sawatari|猿渡銀兵衛春臣|Sawatari Ginbei Haruomi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Asami Shimoda]]}}
:Akito's childhood friend. Despite having a boyish name and way of talking, Ginbei is a girl and secretly has feelings towards Akito. Due to her merchant family tradition, she was raised like a boy and not allowed to take a job herself, living only on her family's financial support. She later transferred into Saint Liliana High School and became the accountant of the Student Council. Despite the fact she even dared to move and transfer schools to follow Akito, Akito often refers to her unintentionally as his best (normal) friend , which greatly disappoints her. She has a habit of mumbling about Akito's ignorance whenever he overlooks her feelings.

;{{nihongo|Arashi Nikaidō|二階堂嵐|Nikaidō Arashi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Eri Kitamura]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Third year student and the President of the Student Council, Arashi wears a ponytail, has [[heterochromia]] and is seen often wearing an eyepatch on her right eye. She is also often seen carrying a real katana. She has the best grades out of the whole 3rd year students and is a powerful leader, being able not only to handle most of the Student Council chores by herself, but also to take control of most of the school's activity. She is bisexual and very sexually aggressive , claiming she has had over 30 lovers, thus gaining the nickname "The Predator". However, later in the story she decides to break up peacefully with her lovers in order to make the Student Council into her harem and to seduce them. She also has the habit of referring to Akito as either her underground lover or sex slave. She is actually Akito's cousin before his adoption by his parents, knows that Akito is adopted by his family, and decides to support him if she can. She is the only one who knows that Kōichirō Shindo is actually Akito's pen name.

;{{nihongo|Arisa Takanomiya|鷹ノ宮ありさ|Takanomiya Arisa}}
:{{voiced by|[[Sumire Morohoshi]]}}
:Daughter of Akito's adoptive family and also his fiancee. Arisa is a genius, despite being only 12 years old, she has already graduated from a famous university, and her essay is on multiple famous professional magazines. She is also good at house chores. At the end of the 4th novel, she moved in to live with the student council members. While most student council members prefer to say that the engagement doesn't count due to her age, Akiko is the only one that views her as a love rival. However, after an argument of who is better for Akito, the two of them decide to work together as they notice that Akito sees both of them as his sisters rather than a potential love interest. She has a habit of going silent and showing emotions on her face, which is so cute that people who see it can't resist accepting her will.

;{{nihongo|Kaoruko Jinno|神野薫子|Jinno Kaoruko}}
:{{voiced by|[[Megumi Takamoto]]}}
:Kōichirō Shindo's personal editor, Kaoruko worries that Akito has a sister complex and is trying to fix it.

==Media==

===Light novel===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Manga===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Anime===
A 12-episode anime television series adaptation, directed by [[Keiichiro Kawaguchi]] and produced by studio [[Silver Link]], began airing on October 5, 2012. The opening for the anime is "Self Producer" by [[Minori Chihara]], and the ending is {{Nihongo|"Life-Ru is Love-Ru!!|Lifeる is LOVEる!!}}, by Liliana Sisters consisting of Ibuki Kido, Minori Chihara, [[Asami Shimoda]] and [[Eri Kitamura]]. The anime is licensed in North America by [[Funimation]].

====Episode list====
{|class="wikitable" style="width:98%; margin:auto; background:#FFF; table-layout:fixed;"
|- style="border-bottom: 3px solid #CCF;"
! style="width:3em;" | No.
! Title
! style="width:12em;" | Original airdate
|-
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 01
|KanjiTitle = おにあい
|RomajiTitle = Oniai
|EnglishTitle = Brother Love
|OriginalAirDate = October 5, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 02
|KanjiTitle = みだらね
|RomajiTitle = Midarane
|EnglishTitle = Indecent
|OriginalAirDate = October 12, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 03
|KanjiTitle = ぶらなし
|RomajiTitle = Bura Nashi
|EnglishTitle = Braless
|OriginalAirDate = October 19, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 04
|KanjiTitle = はだかだ
|RomajiTitle = Hadakada
|EnglishTitle = Naked
|OriginalAirDate = October 26, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 05
|KanjiTitle = せいかん
|RomajiTitle = Seikan
|EnglishTitle = Sexual Desires
|OriginalAirDate = November 2, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 06
|KanjiTitle = まょちき
|RomajiTitle = Mayochiki
|EnglishTitle = Mayonnaise Chicken
|OriginalAirDate = November 9, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 07
|KanjiTitle = ちっぱい
|RomajiTitle = Chippai
|EnglishTitle = Small Breasts
|OriginalAirDate = November 16, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 08
|KanjiTitle = からふる
|RomajiTitle = Karafuru
|EnglishTitle = Colourful
|OriginalAirDate = November 23, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 09
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 30, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 10
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 7, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 11
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 14, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 12
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 21, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
|}

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
*[http://www.mediafactory.co.jp/bunkoj/oniai/index.html Light novel official website] {{ja icon}}
*[http://www.oniai.com/ Anime official website] {{ja icon}}
*{{ann|anime|14338}}

[[Category:2010 novels]]
[[Category:2011 manga]]
[[Category:2012 anime television series]]
[[Category:Anime and manga based on light novels]]
[[Category:Funimation Entertainment]]
[[Category:Light novels]]
[[Category:Media Factory manga]]
[[Category:MF Bunko J]]
[[Category:Romantic comedy anime and manga]]
[[Category:Seinen manga]]
[[Category:Silver Link]]
[[Category:Television programs based on light novels]]

[[ko:오빠지만 사랑만 있으면 상관없잖아?]]
[[it:Oniichan dakedo ai sae areba kankeinai yo ne!]]
[[ja:お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ]]
[[zh:就算是哥哥，有愛就沒問題了，對吧]]

User talk:Kazu89

2012-11-28T20:18:36Z

Kazu89: /* Oniichan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! Episode 6's Title */

OniAi

2012-11-20T01:31:20Z

Kazu89: /* Episode list */ update

{{Infobox animanga/Header
| name = Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!
| image = [[File:Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! light novel vol 1.jpg|230px]]
| caption = Cover of the first light novel
| ja_kanji = お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ
| ja_romaji =
| genre = [[Harem (genre)|Harem]], [[Romantic comedy]]
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = light novel
| author = Daisuke Suzuki
| illustrator = Gekka Urū
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| demographic = Male
| label = [[MF Bunko J]]
| magazine =
| first = December 2010
| last =
| volumes = 8
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = manga
| author = Kurō Rokushō
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| publisher_en =
| demographic = [[Seinen manga|Seinen]]
| magazine = [[Monthly Comic Alive]]
| first = December 2011
| last =
| volumes = 2
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Video
| type = tv series
| director = Keiichirō Kawaguchi
| producer =
| writer =
| music = Takahiro Ando
| studio = [[Silver Link]]
| licensor = {{English anime licensee
|NA = [[Funimation Entertainment]]
}}
| network = [[AT-X (company)|AT-X]], [[Tokyo MX]]
| first = October 5, 2012
| last =
| episodes = 12
| episode_list = #Episode list
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Footer}}
{{Nihongo|'''''Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!'''''|お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ||lit. ''As Long as There's Love, It Doesn't Matter If He is My Brother, Right''}}, or '''''Oniai''''' for short, is a Japanese [[light novel]] series written by Daisuke Suzuki, with illustrations by Gekka Urū. The series is published by [[Media Factory]] under their ''[[MF Bunko J]]'' imprint starting in December 2010, with six volumes released as of May 2012. A manga series by Kurō Rokushō began serialization in the December 2011 issue of Media Factory's [[seinen manga|seinen]] [[manga magazine]] ''[[Monthly Comic Alive]]''. An anime adaptation by [[Silver Link]] began airing in Japan in October 2012.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-07-30/oniai-romantic-comedy-tv-anime-1st-promo-streamed|title=''OniAi'' Romantic Comedy TV Anime's 1st Promo Streamed|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|date=July 30, 2012|accessdate=July 30, 2012}}</ref> The anime has been licensed for streaming by [[Funimation Entertainment]], premiering Friday October 12 at 12:30 pm.<ref>{{cite web|title=Funimations Streams Code:Breaker, Jormungand, Kamisama Kiss, Psycho-Pass, Robotics;Notes, OniAi|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-10-09/funimation-streams-code-breaker-kamisama-kiss-jormungand-psycho-pass-robotics-notes-oniai|publisher=Anime News Network|accessdate=9 October 2012}}</ref>

==Plot==
After six years of living apart due to the death of their parents, the Himenokōji twins, Akito and Akiko, are finally reunited when Akito desires to live as a family once more. Although things are fine at first, Akiko begins to express her incestuous love for her older brother, who only sees her as his little sister.

==Characters==
;{{nihongo|Akito Himenokōji|姫小路秋人|Himenokōji Akito}}
:{{voiced by|Ryōta Ōsaka}}
:The main protagonist. Akito recently reunited with his sister, after being separated for six years, and transferred into Saint Liliana High School Class 2A. He is generally lazy and hopes to live a normal life, but he will also work with his full strength to achieve his goal. He started to take care of his sister when he was young, however when their parents died, the siblings got separated. After six years, he was finally able to reunite with her and moved out to live by themselves, but only to find out that she has a brother complex, which had developed while they were separated at youth. It is later revealed that he was actually adopted by his current parents, and has no blood relationship with his sister, but he chose to keep this as a secret, especially to her. He loves to trick Akiko, or watching others trick her. Akito is quite over-protective of Akiko, and people around him often comment about Akiko having a serious brother complex, although both of them strongly deny this. Since the siblings are now living by themselves, he secretly makes their living by writing porn novels of brother-sister incest under the pen name "Kōichirō Shindo", and has become a famous author. He uses the setting and their relationship as the setting. He is given the job of Student Council's "Vice-Assistant of Proxy of Secretary", that Arashi happily claims that's a fabricated position for her underground lover; technically, he is the assistant of the secretary, Akiko.

;{{nihongo|Akiko Himenokōji|姫小路秋子|Himenokōji Akiko}}
:{{voiced by|Ibuki Kido}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student. Akiko is Akito's sister, and has pretty appearance and polite manners. However, she has very serious brother-complex, and is taking a very active way to seduce Akito. She is also very proud of her brother complex and makes no effort of hiding it. She is the secretary of Saint Liliana High School Student Council, but is very reluctant when Akito interacts with other student council members. She doesn't know that Akito has no blood relationship with her and believes that they are twins; according to their deceased mother, Akiko will probably sexually assault her brother once she learns this fact. As for now, believing that they are blood related siblings, and respecting her brother's will is the only barrier that stops her from doing so. She is a fan of Kōichirō Shindo, and wishes her brother would be as aggressive as the brother in Kōichirō Shindo's novel; however she hasn't noticed that Kōichirō Shindo is actually her brother, and that the beginning of his novel is based on their relationship.

;{{nihongo|Anastasia Nasuhara|那須原アナスタシア|Nasuhara Anasutashia}}
:{{voiced by|[[Minori Chihara]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student and the Vice-President of the Student Council and the daughter of the owner of Nasuhara industry, a world-wide company. Anastasia is half-Russian and half-American due her having both American and Russian parents, and she also has blonde twintails. She has a cold personality and often asks strange questions, for example as asking Akito if he is a cherry boy when they first met. She is the rival of Akiko and is proud of that she wins a small bit on almost everything, including height, grades, breast size, rank during Miss Saint Liliana High School Election, and Student Council rank. However, she is extremely bad at house chores due to her wealthy family, to the point that she will gladly admit it and try to escape from doing them. She also loves cute things, and not only keeps lots of plushies in her room, but also loves to play with Arisa. Despite being a rival of Akiko, she goes very well with Akito and confessed to him on his first day to school. Although Akito hasn't gotten a chance to answer due to the chaotic situation that the confession brings on afterwards. She demands that Akito call her Ana, but teases him for calling a girl "hole" (because ana (穴) means hole in japanese) whenever he does so.

;{{nihongo|Ginbei Haruomi Sawatari|猿渡銀兵衛春臣|Sawatari Ginbei Haruomi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Asami Shimoda]]}}
:Akito's childhood friend. Despite having a boyish name and way of talking, Ginbei is a girl and secretly has feelings towards Akito. Due to her merchant family tradition, she was raised like a boy and not allowed to take a job herself, living only on her family's financial support. She later transferred into Saint Liliana High School and became the accountant of the Student Council. Despite the fact she even dared to move and transfer schools to follow Akito, Akito often refers to her unintentionally as his best (normal) friend , which greatly disappoints her. She has a habit of mumbling about Akito's ignorance whenever he overlooks her feelings.

;{{nihongo|Arashi Nikaidō|二階堂嵐|Nikaidō Arashi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Eri Kitamura]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Third year student and the President of the Student Council, Arashi wears a ponytail, has [[heterochromia]] and is seen often wearing an eyepatch on her right eye. She is also often seen carrying a real katana. She has the best grades out of the whole 3rd year students and is a powerful leader, being able not only to handle most of the Student Council chores by herself, but also to take control of most of the school's activity. She is bisexual and very sexually aggressive , claiming she has had over 30 lovers, thus gaining the nickname "The Predator". However, later in the story she decides to break up peacefully with her lovers in order to make the Student Council into her harem and to seduce them. She also has the habit of referring to Akito as either her underground lover or sex slave. She is actually Akito's cousin before his adoption by his parents, knows that Akito is adopted by his family, and decides to support him if she can. She is the only one who knows that Kōichirō Shindo is actually Akito's pen name.

;{{nihongo|Arisa Takanomiya|鷹ノ宮ありさ|Takanomiya Arisa}}
:{{voiced by|[[Sumire Morohoshi]]}}
:Daughter of Akito's adoptive family and also his fiancee. Arisa is a genius, despite being only 12 years old, she has already graduated from a famous university, and her essay is on multiple famous professional magazines. She is also good at house chores. At the end of the 4th novel, she moved in to live with the student council members. While most student council members prefer to say that the engagement doesn't count due to her age, Akiko is the only one that views her as a love rival. However, after an argument of who is better for Akito, the two of them decide to work together as they notice that Akito sees both of them as his sisters rather than a potential love interest. She has a habit of going silent and showing emotions on her face, which is so cute that people who see it can't resist accepting her will.

;{{nihongo|Kaoruko Jinno|神野薫子|Jinno Kaoruko}}
:{{voiced by|[[Megumi Takamoto]]}}
:Kōichirō Shindo's personal editor, Kaoruko worries that Akito has a sister complex and is trying to fix it.

==Media==

===Light novel===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Manga===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Anime===
A 12-episode anime television series adaptation, directed by [[Keiichiro Kawaguchi]] and produced by studio [[Silver Link]], began airing on October 5, 2012. The opening for the anime is "Self Producer" by [[Minori Chihara]], and the ending is {{Nihongo|"Life-Ru is Love-Ru!!|Lifeる is LOVEる!!}}, by Liliana Sisters consisting of Ibuki Kido, Minori Chihara, [[Asami Shimoda]] and [[Eri Kitamura]]. The anime is licensed in North America by [[Funimation]].

====Episode list====
{|class="wikitable" style="width:98%; margin:auto; background:#FFF; table-layout:fixed;"
|- style="border-bottom: 3px solid #CCF;"
! style="width:3em;" | No.
! Title
! style="width:12em;" | Original airdate
|-
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 01
|KanjiTitle = おにあい
|RomajiTitle = Oniai
|EnglishTitle = Brother Love
|OriginalAirDate = October 5, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 02
|KanjiTitle = みだらね
|RomajiTitle = Midarane
|EnglishTitle = Indecent
|OriginalAirDate = October 12, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 03
|KanjiTitle = ぶらなし
|RomajiTitle = Bura Nashi
|EnglishTitle = Braless
|OriginalAirDate = October 19, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 04
|KanjiTitle = はだかだ
|RomajiTitle = Hadakada
|EnglishTitle = Naked
|OriginalAirDate = October 26, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 05
|KanjiTitle = せいかん
|RomajiTitle = Seikan
|EnglishTitle = Sexual Desires
|OriginalAirDate = November 2, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 06
|KanjiTitle = まょちき
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle =
|OriginalAirDate = November 9, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 07
|KanjiTitle = ちっぱい
|RomajiTitle = Chippai
|EnglishTitle = Small Breasts
|OriginalAirDate = November 16, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 08
|KanjiTitle = からふる
|RomajiTitle = Karafuru
|EnglishTitle = Colourful
|OriginalAirDate = November 23, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 09
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 30, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 10
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 7, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 11
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 14, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 12
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 21, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
|}

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
*[http://www.mediafactory.co.jp/bunkoj/oniai/index.html Light novel official website] {{ja icon}}
*[http://www.oniai.com/ Anime official website] {{ja icon}}
*{{ann|anime|14338}}

[[Category:2010 novels]]
[[Category:2011 manga]]
[[Category:2012 anime television series]]
[[Category:Anime and manga based on light novels]]
[[Category:Funimation Entertainment]]
[[Category:Light novels]]
[[Category:Media Factory manga]]
[[Category:MF Bunko J]]
[[Category:Romantic comedy anime and manga]]
[[Category:Seinen manga]]
[[Category:Silver Link]]
[[Category:Television programs based on light novels]]

[[ko:오빠지만 사랑만 있으면 상관없잖아?]]
[[it:Oniichan dakedo ai sae areba kankeinai yo ne!]]
[[ja:お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ]]
[[zh:就算是哥哥，有愛就沒問題了，對吧]]

Talk:OniAi

2012-11-15T21:03:50Z

Kazu89:

{{WikiProject Anime and manga|class=Stub|importance=Low}}

== Something's wrong here ==
Hello! I don't know what's going on but there seems to be something wrong with that page. In the source text, the episode list appears to be in the right position and also when I click the edit button next to its heading, I can see the list. But in the actual article, it's displayed at the very end of the page, that is after the external links section and right before the "Rate this page" box. I couldn't find the cause for this, though... --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 19:07, 15 November 2012 (UTC)
:Yeah, I can't seem to find the issue either, hopefully somebody that has more experience with editing these boxes can help us out.--[[User:iGeMiNix|iGeM]][[User talk:IGeMiNix|iN]][[Special:Contributions/IGeMiNix|ix]] 20:52, 15 November 2012 (UTC)
::Mitsuketa''!!'' ;-) The "end of the table", |}, (dunno what it's actually called) was missing, or better: the was a second "beginning", {|. But still, why would this "shift" the table? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 21:02, 15 November 2012 (UTC) Should have noticed earlier, since the last line was corrupted, too.

Talk:OniAi

2012-11-15T21:02:15Z

Kazu89:

OniAi

2012-11-15T20:58:25Z

Kazu89: fixed ep table (or tried at least)

{{Infobox animanga/Header
| name = Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!
| image = [[File:Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! light novel vol 1.jpg|230px]]
| caption = Cover of the first light novel
| ja_kanji = お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ
| ja_romaji =
| genre = [[Harem (genre)|Harem]], [[Romantic comedy]]
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = light novel
| author = Daisuke Suzuki
| illustrator = Gekka Urū
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| demographic = Male
| label = [[MF Bunko J]]
| magazine =
| first = December 2010
| last =
| volumes = 8
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = manga
| author = Kurō Rokushō
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| publisher_en =
| demographic = [[Seinen manga|Seinen]]
| magazine = [[Monthly Comic Alive]]
| first = December 2011
| last =
| volumes = 2
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Video
| type = tv series
| director = Keiichirō Kawaguchi
| producer =
| writer =
| music = Takahiro Ando
| studio = [[Silver Link]]
| licensor = {{English anime licensee
|NA = [[Funimation Entertainment]]
}}
| network = [[AT-X (company)|AT-X]], [[Tokyo MX]]
| first = October 5, 2012
| last =
| episodes = 12
| episode_list = #Episode list
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Footer}}
{{Nihongo|'''''Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!'''''|お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ||lit. ''As Long as There's Love, It Doesn't Matter If He is My Brother, Right''}}, or '''''Oniai''''' for short, is a Japanese [[light novel]] series written by Daisuke Suzuki, with illustrations by Gekka Urū. The series is published by [[Media Factory]] under their ''[[MF Bunko J]]'' imprint starting in December 2010, with six volumes released as of May 2012. A manga series by Kurō Rokushō began serialization in the December 2011 issue of Media Factory's [[seinen manga|seinen]] [[manga magazine]] ''[[Monthly Comic Alive]]''. An anime adaptation by [[Silver Link]] began airing in Japan in October 2012.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-07-30/oniai-romantic-comedy-tv-anime-1st-promo-streamed|title=''OniAi'' Romantic Comedy TV Anime's 1st Promo Streamed|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|date=July 30, 2012|accessdate=July 30, 2012}}</ref> The anime has been licensed for streaming by [[Funimation Entertainment]], premiering Friday October 12 at 12:30 pm.<ref>{{cite web|title=Funimations Streams Code:Breaker, Jormungand, Kamisama Kiss, Psycho-Pass, Robotics;Notes, OniAi|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-10-09/funimation-streams-code-breaker-kamisama-kiss-jormungand-psycho-pass-robotics-notes-oniai|publisher=Anime News Network|accessdate=9 October 2012}}</ref>

==Plot==
After six years of living apart due to the death of their parents, the Himenokōji twins, Akito and Akiko, are finally reunited when Akito desires to live as a family once more. Although things are fine at first, Akiko begins to express her incestuous love for her older brother, who only sees her as his little sister.

==Characters==
;{{nihongo|Akito Himenokōji|姫小路秋人|Himenokōji Akito}}
:{{voiced by|Ryōta Ōsaka}}
:The main protagonist. Akito recently reunited with his sister, after being separated for six years, and transferred into Saint Liliana High School Class 2A. He is generally lazy and hopes to live a normal life, but he will also work with his full strength to achieve his goal. He started to take care of his sister when he was young, however when their parents died, the siblings got separated. After six years, he was finally able to reunite with her and moved out to live by themselves, but only to find out that she has a brother complex, which had developed while they were separated at youth. It is later revealed that he was actually adopted by his current parents, and has no blood relationship with his sister, but he chose to keep this as a secret, especially to her. He loves to trick Akiko, or watching others trick her. Akito is quite over-protective of Akiko, and people around him often comment about Akiko having a serious brother complex, although both of them strongly deny this. Since the siblings are now living by themselves, he secretly makes their living by writing porn novels of brother-sister incest under the pen name "Kōichirō Shindo", and has become a famous author. He uses the setting and their relationship as the setting. He is given the job of Student Council's "Vice-Assistant of Proxy of Secretary", that Arashi happily claims that's a fabricated position for her underground lover; technically, he is the assistant of the secretary, Akiko.

;{{nihongo|Akiko Himenokōji|姫小路秋子|Himenokōji Akiko}}
:{{voiced by|Ibuki Kido}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student. Akiko is Akito's sister, and has pretty appearance and polite manners. However, she has very serious brother-complex, and is taking a very active way to seduce Akito. She is also very proud of her brother complex and makes no effort of hiding it. She is the secretary of Saint Liliana High School Student Council, but is very reluctant when Akito interacts with other student council members. She doesn't know that Akito has no blood relationship with her and believes that they are twins; according to their deceased mother, Akiko will probably sexually assault her brother once she learns this fact. As for now, believing that they are blood related siblings, and respecting her brother's will is the only barrier that stops her from doing so. She is a fan of Kōichirō Shindo, and wishes her brother would be as aggressive as the brother in Kōichirō Shindo's novel; however she hasn't noticed that Kōichirō Shindo is actually her brother, and that the beginning of his novel is based on their relationship.

;{{nihongo|Anastasia Nasuhara|那須原アナスタシア|Nasuhara Anasutashia}}
:{{voiced by|[[Minori Chihara]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student and the Vice-President of the Student Council and the daughter of the owner of Nasuhara industry, a world-wide company. Anastasia is half-Russian and half-American due her having both American and Russian parents, and she also has blonde twintails. She has a cold personality and often asks strange questions, for example as asking Akito if he is a cherry boy when they first met. She is the rival of Akiko and is proud of that she wins a small bit on almost everything, including height, grades, breast size, rank during Miss Saint Liliana High School Election, and Student Council rank. However, she is extremely bad at house chores due to her wealthy family, to the point that she will gladly admit it and try to escape from doing them. She also loves cute things, and not only keeps lots of plushies in her room, but also loves to play with Arisa. Despite being a rival of Akiko, she goes very well with Akito and confessed to him on his first day to school. Although Akito hasn't gotten a chance to answer due to the chaotic situation that the confession brings on afterwards. She demands that Akito call her Ana, but teases him for calling a girl "hole" (because ana (穴) means hole in japanese) whenever he does so.

;{{nihongo|Ginbei Haruomi Sawatari|猿渡銀兵衛春臣|Sawatari Ginbei Haruomi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Asami Shimoda]]}}
:Akito's childhood friend. Despite having a boyish name and way of talking, Ginbei is a girl and secretly has feelings towards Akito. Due to her merchant family tradition, she was raised like a boy and not allowed to take a job herself, living only on her family's financial support. She later transferred into Saint Liliana High School and became the accountant of the Student Council. Despite the fact she even dared to move and transfer schools to follow Akito, Akito often refers to her unintentionally as his best (normal) friend , which greatly disappoints her . She has a habit of mumbling about Akito's ignorance whenever he overlooks her feelings.

;{{nihongo|Arashi Nikaidō|二階堂嵐|Nikaidō Arashi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Eri Kitamura]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Third year student and the President of the Student Council, Arashi wears a ponytail, has [[heterochromia]] and is seen often wearing an eyepatch on her right eye. She is also often seen carrying a real katana. She has the best grades out of the whole 3rd year students and is a powerful leader, being able not only to handle most of the Student Council chores by herself, but also to take control of most of the school's activity. She is bisexual and very sexually aggressive , claiming she has had over 30 lovers, thus gaining the nickname "The Predator". However, later in the story she decides to break up peacefully with her lovers in order to make the Student Council into her harem and to seduce them. She also has the habit of referring to Akito as either her underground lover or sex slave. She is actually Akito's cousin before his adoption by his parents, knows that Akito is adopted by his family, and decides to support him if she can. She is the only one who knows that Kōichirō Shindo is actually Akito's pen name.

;{{nihongo|Arisa Takanomiya|鷹ノ宮ありさ|Takanomiya Arisa}}
:{{voiced by|[[Sumire Morohoshi]]}}
:Daughter of Akito's adoptive family and also his fiancee. Arisa is a genius, despite being only 12 years old, she has already graduated from a famous university, and her essay is on multiple famous professional magazines. She is also good at house chores. At the end of the 4th novel, she moved in to live with the student council members. While most student council members prefer to say that the engagement doesn't count due to her age, Akiko is the only one that views her as a love rival. However, after an argument of who is better for Akito, the two of them decide to work together as they notice that Akito sees both of them as his sisters rather than a potential love interest. She has a habit of going silent and showing emotions on her face, which is so cute that people who see it can't resist accepting her will.

;{{nihongo|Kaoruko Jinno|神野薫子|Jinno Kaoruko}}
:{{voiced by|[[Megumi Takamoto]]}}
:Kōichirō Shindo's personal editor, Kaoruko worries that Akito has a sister complex and is trying to fix it.

==Media==

===Light novel===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Manga===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Anime===
A 12-episode anime television series adaptation, directed by [[Keiichiro Kawaguchi]] and produced by studio [[Silver Link]], began airing on October 5, 2012. The opening for the anime is "Self Producer" by [[Minori Chihara]], and the ending is {{Nihongo|"Life-Ru is Love-Ru!!|Lifeる is LOVEる!!}}, by Liliana Sisters consisting of Ibuki Kido, Minori Chihara, [[Asami Shimoda]] and [[Eri Kitamura]]. The anime is licensed in North America by [[Funimation]].

====Episode list====
{|class="wikitable" style="width:98%; margin:auto; background:#FFF; table-layout:fixed;"
|- style="border-bottom: 3px solid #CCF;"
! style="width:3em;" | No.
! Title
! style="width:12em;" | Original airdate
|-
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 01
|KanjiTitle = おにあい
|RomajiTitle = Oniai
|EnglishTitle = Brother Love
|OriginalAirDate = October 5, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 02
|KanjiTitle = みだらね
|RomajiTitle = Midarane
|EnglishTitle = Indecent
|OriginalAirDate = October 12, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 03
|KanjiTitle = ぶらなし
|RomajiTitle = Bura Nashi
|EnglishTitle = Braless
|OriginalAirDate = October 19, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 04
|KanjiTitle = はだかだ
|RomajiTitle = Hadakada
|EnglishTitle = Naked
|OriginalAirDate = October 26, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 05
|KanjiTitle = せいかん
|RomajiTitle = Seikan
|EnglishTitle = Sexual Desires
|OriginalAirDate = November 2, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 06
|KanjiTitle = まょちき
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle =
|OriginalAirDate = November 9, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 07
|KanjiTitle = ちっぱい
|RomajiTitle = Chippai
|EnglishTitle =
|OriginalAirDate = November 16, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 08
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 23, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 09
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 30, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 10
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 7, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 11
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 14, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 12
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 21, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
|}

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
*[http://www.mediafactory.co.jp/bunkoj/oniai/index.html Light novel official website] {{ja icon}}
*[http://www.oniai.com/ Anime official website] {{ja icon}}
*{{ann|anime|14338}}

[[Category:2010 novels]]
[[Category:2011 manga]]
[[Category:2012 anime television series]]
[[Category:Anime and manga based on light novels]]
[[Category:Funimation Entertainment]]
[[Category:Light novels]]
[[Category:Media Factory manga]]
[[Category:MF Bunko J]]
[[Category:Romantic comedy anime and manga]]
[[Category:Seinen manga]]
[[Category:Silver Link]]
[[Category:Television programs based on light novels]]

[[ko:오빠지만 사랑만 있으면 상관없잖아?]]
[[it:Oniichan dakedo ai sae areba kankeinai yo ne!]]
[[ja:お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ]]
[[zh:就算是哥哥，有愛就沒問題了，對吧]]

Talk:OniAi

2012-11-15T19:07:54Z

Kazu89:

OniAi

2012-11-15T19:02:02Z

Kazu89: /* Episode list */

{{Infobox animanga/Header
| name = Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!
| image = [[File:Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne! light novel vol 1.jpg|230px]]
| caption = Cover of the first light novel
| ja_kanji = お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ
| ja_romaji =
| genre = [[Harem (genre)|Harem]], [[Romantic comedy]]
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = light novel
| author = Daisuke Suzuki
| illustrator = Gekka Urū
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| demographic = Male
| label = [[MF Bunko J]]
| magazine =
| first = December 2010
| last =
| volumes = 8
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Print
| type = manga
| author = Kurō Rokushō
| publisher = [[Media Factory]]
| publisher_en =
| demographic = [[Seinen manga|Seinen]]
| magazine = [[Monthly Comic Alive]]
| first = December 2011
| last =
| volumes = 2
| volume_list =
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Video
| type = tv series
| director = Keiichirō Kawaguchi
| producer =
| writer =
| music = Takahiro Ando
| studio = [[Silver Link]]
| licensor = {{English anime licensee
|NA = [[Funimation Entertainment]]
}}
| network = [[AT-X (company)|AT-X]], [[Tokyo MX]]
| first = October 5, 2012
| last =
| episodes = 12
| episode_list = #Episode list
}}
{{Infobox animanga/Footer}}
{{Nihongo|'''''Onii-chan dakedo Ai sae Areba Kankeinai yo ne!'''''|お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ||lit. ''As Long as There's Love, It Doesn't Matter If He is My Brother, Right''}}, or '''''Oniai''''' for short, is a Japanese [[light novel]] series written by Daisuke Suzuki, with illustrations by Gekka Urū. The series is published by [[Media Factory]] under their ''[[MF Bunko J]]'' imprint starting in December 2010, with six volumes released as of May 2012. A manga series by Kurō Rokushō began serialization in the December 2011 issue of Media Factory's [[seinen manga|seinen]] [[manga magazine]] ''[[Monthly Comic Alive]]''. An anime adaptation by [[Silver Link]] began airing in Japan in October 2012.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-07-30/oniai-romantic-comedy-tv-anime-1st-promo-streamed|title=''OniAi'' Romantic Comedy TV Anime's 1st Promo Streamed|publisher=[[Anime News Network]]|date=July 30, 2012|accessdate=July 30, 2012}}</ref> The anime has been licensed for streaming by [[Funimation Entertainment]], premiering Friday October 12 at 12:30 pm.<ref>{{cite web|title=Funimations Streams Code:Breaker, Jormungand, Kamisama Kiss, Psycho-Pass, Robotics;Notes, OniAi|url=http://www.animenewsnetwork.com/news/2012-10-09/funimation-streams-code-breaker-kamisama-kiss-jormungand-psycho-pass-robotics-notes-oniai|publisher=Anime News Network|accessdate=9 October 2012}}</ref>

==Plot==
After six years of living apart due to the death of their parents, the Himenokōji twins, Akito and Akiko, are finally reunited when Akito desires to live as a family once more. Although things are fine at first, Akiko begins to express her incestuous love for her older brother, who only sees her as his little sister.

==Characters==
;{{nihongo|Akito Himenokōji|姫小路秋人|Himenokōji Akito}}
:{{voiced by|Ryōta Ōsaka}}
:The main protagonist. Akito recently reunited with his sister, after being separated for six years, and transferred into Saint Liliana High School Class 2A. He is generally lazy and hopes to live a normal life, but he will also work with his full strength to achieve his goal. He started to take care of his sister when he was young, however when their parents died, the siblings got separated. After six years, he was finally able to reunite with her and moved out to live by themselves, but only to find out that she has a brother complex, which had developed while they were separated at youth. It is later revealed that he was actually adopted by his current parents, and has no blood relationship with his sister, but he chose to keep this as a secret, especially to her. He loves to trick Akiko, or watching others trick her. Akito is quite over-protective of Akiko, and people around him often comment about Akiko having a serious brother complex, although both of them strongly deny this. Since the siblings are now living by themselves, he secretly makes their living by writing porn novels of brother-sister incest under the pen name "Kōichirō Shindo", and has become a famous author. He uses the setting and their relationship as the setting. He is given the job of Student Council's "Vice-Assistant of Proxy of Secretary", that Arashi happily claims that's a fabricated position for her underground lover; technically, he is the assistant of the secretary, Akiko.

;{{nihongo|Akiko Himenokōji|姫小路秋子|Himenokōji Akiko}}
:{{voiced by|Ibuki Kido}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student. Akiko is Akito's sister, and has pretty appearance and polite manners. However, she has very serious brother-complex, and is taking a very active way to seduce Akito. She is also very proud of her brother complex and makes no effort of hiding it. She is the secretary of Saint Liliana High School Student Council, but is very reluctant when Akito interacts with other student council members. She doesn't know that Akito has no blood relationship with her and believes that they are twins; according to their deceased mother, Akiko will probably sexually assault her brother once she learns this fact. As for now, believing that they are blood related siblings, and respecting her brother's will is the only barrier that stops her from doing so. She is a fan of Kōichirō Shindo, and wishes her brother would be as aggressive as the brother in Kōichirō Shindo's novel; however she hasn't noticed that Kōichirō Shindo is actually her brother, and that the beginning of his novel is based on their relationship.

;{{nihongo|Anastasia Nasuhara|那須原アナスタシア|Nasuhara Anasutashia}}
:{{voiced by|[[Minori Chihara]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Second year student and the Vice-President of the Student Council and the daughter of the owner of Nasuhara industry, a world-wide company. Anastasia is half-Russian and half-American due her having both American and Russian parents, and she also has blonde twintails. She has a cold personality and often asks strange questions, for example as asking Akito if he is a cherry boy when they first met. She is the rival of Akiko and is proud of that she wins a small bit on almost everything, including height, grades, breast size, rank during Miss Saint Liliana High School Election, and Student Council rank. However, she is extremely bad at house chores due to her wealthy family, to the point that she will gladly admit it and try to escape from doing them. She also loves cute things, and not only keeps lots of plushies in her room, but also loves to play with Arisa. Despite being a rival of Akiko, she goes very well with Akito and confessed to him on his first day to school. Although Akito hasn't gotten a chance to answer due to the chaotic situation that the confession brings on afterwards. She demands that Akito call her Ana, but teases him for calling a girl "hole" (because ana (穴) means hole in japanese) whenever he does so.

;{{nihongo|Ginbei Haruomi Sawatari|猿渡銀兵衛春臣|Sawatari Ginbei Haruomi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Asami Shimoda]]}}
:Akito's childhood friend. Despite having a boyish name and way of talking, Ginbei is a girl and secretly has feelings towards Akito. Due to her merchant family tradition, she was raised like a boy and not allowed to take a job herself, living only on her family's financial support. She later transferred into Saint Liliana High School and became the accountant of the Student Council. Despite the fact she even dared to move and transfer schools to follow Akito, Akito often refers to her unintentionally as his best (normal) friend , which greatly disappoints her . She has a habit of mumbling about Akito's ignorance whenever he overlooks her feelings.

;{{nihongo|Arashi Nikaidō|二階堂嵐|Nikaidō Arashi}}
:{{voiced by|[[Eri Kitamura]]}}
:Saint Liliana High School Third year student and the President of the Student Council, Arashi wears a ponytail, has [[heterochromia]] and is seen often wearing an eyepatch on her right eye. She is also often seen carrying a real katana. She has the best grades out of the whole 3rd year students and is a powerful leader, being able not only to handle most of the Student Council chores by herself, but also to take control of most of the school's activity. She is bisexual and very sexually aggressive , claiming she has had over 30 lovers, thus gaining the nickname "The Predator". However, later in the story she decides to break up peacefully with her lovers in order to make the Student Council into her harem and to seduce them. She also has the habit of referring to Akito as either her underground lover or sex slave. She is actually Akito's cousin before his adoption by his parents, knows that Akito is adopted by his family, and decides to support him if she can. She is the only one who knows that Kōichirō Shindo is actually Akito's pen name.

;{{nihongo|Arisa Takanomiya|鷹ノ宮ありさ|Takanomiya Arisa}}
:{{voiced by|[[Sumire Morohoshi]]}}
:Daughter of Akito's adoptive family and also his fiancee. Arisa is a genius, despite being only 12 years old, she has already graduated from a famous university, and her essay is on multiple famous professional magazines. She is also good at house chores. At the end of the 4th novel, she moved in to live with the student council members. While most student council members prefer to say that the engagement doesn't count due to her age, Akiko is the only one that views her as a love rival. However, after an argument of who is better for Akito, the two of them decide to work together as they notice that Akito sees both of them as his sisters rather than a potential love interest. She has a habit of going silent and showing emotions on her face, which is so cute that people who see it can't resist accepting her will.

;{{nihongo|Kaoruko Jinno|神野薫子|Jinno Kaoruko}}
:{{voiced by|[[Megumi Takamoto]]}}
:Kōichirō Shindo's personal editor, Kaoruko worries that Akito has a sister complex and is trying to fix it.

==Media==

===Light novel===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Manga===
{{expand section|date=October 2012}}

===Anime===
A 12-episode anime television series adaptation, directed by [[Keiichiro Kawaguchi]] and produced by studio [[Silver Link]], began airing on October 5, 2012. The opening for the anime is "Self Producer" by [[Minori Chihara]], and the ending is {{Nihongo|"Life-Ru is Love-Ru!!|Lifeる is LOVEる!!}}, by Liliana Sisters consisting of Ibuki Kido, Minori Chihara, [[Asami Shimoda]] and [[Eri Kitamura]]. The anime is licensed in North America by [[Funimation]].

====Episode list====
{|class="wikitable" style="width:98%; margin:auto; background:#FFF; table-layout:fixed;"
|- style="border-bottom: 3px solid #CCF;"
! style="width:3em;" | No.
! Title
! style="width:12em;" | Original airdate
|-
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 01
|KanjiTitle = おにあい
|RomajiTitle = Oniai
|EnglishTitle = Brother Love
|OriginalAirDate = October 5, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 02
|KanjiTitle = みだらね
|RomajiTitle = Midarane
|EnglishTitle = Indecent
|OriginalAirDate = October 12, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 03
|KanjiTitle = ぶらなし
|RomajiTitle = Bura Nashi
|EnglishTitle = Braless
|OriginalAirDate = October 19, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 04
|KanjiTitle = はだかだ
|RomajiTitle = Hadakada
|EnglishTitle = Naked
|OriginalAirDate = October 26, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 05
|KanjiTitle = せいかん
|RomajiTitle = Seikan
|EnglishTitle = Sexual Desires
|OriginalAirDate = November 2, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 06
|KanjiTitle = まょちき
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle =
|OriginalAirDate = November 9, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 07
|KanjiTitle = ちっぱい
|RomajiTitle = Chippai
|EnglishTitle =
|OriginalAirDate = November 16, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 08
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 23, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 09
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = November 30, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 10
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 7, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 11
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 14, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{{Japanese episode list
|EpisodeNumber = 12
|KanjiTitle =
|RomajiTitle =
|EnglishTitle = ???????
|OriginalAirDate = December 21, 2012
|ShortSummary =
}}
{|

==References==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
*[http://www.mediafactory.co.jp/bunkoj/oniai/index.html Light novel official website] {{ja icon}}
*[http://www.oniai.com/ Anime official website] {{ja icon}}
*{{ann|anime|14338}}

[[Category:2010 novels]]
[[Category:2011 manga]]
[[Category:2012 anime television series]]
[[Category:Anime and manga based on light novels]]
[[Category:Funimation Entertainment]]
[[Category:Light novels]]
[[Category:Media Factory manga]]
[[Category:MF Bunko J]]
[[Category:Romantic comedy anime and manga]]
[[Category:Seinen manga]]
[[Category:Silver Link]]
[[Category:Television programs based on light novels]]

[[ko:오빠지만 사랑만 있으면 상관없잖아?]]
[[it:Oniichan dakedo ai sae areba kankeinai yo ne!]]
[[ja:お兄ちゃんだけど愛さえあれば関係ないよねっ]]
[[zh:就算是哥哥，有愛就沒問題了，對吧]]

Decisiones

2012-11-07T18:45:11Z

Kazu89: remove unrelated spam link

{{Infobox television
| show_name = Decisiones
| image = [[File:Decisiones1516.jpg|250px]]
| caption =
| format = anthology
| picture_format = [[Color]]
| camera = [[Multicamera setup|Multi-camera]]
| producer =
| executive_producer =
| starring =
| narrated =
| theme_music_composer =
| opentheme =
| endtheme =
| country = Colombia United States
| language = [[Spanish language|Spanish]]
| network = [[Telemundo]]
| picture_format = [[NTSC]]
| audio_format = [[Stereophonic sound]]
| location = [[Miami]], [[Florida]]
| first_aired = {{Start date|2005|5|9}}
| last_aired = {{End date|2007||}}
| num_episodes = 323
| list_episodes =
| website = http://msnlatino.telemundo.com/novelas/Decisiones/
}}
'''''Decisiones''''' ({{IPA-es|desiˈsjones}}, ''Decisions'') is a [[Telemundo]]-produced Spanish-language [[television program|television]] [[anthology]] of steamy melodramas about passion and sex in the modern world. The hour-long series features impassioned people thrust into amorous adventures and pushed to their breaking points. Unlike much Spanish-language dramatic fare, each show contains a complete story.

According to [[Telemundo]], these fervid tales are "inspired by real-life cases of everyday heroes".<ref>[http://www.nbcunicable.com/insidenbccable/newsletter/june05.html]</ref> The network bills the show as a mix of drama and reality. [[Telemundo]] also broadcast English subtitles of many episodes as closed captions on CC3.

''Decisiones''' first aired on [[Telemundo]] from May 9 to August 8, 2005 with Candela Ferro hosting. It returned to the prime-time schedule from September 26, 2005 to April 13, 2007, when it made room for the serial ''[[Sin Vergüenza (TV series)|Sin Vergüenza]]'' ("''No Shame''"). A third run began in daytime on August 22, 2007 with the title ''Decisiones de mujeres'' (''Decisions of Women'') hosted by Rashel Diaz.

On September 4, 2007, a 50-episode season of ''Decisiones'' began production in Puerto Rico by a division of Telemundo, [[Telemundo of Puerto Rico Studios]]. The season debuted on November 12, 2007, hosted by [[Cynthia Olavarria]]. As of April, 2008, over 500 episodes of this series had been produced.<ref>[http://www.miraclescreenings.com/21/telenov03.htm]</ref>

Spanish TV buffs sometimes derisively refer to this show as "Sexiciones," due to what they consider crass, excessive eroticism.

It is currently in reruns on [[mun2]] in the U.S.

== References ==
{{Reflist}}

== External links ==
* [http://www.tepuy.com/decisiones_eng.swf Telemundo International] ''Decisiones'' page (English, requires [[Adobe Flash Player|Flash]])
* [http://msnlatino.telemundo.com/novelas/Decisiones/ Telemundo Decisiones] official site (Spanish)
* [http://www.decisionespr.com Desiciones Puerto Rico] official site (Spanish)

{{Telemundo 2006-2007 telenovelas}}

[[Category:2000s American television series]]
[[Category:2005 American television series debuts]]
[[Category:2007 American television series endings]]
[[Category:Telemundo network shows]]
[[Category:Television series by Universal Television]]
[[Category:American anthology television series]]
[[Category:Colombian anthology television series]]

[[es:Decisiones (serie de televisión)]]

Willem van Ruytenburch

2012-10-24T18:15:26Z

Kazu89: template fix, interwiki

{{Expand Dutch|Willem_van_Ruytenburch|topic=military|date=August 2012}}
[[Image:The Nightwatch by Rembrandt.jpg|right|thumb|260px|Willem van Ruytenburch (dressed in yellow, with a white sash) is second to Captain Frans Banning Cocq in [[Rembrandt]]'s ''[[Night Watch (painting)|Night Watch]].]]
'''Willem van Ruytenburch''' (baptized 13 August 1600 - 1657) of [[Amsterdam]] was a [[lieutenant]] to Captain [[Frans Banning Cocq]] in the mid-17th century. He is best known as the lieutenant in [[Rembrandt]]'s masterpiece ''[[Night Watch (painting)|The Night Watch]]''.<ref>{{cite web|title='The Company of Capteyn Frans Banning Cocq' (aka 'The Night Watch') by Rembrandt|url=http://h2g2.com/dna/h2g2/A3709460|accessdate=12 March 2012}}</ref>

Although known as ''[[Night Watch (painting)|The Night Watch]]'', this is not the original title; at that time it was in fact unusual to title paintings but if indeed it had a name, the more correct one would be "The Company of Captain Frans Banning Cocq and Lieutenant Willem van Ruytenburch". The painting is notable, among other things, for its huge size: approximately 3.35 m x 4.26 m (11 ft by 14 ft).

==References==
{{Reflist}}

{{Persondata 
| NAME = Ruytenburch, Willem van
| ALTERNATIVE NAMES =
| SHORT DESCRIPTION = Dutch Night Watch man
| DATE OF BIRTH =
| PLACE OF BIRTH =
| DATE OF DEATH =
| PLACE OF DEATH =
}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Ruytenburch, Willem van}}
[[Category:1600 births]]
[[Category:1657 deaths]]
[[Category:People from Amsterdam]]

[[nl:Willem van Ruytenburch]]

Tahai

2012-06-17T14:01:21Z

Kazu89: +image

[[File:Ahu Ko te Riku.jpg|thumb|The Ahu Ko Te Riku]]
The '''Tahai Ceremonial Complex''' is an [[archaeology|archaeologica]]l site on [[Rapa Nui]] ([[Easter Island]]) in [[Chilean Polynesia]]. Restored in 1974 by the late [[William Mulloy|Dr. William Mulloy]], an [[United States|American]] [[archaeologist]], Tahai comprises three principal ''ahu'' from north to south: Ko Te Riku (with restored eyes), Tahai, and Vai Ure. Visible in the distance from Tahai are two restored ''ahu'' at [[Hanga Kio'e]], projects that Mulloy undertook in 1972. Like other Mulloy restoration projects at [[Ahu Akivi]], the ceremonial village of [[Orongo]] and [[Ahu Vinapu|Vinapu]], the ceremonial center at Tahai now constitutes an integral part of the [[Rapa Nui National Park]], designated by [[UNESCO]] as a [[World Heritage]] site.

William Mulloy and Emily Ross Mulloy are buried at Tahai.

==References==

* Mulloy, W.T., and S.R. Fischer. 1993. ''Easter Island Studies: Contributions to the History of Rapanui in Memory of William T. Mulloy.'' Oxford: Oxbow Books.
* Mulloy, W.T., World Monuments Fund, and Easter Island Foundation. 1995. ''The Easter Island Bulletins of William Mulloy.'' New York; Houston: World Monuments Fund; Easter Island Foundation.
* Norwegian Archaeological Expedition to Easter Island and the East Pacific, T. Heyerdahl, E.N. Ferdon, W.T. Mulloy, A. Skjølsvold, C.S. Smith. 1961. ''Archaeology of Easter Island.'' Stockholm; Santa Fe, N.M.: Forum Pub. House; distributed by The School of American Research.

==External links==
* [http://islandheritage.org/pg/tcfotos.html Tahai Ceremonial Complex]
* [http://www.islandheritage.org/ Easter Island Foundation]
* [http://www.museorapanui.cl/Biblioteca/index.php William Mulloy Library]
* [http://www.museorapanui.cl/Inicio Father Sebastian Englert Anthropology Museum]

[[Category:Easter Island]]
[[Category:Archaeological sites in Chile]]
[[Category:Archaeological sites in Easter Island]]

[[cs:Tahai]]
[[it:Ahu Tahai]]

Template:Jews and Judaism sidebar

2012-06-16T01:15:01Z

Kazu89: Undid revision 497799154 by 99.254.83.34 (talk)

{{Sidebar with collapsible lists
| name = Jews and Judaism sidebar
| bodyclass = hlist
| pretitle = Part of [[Outline of Judaism|a series]] on
| title = [[Jews]] and [[Judaism]]
| image = [[File:Star of David.svg|70px|Star of David]]
| expanded = {{{expanded|{{{1|}}}}}}

| listtitlestyle = border-top:solid 1px #aaaaaa

| heading1 = 
* [[Jew (word)|Etymology]]
* [[Who is a Jew?]]
* [[Jewish peoplehood]]
* [[Jewish identity]]
| list1name = religion
| list1title = [[Judaism|Religion]]
| list1 =
* [[God in Judaism]]
**[[Names of God in Judaism|Names]]
:
* [[Jewish principles of faith|Principles of faith]]
* [[Mitzvah|Mitzvot]]
**[[613 commandments|613]]
:
* [[Halakha]]
* [[Shabbat]]
* [[Jewish holiday|Holidays]]
:
* [[Jewish prayer|Prayer]]
* [[Tzedakah]]
* [[Laws and customs of the Land of Israel in Judaism|Land of Israel]]
:
* [[Brit milah|Brit]]
* [[Bar and Bat Mitzvah]]
:
* [[Jewish views on marriage|Marriage]]
* [[Bereavement in Judaism|Bereavement]]
:
* [[Jewish philosophy|Philosophy]]
* [[Jewish ethics|Ethics]]
* [[Kabbalah]]
:
* [[Minhag|Customs]]
* [[Synagogue]]
* [[Rabbi]]

| list2name = texts
| list2title = [[:Category:Jewish texts|Texts]]
| list2 =
* [[Tanakh]]
**[[Torah]]
**[[Nevi'im]]
**[[Ketuvim]]
:
* [[Targum]]
:
* [[Talmud]]
**[[Mishnah]]
**[[Gemara]]
:
* [[Rabbinic literature|Rabbinic]]
**[[Midrash]]
**[[Tosefta]]
:
* [[Mishneh Torah]]
* [[Arba'ah Turim|Tur]]
:
* [[Shulchan Aruch]]
:
* [[Zohar]]

| list3name = communities
| list3title = [[Jewish ethnic divisions|Communities]]
| list3 =
* [[Ashkenazi Jews|Ashkenazi]]
* [[Sephardi Jews|Sephardi]]
* [[Mizrahi Jews|Mizrahi]]
**[[Bukharan Jews|Bukharan]]
**[[Kurdish Jews|Kurdish]]
**[[Mountain Jews|Mountain]]
* [[Romaniotes]]
:
* Related groups:
:
* [[Lemba people|Lemba]]
* [[Khazars]]
**[[Crimean Karaites|Karaim]]
**[[Krymchaks]]
:
* [[Samaritan]]s
* [[Crypto-Judaism|Crypto-Jews]]
* [[Jewish tribes of Arabia|Mosaic Arabs]]

| list4name = population
| list4title = [[Jewish population|Population]]
| list4 =
* '''[[History of the Jews in the Land of Israel|Land of Israel]]'''
:
* [[Israeli Jews]]
* [[Palestinian Jews]]
:
* '''[[Jews and Judaism in Europe|Europe]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews in Russia|Russia]]
* [[History of the Jews in Poland|Poland]]
* [[History of the Jews in Germany|Germany]]
* [[History of the Jews in the Netherlands|Netherlands]]
* [[History of the Jews in Austria|Austria]]
* [[History of the Jews in Hungary|Hungary]]
* [[History of the Jews in Romania|Romania]]
* [[History of the Jews in the United Kingdom|United Kingdom]]
* [[History of the Jews in France|France]]
* [[History of the Jews in Portugal|Portugal]]
* [[History of the Jews in Spain|Spain]]
* [[History of the Jews in Italy|Italy]]
* [[History of the Jews in Greece|Greece]]
* [[History of the Jews in Bulgaria|Bulgaria]]
:
* '''[[List of Asian Jews|Asia]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews in Iraq|Iraq]]
* [[Yemenite Jews|Yemen]]
* [[History of the Jews in Syria|Syria]]
* [[History of the Jews in Lebanon|Lebanon]]
* [[History of the Jews in Iran|Iran]]
* [[History of the Jews in Turkey|Turkey]]
* [[History of the Jews in Georgia (country)|Georgia]]
* [[History of the Jews in India|India]]
* [[History of the Jews in Pakistan|Pakistan]]
* [[History of the Jews in China|China]]
:
* '''[[African Jews|Africa]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews in Morocco|Morocco]]
* [[History of the Jews in Algeria|Algeria]]
* [[History of the Jews in Tunisia|Tunisia]]
* [[History of the Jews in Libya|Libya]]
* [[History of the Jews in Egypt|Egypt]]
* [[Beta Israel|Ethiopia]]
* [[History of the Jews in South Africa|South Africa]]
:
* '''[[North America]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews in the United States|United States]]
* [[History of the Jews in Canada|Canada]]
:
* '''[[History of the Jews in Latin America|Latin America]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews of Argentina|Argentina]]
* [[History of the Jews in Brazil|Brazil]]
* [[History of the Jews in Mexico|Mexico]]
:
* '''[[History of the Jews in Oceania|Oceania]]'''
:
* [[History of the Jews in Australia|Australia]]
* [[History of the Jews in New Zealand|New Zealand]] 
:
* [[Judaism by country]]
* [[Lists of Jews]]
* [[Rabbi]]s
:
* [[Historical Jewish population comparisons|Historical population comparisons]]

| list5name = denominations
| list5title = [[Jewish religious movements|Denominations]]
| list5 =
* [[Alternative Judaism|Alternative]]
* [[Conservative Judaism|Conservative]]
:
* [[Humanistic Judaism|Humanistic]]
* [[Karaite Judaism|Karaite]]
* [[Liberal Judaism|Liberal]]
:
* [[Orthodox Judaism|Orthodox]]
* [[Haymanot]]
* [[Reconstructionist Judaism|Reconstructionist]]
:
* [[Reform movement in Judaism|Reform]]
* [[Jewish Renewal|Renewal]]
* [[Union for Traditional Judaism|Traditional]]

| list6name = culture
| list6title = [[Jewish culture|Culture]]
| list6 =
* [[Minyan]]
* [[Jewish wedding|Wedding]]
* [[Niddah]]
* [[Pidyon haben]]
* [[Jewish music|Music]]
* [[Jewish cuisine|Cuisine]]
* [[Hiloni]]
* [[Shidduch]]
* [[Zeved habat]]
* [[Conversion to Judaism]]

| list7name = languages
| list7title = [[Jewish languages|Languages]]
| list7 =
* [[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]
**[[Biblical Hebrew|Biblical]]
* [[Yiddish language|Yiddish]]
* [[Juhuri language|Juhuri]]
:
* [[Judæo-Iranian languages|Judæo-Iranian]]
* [[Judaeo-Spanish|Ladino]]
:
* [[Judeo-Aramaic language|Judeo-Aramaic]]
* [[Judeo-Arabic languages|Judeo-Arabic]]

| list8name = history
| list8title = [[Jewish history|History]]
| list8 =
* [[Timeline of Jewish history|Timeline]]
* [[Jewish leadership|Leaders]]
:
* [[History of ancient Israel and Judah|Ancient]]
* [[Kingdom of Judah]]
:
* [[Temple in Jerusalem]]
:
* [[Babylonian captivity]]
:
* [[Yehud Medinata]]
:
* [[Jerusalem]]
:
**[[Jerusalem in Judaism|in Judaism]]
**[[Timeline of Jerusalem|Timeline]]
:
* [[Hasmonean dynasty]]
* [[Sanhedrin]]
:
* [[Jewish schisms|Schisms]]
* [[Pharisees]]
:
* [[Jewish–Roman wars]]
:
* [[Christianity and Judaism]]
:
* [[Islamic–Jewish relations]]
:
* [[Jewish diaspora|Diaspora]]
* [[Jews in the Middle Ages|Middle Ages]]
:
* [[Sabbateans]]
* [[Hasidic Judaism|Hasidism]]
* [[Haskalah]]
:
* [[Jewish emancipation|Emancipation]]
* [[The Holocaust]]
* [[Aliyah]]
:
* [[Israel]]
**[[History of Israel|history]]
:
* [[Arab–Israeli conflict]]
* [[Land of Israel]]
:
* [[Baal teshuva movement|Baal teshuva]]
* [[Persecution of Jews|Persecution]]
:
* [[Antisemitism]]
**[[History of antisemitism|history]]

| list9name = politics
| list9title = [[Jewish political movements|Politics]]
| list9 =
* [[Zionism]]
:
**[[Labor Zionism|Labor]]
**[[Revisionist Zionism|Revisionist]]
**[[Religious Zionism|Religious]]
**[[Green Zionism|Green]]
**[[General Zionists|General]]
:
* [[Bundism]]
* [[World Agudath Israel]]
:
* [[Jewish feminism|Feminism]]
* [[Politics of Israel]]
:
* [[Jewish left|Left]]
* [[Jewish right|Right]]

| below =
* {{Icon|CAT}} '''[[:Category:Jews and Judaism|Category]]'''
* {{Icon|PORTAL}} '''[[Portal:Judaism|Portal]]'''
* {{Icon|WIKIPROJECT}} '''[[Wikipedia:WikiProject Judaism|WikiProject]]'''
}}<noinclude>

{{See also|Template:Judaism|Template:Jews and Judaism}}
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Tokyo Skytree

2012-05-16T17:45:43Z

Kazu89: /* Colour */

{{Infobox building
|name = Tokyo Skytree
|native_name = 東京スカイツリー
|native_name_lang = ja
|image = Tokyo Sky Tree1.jpg
|caption = Tokyo Sky Tree under construction in March 2011
|location = [[Sumida, Tokyo]], Japan
|latd = 35| latm = 42| lats = 36.5| latNS = N
|longd = 139| longm = 48| longs = 39| longEW = E
|iso_region = JP-13_source:dewiki
|coordinates_display= title
|status = Completed
|start_date = 14 July 2008
|completion_date = 29 February 2012
|opening = {{Start date|2012|05|22|df=y}}
|building_type = Broadcast, restaurant, and observation tower
|antenna_spire = {{Convert|634.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|roof = {{Convert|495.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|top_floor = {{Convert|450.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|floor_count =
|elevator_count = 13
|cost = 40 billion JPY (440 million USD)
|floor_area =
|architect = [[Nikken Sekkei]]
|structural_engineer=
|main_contractor = [[Obayashi Corp.]]
|developer = [[Tobu Railway]]
|owner = Tobu Tower Sky Tree Co., Ltd.
|website = {{URL|http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english/}}}}
{{nihongo|'''Tokyo Skytree'''|東京スカイツリー|Tōkyō Sukai Tsurī}}, formerly known as {{nihongo|'''New Tokyo Tower'''|新東京タワー|Shin Tōkyō Tawā}}, is a broadcasting, restaurant, and observation [[tower]] in [[Sumida, Tokyo]], Japan. It became the [[List of tallest structures in Japan|tallest structure in Japan]] in 2010<ref name="tallest">[http://mdn.mainichi.jp/mdnnews/national/news/20100329p2g00m0dm025000c.html Tokyo Sky Tree beats Tokyo Tower, now tallest building in Japan], The Mainichi Daily News, 29 March 2010</ref> and reached its full height of {{Convert|634.0|m|ft|0}} in March 2011, making it the [[List of tallest towers in the world|tallest tower]] in the world, displacing the [[Canton Tower]],<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.ctbuh.org/News/GlobalTallNews/tabid/468/EntryId/4066/Japan-Finishes-Worlds-Tallest-Communications-Tower.aspx|title=Japan Finishes World's Tallest Communications Tower|publisher=[[Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat]]|date=1 March 2012|accessdate=2 March 2012}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.emporis.com/building/tokyo-sky-tree-tokyo-japan|title=Tokyo Sky Tree|publisher=[[Emporis]]|accessdate=2 March 2012}}</ref> and the second [[tallest structure]] in the world after [[Burj Khalifa]] (829.84 m/2,723 ft).

Led by [[Tobu Railway]] and a group of six terrestrial broadcasters headed by [[NHK]], the tower project forms the centrepiece of a large commercial development equidistant from [[Tokyo Skytree Station|Tokyo Skytree]] and [[Oshiage Station|Oshiage]] train stations, {{convert|7|km|abbr=on}} north-east of Tokyo station. One of its main purposes is to relay television and radio broadcast signals; Tokyo's current facility, [[Tokyo Tower]] with a height of {{Convert|333|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}, no longer gives complete [[digital terrestrial television]] broadcasting coverage because it is surrounded by many high-rise buildings. The project was completed on 29 February 2012, with the tower's public opening due on 22 May 2012.<ref name="Tokyo Sky Tree">{{cite web|url=http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/about/enterprise.html|title=事業概要|work=Tokyo Sky Tree Home|language=Japanese|accessdate=2 September 2011}}</ref>

==Design==
The design was published on 24 November 2006, based on the following three concepts.
*Fusion of futuristic design and traditional beauty of Japan,
*Catalyst for revitalization of the city,
*Contribution to disaster prevention "Safety and Security".

The base of the tower has a structure similar to a [[tripod]]; from a height of about {{convert|350|m|abbr=on}} and above, the tower's structure is cylindrical to withstand very strong winds.{{citation needed|date = February 2012}}

There are observatories at {{convert|350|m|abbr=on}} and {{convert|450|m|abbr=on}}.

===Earthquake resistance===
The tower has [[Earthquake engineering structures|seismic proofing]], including a central shaft made of reinforced concrete. The main internal pillar is attached to the outer tower structure {{convert|125|m|sp=us}} above ground. From there until {{convert|375|m|sp=us}} the pillar is attached to the tower frame with oil dampers, which act as cushions during an earthquake. According to the designers, the dampers can absorb 50 percent of the energy from an earthquake.<ref>Nakata, Hiroko, "[http://www.japantimes.co.jp/text/nn20120221i1.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+japantimes+(The+Japan+Times%3A+All+Stories) Tokyo Sky Tree opener looms large]", ''[[Japan Times]]'', 21 February 2012, p. 3.</ref>

===Colour===
The exterior lattice is painted a colour officially called "Sky Tree White". This is an original colour based on a bluish white [[Traditional colors of Japan|traditional Japanese colour]] called {{Nihongo||藍白|aijiro}}.<ref name="colordesign">{{cite web |url= http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english/design/color.html|title= Color Design|year= 2008|work= Tokyo Sky Tree|publisher= Tobu Railway Co.|location= Japan|accessdate=7 June 2011}}</ref>

===Illumination===
The illumination design was published on 16 October 2009. Two illumination patterns (sky blue and purple) will be used, alternating daily. The tower is illuminated using LED lights.

==Naming and height==
[[File:Tallest towers in the world.PNG|thumb|Diagram of the tallest TV towers]]
[[File:Tokyo Sky Tree - Silhouette & Cross section.svg|thumb|upright|The [[Cross section (geometry)|cross-section]] of the tower forms an [[equilateral triangle]] on the ground, gradually rounding to become circular at 320 m elevation.]]
From October to November 2007, suggestions were collected from the general public for the name to be given to the tower. On 19 March 2008, a committee chose six final candidate names: Tokyo Edo Tower, Tokyo Sky Tree, Mirai Tree, Yumemi Yagura, Rising East Tower, and Rising Tower, with the official name to be decided in a nationwide vote. On 10 June 2008, the official name of the tower was announced as "Tokyo Sky Tree". The name received around 33,000 votes (30%) out of 110,000 cast, with the second most popular name being "Tokyo [[Edo]] Tower".<ref>[http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/news/pdf/080610.pdf Name of New Tower Decided] {{ja icon}}</ref>

The height of {{convert|634|m|abbr=on}} was selected to be easily remembered. The figures 6 (mu), 3 (sa), 4 (shi) stand for "[[Musashi Province|Musashi]]" an old name of the region where the Tokyo Sky Tree stands.

==Broadcasting use==
Tokyo Skytree will be used as a radio/television broadcast and communications tower.

===Television broadcasters===
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Channel
! Channel name
! Callsign
! Signal power
! Broadcast area
|-

| <center>1</center>
| [[NHK General TV]] / NHK G (GTV)
| JOAK-DTV
| rowspan=7 | 10 kW
| [[Kantō]] (except [[Ibaraki Prefecture]])
|-
| <center>2</center>
| [[NHK Educational TV]] / NHK E (ETV)
| JOAB-DTV
| All Japan
|-
| <center>4</center>
| [[Nippon Television]] / Nittele (NTV)
| JOAX-DTV
|rowspan="5"| All Kantō
|-
| <center>5</center>
| [[TV Asahi]] / Tele-Asa (EX)
| JOEX-DTV
|-
| <center>6</center>
| [[Tokyo Broadcasting System|TBS]]
| JORX-DTV
|-
| <center>7</center>
| [[TV Tokyo]] / Teleto (TX)
| JOTX-DTV
|-
| <center>8<center>
| [[Fuji Television]] (CX)
| JOCX-DTV
|-
| <center>9</center>
| [[Tokyo Metropolitan Television]] / Tokyo MX
| JOMX-DTV
| 3 kW
| Tokyo
|}

===FM radio broadcasters===
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Frequency
! Station name
! Callsign
! ERP
! Broadcast area
|-
| 81.3 MHz
| [[J-Wave]]
| JOAV-FM
|rowspan="2"|44 kW
|rowspan="2"|Tokyo

|-
| 82.5 MHz
| [[NHK]] Tokyo FM
| JOAK-FM
|}

==Timeline==
===2008===
*14 July 2008: A ceremony was held at the site to mark the start of construction.<ref>[http://search.japantimes.co.jp/cgi-bin/nn20080715b2.html ''Tokyo Sky Tree construction starts'']. The Japan Times (15 July 2008). Retrieved on 15 July 2008.</ref>

===2009===
*6 April 2009: The [[Foundation (engineering)|foundations]] for the three main legs were completed.<ref>{{cite news|title =高さ610メートル電波塔「スカイツリー」本体が地上に姿| author7=|url=http://sankei.jp.msn.com/region/kanto/tokyo/090406/tky0904062220006-n1.htm|publisher=[[Sankei Shimbun]]|location=Tokyo| accessdate=28 July 2009|language=Japanese|trans_title =The height of 610 meter radio wave tower, "Sky Tree", the main body of tower appeared on the ground|archivedate =6 April 2009|archiveurl=http://sankei.jp.msn.com/region/kanto/tokyo/090406/tky0904062220006-n1.htm }}</ref>
*7 August 2009: The tower reached a height of 100 m.<ref>{{cite web|author=Rising-east.jp|title=Tokyo Sky Tree is the height of the body beyond the 100m tower. Tree is growing steadily.|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/20090806.pdf}}</ref>
*16 October 2009: The projected height was increased from 610 m to 634 m to make it the highest self-supporting{{elucidate|date=February 2012}} steel tower. Also, 6-3-4 is [[Musashi Province|''Mu-sa-shi'']] in [[Japanese wordplay]] ''goroawase''.<ref>{{cite web|title=東京スカイーツリーの最高高さを634mに決定しました。|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/2009101602.pdf|archiveurl=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/2009101602.pdf|publisher=[[Tobu Railway]] and Tobu Tower Sky Tree|location=Tokyo|language=Japanese|trans_title =Maximum height of Tokyo Sky Tree decided to be 634m|format=PDF|archivedate=16 October 2009|accessdate=16 October 2009}}</ref>
*10 November 2009: The tower reached a height of 200 m.<ref>[http://headlines.yahoo.co.jp/hl?a=20091110-00000463-yom-soci ]{{dead link|date=March 2012}}</ref>

===2010===
*16 February 2010: The tower reached a height of {{convert|300|m|abbr=on}}.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/100216.pdf|publisher=Rising East project|language=Japanese|trans_title=Tokyo Sky Tree's height of the tower body exceeds 300m|format=PDF|accessdate=18 February 2010}}</ref>
*29 March 2010: The tower reached a height of {{convert|338|m|abbr=on}}, becoming the tallest structure in Japan.<ref name="tallest" />
*24 April 2010: A 1:25 scale model of the Tokyo Sky Tree was unveiled at the [[Tobu World Square]] theme park in [[Nikkō, Tochigi]].<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.asahi.com/english/TKY201003240432.html|work=Asahi Shimbun |location=Japan|trans_title=Nothing very little about this miniature|accessdate=25 March 2010}}</ref>
*30 July 2010: The tower topped 400 m, reaching a height of {{convert|408|m|abbr=on}}.<ref>[http://home.kyodo.co.jp/modules/fstStory/index.php?storyid=514891 Tokyo Sky Tree, already tallest building in Japan, tops 400 meters], Kyodo News, 30 July 2010</ref>
*11 September 2010: The tower reached 461 m, becoming the tallest structure ever built in Japan, surpassing the dismantled [[Omega_%28navigation_system%29#Omega_Tower.2C_Tsushima|Tsushima Omega tower]] of 455 m.<ref>{{cite news|trans_title= Skytree, actually at last became the tallest in Japan... 461m |language=Japanese|publisher=Yomiuri Online|date=13 September 2010|url=http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/national/news/20100913-OYT1T00327.htm?from=navlp}} (Archived by WebCite at http://www.webcitation.org/5shjrEY4a)</ref>
*23 October 2010: The tower reached a height of {{convert|497|m|abbr=on}}, and assembly of the main tower section was completed.
*20 November 2010: Two [[tuned mass damper]]s with a total weight of 100 [[Tonne|tons]] were temporarily placed on the tower tip at 497 m.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.obayashi.co.jp/news/skytreedetail10_20101125_1|title=東京スカイツリー® のつくり方「制振装置のあるゲイン塔頂部をつくる」|date=25 November 2010|publisher =[[Obayashi Corporation]]|language=Japanese|trans_title ="To make the tower tip with [[tuned mass damper|TMD]] installed", how to make Tokyo Sky Tree'''™'''|accessdate=20 December 2010}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://blog.skytree-obayashi.com/?eid=110989|title=総重量は約100トン。制振装置が塔体の最頂部へ|date=25 November 2010|publisher=Blog from construction site, [[Obayashi Corporation]]|language =Japanese|trans_title =Total weight 100 ton, TMD placed on tower tip.|accessdate=25 November 2010}}</ref>
*1 December 2010: The tower topped the {{convert|500|m|abbr=on}} mark and reached a height of {{convert|511|m|abbr=on}}, beating [[Taipei 101]] ({{convert|509|m|abbr=on}}). A lightning conductor and two tuned mass dampers were docked to the gain tower, which was gradually lifted within the central shaft.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.japantoday.com/category/national/view/tokyo-sky-tree-tops-500-meters-during-construction |title=Tokyo Sky Tree tops 500 meters during construction |publisher=[[Japan Today]] |date=1 December}}</ref>
*16 December 2010: [[Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications]] approved [[NHK]] and [[Zaikyō kī kyoku|five TV key stations in Tokyo]]'s plans to install their broadcasting facilities on the tower.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.soumu.go.jp/soutsu/kanto/if/press/p22/p2212/p221217o.html|title=東京スカイツリーへの放送局の無線設備の設置に向けた変更許可について|date=16 December 2010|publisher=[[Kantō region|Kanto]] Bureau of Telecommunications of [[Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications]]|language=Japanese|trans_title =Approval of alteration to install the radio wave facility of broadcasting stations to Tokyo Sky Tree|accessdate=19 December 2010}}</ref>
*18 December 2010: The [[transmitter|transmitting]] [[Antenna (radio)|antenna]] for digital terrestrial television began to be installed.

===2011===
*1 March 2011: The tower topped the {{convert|600|m|abbr=on}} mark and reached a height of {{convert|604|m|abbr=on}}, beating [[Canton Tower]] ({{convert|600|m|abbr=on}}) and becoming the world's [[List of tallest towers in the world|tallest tower]].<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.japantoday.com/category/national/view/tokyo-sky-tree-tops-600-meters-becoming-worlds-tallest-tower |date=1 March 2011 |publisher=Japan Today |title=Tokyo Sky Tree tops 600 meters, becoming world's tallest tower}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.nikkei.com/life/news/article/g=96958A9C889DE0E6E0EAEBEBE7E2E2E0E2E1E0E2E3E39191E3E2E2E2;da=96958A88889DE2E0E3EAEAE7E6E2E0E3E3E0E0E2E2EBE2E2E2E2E2E2|title=世界一ツリー604メートル到達　東京スカイツリー |trans_title=Tokyo Sky Tree reaches 604 m |date=2 March 2011|publisher=Nikkei Inc.|accessdate=3 March 2011|language=Japanese}}</ref>
*12 March 2011: The tower reached a height of {{convert|625|m|abbr=on}}. A full inspection was made, looking for possible damage by the [[2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami|2011 Tōhoku earthquake]] and its [[aftershock]]s.
*18 March 2011: The tower reached its final height of {{convert|634|m|abbr=on}} at 1:34 pm [[Japan Standard Time|JST]].<ref>{{cite news|title =スカイツリー、634メートルに到達　完成時の高さに|url=http://www.asahi.com/national/update/0318/TKY201103180299.html
|newspaper=[[Asahi Shimbun]]|location=Tokyo|accessdate=18 March 2011|language=Japanese|trans_title =Sky Tree reaches final height of 634 m}}</ref>
* 23 May 2011: Dismantling four [[Crane (machine)|tower crane]]s continues till mid-July.<ref>Yomiuri-online [http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/stream/m_news/vn110523_6.htm movie, dismantling] on 23 May 2011 (Japanese)</ref>
* 7 June 2011: Announced [[Grand opening|public opening]] date of Tokyo Sky Tree Town and [[entrance fee]] (Adults: 2,000 yen to {{convert|350|m|abbr=on}} level; extra 1,000 yen to {{convert|450|m|abbr=on}} level) to [[Observation deck|observation floor]]s.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.tokyo-skytreetown.jp/dl/pdf/2011060701.pdf|title=東京スカイツリータウンの事業概要が決定しました|date=7 June 2011|publisher=Tokyo Sky Tree Town|language=Japanese|trans_title=Decided the business outline of Tokyo Sky Tree Town|format=PDF|accessdate=8 June 2011}}</ref>
* 17 November 2011: Guinness World Records certified the Tokyo Sky Tree as the tallest free-standing tower.<ref>{{cite web|author=by Mirai |url=http://theweeaboo.com/2011/11/tokyo-sky-tree-now-officially-the-tallest-free-standing-tower-in-the-world/ |title=Tokyo Sky Tree officially tallest free-standing tower in the world |publisher=Theweeaboo.com |date=2011-11-19 |accessdate=2012-03-02}}</ref>

===2012===
*29 February 2012: Tower construction was finished. Completion was delayed two months from the original schedule because of a shortage of supplies due to the [[Aftermath of the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami|effects of the 2011 Japanese earthquake and tsunami]].<ref>[http://au.news.yahoo.com/world/a/-/world/13051217/japan-finishes-tokyo-sky-tree/ Japan finishes Tokyo Sky Tree], YAHOO!7 NEWS, AFP 29 February 2012, 4:07 pm</ref>
*2 March 2012: A ceremony was held to celebrate the completion with a ''[[kannushi]]'' priest and 70 people from [[Tobu Railway|Tobu Group]], construction, broadcasting and other companies.<ref>[http://english.kyodonews.jp/photos/2012/03/144831.html Tokyo Sky Tree completion ceremony, March 2, 2012], [[Kyodo News]]</ref><ref>{{cite news|title=東京スカイツリーで竣工式|trans_title =Completion ceremony for Tokyo Sky Tree|url=http://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20120302/t10013432221000.html|agency=[[NHK]] TV|location=Tokyo|accessdate =2012-03-02|language=Japanese}}</ref>
*6 March 2012: First Light-up during the Tokyo Hotaru Festival

==Construction progress==
<gallery>
File:Tokyo sky tree23.jpg|Searchlights showing the planned height of 610 m, 6 October 2007
File:New Tokyo Tower site before build.png|The site during preparation before construction, 12 April 2008
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20090714-2.jpg|14 July 2009 (76 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20090919-1.jpg|19 September 2009 (153 m)
File:TokyoSkyTree20091114.JPG|14 November 2009 (205 m)
File:FileTokyo Sky Tree under construction 20091222-1.jpg|22 December 2009 (245 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20100330-1.jpg|30 March 2010 (338 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20100710-1.jpg|10 July 2010 (398 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101013-1.jpg|Illumination testing, from 18:30 to 21:10, 13 October 2010 (488 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101027-1.jpg|3 November 2010 (497 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101225.jpg|Christmas illumination at sunset, 25 December 2010 (539 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20110123.jpg|23 January 2011 (559 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20110319-1.jpg|Tokyo Sky Tree at its full height on 19 March 2011
File:Tokyo sky tree.jpg|March 2011.
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 2011-08-04.png|4 August 2011
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20111223-1.jpg|Christmas and year end illumination on 23, 24 and 31 December 2011
</gallery>

==See also==
{{Portal|Tokyo}}
* [[Sky City 1000]]
* [[List of tallest towers in the world]]
* [[List of tallest structures in Japan]]
* [[List of tallest freestanding structures in the world]]

==References==
===General===
{{Refbegin}}
*[http://www.skyscrapernews.com/news.php?ref=602 Skyscrapernews article on New Tokyo Tower]
*[http://en.phorio.com/tokyo_sky_tree,_tokyo,_japan Profile on Phorio]
*[http://www.emporis.com/en/wm/bu/?id=232094 Project profile at Emporis]
*"[http://search.japantimes.co.jp/print/business/nb03-2005/nb20050329a4.htm Sumida-Taito picked for new Tokyo Tower site]", ''The Japan Times'', 29 March 2005.
*[http://www.japantoday.com/jp/news/422833 Broadcasters to use new Tokyo Tower as main transmitter], ''Japan Today'', 14 December 2007.
{{Refend}}

===Specific===
{{Reflist|30em}}

==External links==
{{commons category|Tokyo Sky Tree}}
*{{Official website|http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english}} {{en icon}}
*[http://www.rising-east.jp/webcam/ Tokyo Sky Tree construction site webcam] (available Monday–Saturday 9:00–17:00 [[Japan Standard Time]] only) {{ja icon}}
{{Tokyo Skyscrapers}}
{{Supertall}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=March 2012}}

[[Category:Sumida, Tokyo]]
[[Category:Skyscrapers in Tokyo]]
[[Category:Observation towers in Japan]]
[[Category:Television towers in Japan]]
[[Category:Buildings and structures completed in 2012]]

[[ar:طوكيو سكاي تري]]
[[bcl:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[cs:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[de:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[es:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[eu:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[fa:توکیو اسکای تری]]
[[fr:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ko:도쿄 스카이 트리]]
[[id:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[it:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[lt:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[hu:Tókjó Szukai Curí]]
[[mk:Токиско небесно дрво]]
[[ml:ടോക്കിയോ ആകാശ വൃക്ഷം]]
[[ms:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[nl:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ja:東京スカイツリー]]
[[no:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[pl:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[pt:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ru:Небесное дерево Токио]]
[[simple:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[sk:Tókjó Sukai Curí]]
[[fi:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[sv:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ta:டோக்கியோ இசுக்கை றீ]]
[[th:โตเกียวสกายทรี]]
[[uk:Токійське Небесне дерево]]
[[vi:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[zh:東京晴空塔]]

Superbird-B2

2012-04-25T23:18:39Z

Kazu89:

{{Infobox Spacecraft
|Name = Superbird-B2
|Organisation = [[Space Communications Corporation|SCC]] [[JSAT Corporation]]
|Mission_Type = [[Communications satellite|Communication]]
|Carrier_Rocket = [[Ariane 4]] 44LP-3
|Launch = 18 February 2000
|Launch_Site = [[Guiana Space Centre]] [[ELA-2]]
|Orbit_regime = [[Geostationary orbit|Geostationary]]
|Bus = [[HS-601HP]]
|Major_Contractors = [[Hughes]] [[Arianespace]] ([[launch service provider|LSP]])
|Longitude = 162° East
|Mass = {{convert|4057|kg|lb}}
|Mission_Duration = 13 years
|NSSDC_ID = 2000-012A }}
'''Superbird-B2''', also known by its pre-launch designation '''Superbird-4''', is a [[Japan]]ese [[communications satellite]] which is operated by [[JSAT Corporation]]. It was originally built and launched for the [[Space Communications Corporation]], which merged with JSAT in October 2008. It was constructed by [[Hughes]] and is based on the [[HS-601HP]] [[satellite bus]]. Launch occurred on 18 February 2000, at 01:04 GMT. The launch was contracted by [[Arianespace]], and used a [[Ariane 4]] 44LP-3 carrier rocket flying from [[ELA-2]] at the [[Guiana Space Centre]].

It is primarily used to transmit what its operators describe as "area information", and provide a backup [[very small aperture terminal|VSAT]] system to Japanese local government.

Following its launch and on-orbit testing, it was placed in [[geostationary orbit]] at 162° East, from where it provides communications services to Japan. It is equipped with thirty five transponders.

Currently, the [[J-Alert]] emergency warning system is broadcast via Superbird-B2.

== References ==
{{reflist}}
{{refbegin}}
*{{cite web|url=http://space.skyrocket.de/doc_sdat/superbird-4.htm|title=Superbird 4 (Superbird B2)|publisher=Gunter's Space Page|first=Gunter|last=Krebs|accessdate=2009-05-02}}
*{{cite web|url=http://www.lyngsat.com/tracker/sbb2.html.html|title=Superbird B2|publisher=Lyngsat|accessdate=2009-05-02}} {{Dead link|date=October 2010|bot=H3llBot}}
*{{cite web|url=http://planet4589.org/space/jsr/back/news.421|title=Issue 421|publisher=Jonathan's Space Report|first=Jonathan|last=McDowell|accessdate=2009-05-02|date=2000-02-29}}
*{{cite web|url=http://www.sptvjsat.com/en/business/satellite/list/superbird_b2.html|publisher=JSAT Corporation|title=Superbird-B2|date=2008-12-31|accessdate=2009-05-02}}
*{{cite web|url=http://spaceflightnow.com/ariane/v127/index.html|title=Ariane 4 rocket launches Japan's Superbird 4|publisher=Spaceflight Now|first=Justin|last=Ray|date=2000-02-18|accessdate=2009-05-02}}
*{{cite web|url=http://spaceflightnow.com/ariane/v127/status.html|title=Mission Status Center|publisher=Spaceflight Now|work=Ariane Flight V127|first=Justin|last=Ray|date=2000-02-18|accessdate=2009-05-02}}
{{refend}}

{{Orbital launches in 2000}}

[[Category:Communications satellites in geostationary orbit]]
[[Category:2000 in spaceflight]]

{{communications-satellite-stub}}
{{Japan-spacecraft-stub|nocat=yes}}

J-Alert

2012-04-25T23:14:35Z

Kazu89:

{{Update|date=June 2011}}
[[Image:J-ALERT Image3.JPG|right|400px|Diagram of the J-Alert system]]
{{Nihongo|'''J-Alert'''|全国瞬時警報システム|Zenkoku Shunji Keihō System}} is a nationwide warning system in [[Japan]] launched in February 2007. It is designed to quickly inform the public of various threats. The system was developed in the hope that early warnings would speed up evacuation times and help coordinate emergency response.

== The system ==
J-Alert is a [[satellite]] based system that allows authorities to quickly broadcast alerts to local [[Mass media|media]] and to [[citizen]]s directly via a system of [[loudspeaker]]s. According to Japanese officials it takes about 1 second to inform local officials, and between 4 and 20 seconds to relay the message to citizens.
All warnings are broadcast in five languages: Japanese, English, Mandarin, Korean and Portuguese (Japan has a small Chinese, Korean and Brazilian population). The warnings were broadcast in these languages during the [[2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami|11th March 2011 earthquake and tsunami]].

J-Alert broadcasts via the [[Superbird-B2]] communication satellite.

== Information able to be transmitted by this system ==
*Earthquake
**[[Earthquake Early Warning]]
**News flash of [[hypocenter]], magnitude, and precaution to tsunami
**Information of hypocenter, magnitude, intensities of various cities, and presence of tsunami
**Advisory information of [[Tokai earthquakes]]
**Earthquake prediction information of Tokai earthquakes
**Caution to Tokai earthquakes
*[[Tsunami]]
*Volcano eruption
*Military threats
**[[North Korea]]n [[ballistic missile]] launching
**Air assault
**Military attack to nuclear power plant
**Large scale terrorism

== Adoption rate ==
Many prefectures and [[urban area]]s have been slow to adopt the system. Upon its introduction the Japanese government hoped to have 80% of the country equipped with the J-Alert system by 2009. However, under current plans, by 2011 only 36% of the nation will have been covered. Cost has been a major factor. The initial installation estimate is estimated to be around 430 million yen, and the yearly maintenance is estimated to be around 10 million yen. Local governments have been hesitant to cut other services to implement the system.

==References==
{{Reflist}}

== External links ==
* http://www.terradaily.com/reports/Japan_Launches_Alert_System_For_Tsunamis_And_Missiles_999.html
* http://mdn.mainichi.jp/mdnnews/national/news/20081114p2a00m0na005000c.html

[[Category:Disaster preparedness in Japan]]
[[Category:Emergency population warning systems]]

[[fa:سامانه هشدار لحظه‌ای ملی (ژاپن)]]
[[ja:全国瞬時警報システム]]

BINA Istra

2012-02-08T00:38:31Z

Kazu89:

{{Infobox company
| name = Bina-Istra d.o.o.
| logo = [[File:Bina-Istra-logo.png|140px]]
| caption =
| type = [[Joint-stock company]]
| traded_as =
| fate =
| predecessor =
| successor =
| foundation = {{Start date|1995}}
| founder =
| defunct = 
| location_city = [[Pula]]
| location_country = [[Croatia]]
| location =
| locations =
| area_served =
| key_people = David Gabelica ([[Chief executive officer|CEO]])
| industry = Transport
| products = [[Istrian Y]] motorway operator
| services =
| revenue =
| operating_income =
| net_income =
| aum = 
| assets =
| equity =
| owner =
| num_employees =
| parent =
| divisions =
| subsid =
| homepage = {{URL|www.bina-istra.com}}
| footnotes =
| intl =
}}

'''BINA Istra''' is a [[Croatia]]n joint stock company founded in 1995 to facilitate construction and subsequent management of an [[Istrian Y]] motorway, consisting of the [[A8 (Croatia)|A8 motorway]] and the [[A9 (Croatia)|A9 motorway]]. On September 21, 1995, BINA Istra has been granted concession regarding management of the Istrian Y.<ref name="BINA-Koncesija">{{cite news | newspaper = BINA Istra | language = Croatian | url = http://www.bina-istra.com/Default.aspx?sid=38 | title = The first public-private partnership in motorway construction in Croatia | date = August 20, 2010}}</ref> The concession agreement is valid for 32 years, when the motorways shall be returned to the Republic of Croatia without any compensation.

The company currently manages or develops the following routes:

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Number
! [[Control cities]] ''(or other appropriate route description)''
|-
| {{Jct|country=HRV|B|8}}
| [[Kanfanar interchange|Kanfanar]] (A9) - [[Matulji]] (A7)
|-
| {{Jct|country=HRV|A|9}}
| [[Umag]] - [[Kanfanar interchange|Kanfanar]] (A8) - [[Pula]]
|}

Current ownership structure of the company is as follows:<ref name="BINA-Ownership">{{cite news | newspaper = BINA Istra | language = Croatian | url = http://www.bina-istra.com/Default.aspx?sid=368 | title = Ownership structure | date = August 20, 2010}}</ref>

* [[BINA Fincom]] (67%)
* [[Bouygues]] (16%)
* [[Hrvatske autoceste]] (14.8%)
* [[Istarska autocesta]] (2.2%)

BINA Fincom d.d., the majority shareholder in the company has the following ownership structure:<ref name="BINA-Ownership"/>

* [[Bouygues]] (45%)
* [[Hrvatske autoceste]] (44%)
* [[INA (company)|INA - Industrija Nafte]] (5%)
* [[Antin Infrastructure Partners]] (6%)

The company is currently managed by [[David Gabelica]] (general manager) as well as supervisory board chaired by [[Charles Paradis]].<ref name="BINA-Contacts">{{cite news | newspaper = BINA Istra | language = Croatian | url = http://www.bina-istra.com/Default.aspx?sid=726 | title = General information | date = August 20, 2010}}</ref><ref name="HUKA-Concessionaires-Management">{{cite news | newspaper = HUKA Statistical Bulletin | language = Croatian | url = http://www.huka.hr/objekti/statistike/hr/2009.pdf | title = 2009 HUKA Statistical Bulletin | date = April 21, 2010}}</ref>

== See also ==
* [[Highways in Croatia]]
* [[Hrvatske ceste]]

== References ==
{{reflist}}

== External links ==
* {{official|http://www.bina-istra.com/}}

[[Category:Transport companies of Croatia]]
[[Category:Companies established in 1995]]

{{Croatia-stub}}

Salix cinerea

2011-12-17T00:24:13Z

Kazu89: /* Ecology */ remove vandalism

{{taxobox
|image = Salix cinerea Habitus in spring Germany.jpg
|image_caption = ''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''cinerea'', Germany
|regnum = [[Plant]]ae
|unranked_divisio = [[Angiosperms]]
|unranked_classis = [[Eudicots]]
|unranked_ordo = [[Rosids]]
|ordo = [[Malpighiales]]
|familia = [[Salicaceae]]
|genus = ''[[Willow|Salix]]''
|species = '''''S. cinerea'''''
|binomial = ''Salix cinerea''
|binomial_authority = [[Carolus Linnaeus|L.]]
|range_map = Salix cinerea map.png
|range_map_caption = Green: ''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''cinerea'' Orange: ''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''oleifolia''
|}}

'''''Salix cinerea''''' ('''Grey Willow'''; also occasionally Grey Sallow) is a species of [[willow]] native to [[Europe]] and western [[Asia]].<ref name=rdm>Meikle, R. D. (1984). ''Willows and Poplars of Great Britain and Ireland''. BSBI Handbook No. 4. ISBN 0-901158-07-0.</ref><ref name=kic>Christensen, K. I., & Nielsen, H. (1992). Rust-pil (''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''oleifolia'') - en overset pil i Danmark og Skandinavien. ''Dansk Dendrologisk Årsskrift'' 10: 5-17.</ref>
[[File:Betula pubescens and Salix cinerea seeds.JPG|left|thumb|upright|''Salix cinerea'' seeds on a birch tree branch]]
It is a [[deciduous]] [[shrub]] or small [[tree]] growing to 4-15 m high. The [[leaf|leaves]] are spirally arranged, 2–9 cm long and 1–3 cm broad (exceptionally up to 16 cm long and 5 cm broad), green above, hairy below, with a [[leaf#Margins (edge)|crenate]] margin. The [[flower]]s are produced in early spring in [[catkin]]s 2–5 cm long; it is [[plant sexuality|dioecious]] with male and female catkins on separate plants. The male catkins are silvery at first, turning yellow when the pollen is released; the female catkins are greenish-grey, maturing in early summer to release the numerous tiny [[seed]]s embedded in white cottony down which assists wind dispersal.<ref name=rdm/><ref name=kic/>

There are two [[subspecies]]:<ref name=rdm/><ref name=kic/>
*''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''cinerea''. Central and eastern Europe, western Asia. Shrub to 4–6 m (rarely 10 m) tall, with smooth bark. Leaves densely hairy below with pale yellow-grey hairs; stipules large, persistent until autumn.
*''Salix cinerea'' subsp. ''oleifolia'' (Sm.) Macreight (syn. ''S. atrocinerea'' Brot.). Western Europe, northwest Africa. Shrub or tree to 10–15 m tall, with furrowed bark. Leaves thinly hairy below with dark red-brown hairs; stipules small, early deciduous.

There is some overlap in the distributions (not indicated in the map, right), with both occurring in a broad band north to south through France, and scattered specimens of subsp. ''cinerea'' west to Ireland, western France, and Morocco; scattered specimens of subsp. ''oleifolia'' occur east to the Netherlands. Specimens of subsp. ''oleifolia'' in southern Scandinavia are planted or naturalised, not native. Intermediate specimens also occur.<ref name=rdm/><ref name=kic/>

==Ecology==
It usually grows in [[wetland]]s. The two subspecies differ slightly in requirements, with subsp. ''cinerea'' generally restricted to basic marshland and fen habitats, while subsp. ''oleifolia'' is less demanding, occurring in both basic marshes and acidic bogs and streamsides.<ref name=rdm/>

==Invasive species==
''S. cinerea'' is an [[invasive species]] in [[New Zealand]] and is listed on the [[National Pest Plant Accord]] which means that it cannot be sold or distributed.

==References==
{{reflist}}
{{commons}}

[[Category:Salix|cinerea]]
[[Category:Invasive plant species]]

[[az:Külvari söyüd]]
[[da:Grå-Pil]]
[[de:Asch-Weide]]
[[es:Salix cinerea]]
[[fr:Salix cinerea]]
[[hsb:Šěra wjerba]]
[[hr:Siva vrba]]
[[lt:Pilkasis karklas]]
[[hu:Hamvas fűz]]
[[nl:Grauwe wilg]]
[[no:Gråselje]]
[[pms:Salix grisea]]
[[pl:Wierzba szara]]
[[ro:Zălog (arbust)]]
[[ru:Ива пепельная]]
[[sv:Gråvide]]
[[udm:Пурысь бадь]]
[[uk:Верба попеляста]]
[[zh:灰毛柳]]

Talk:Google Search

2011-10-31T19:31:59Z

Kazu89: /* Boolean search */

{{talkheader|noarchive=yes}}
{{wpb|
{{WikiProject Google|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Websites|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Internet|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Internet culture|class=C|importance=Mid}}
{{WikiProject Business|class=C|importance=High}}
}}
{{archives|search=yes}}

==How Come You Can't Disable the Search Suggestions?==
Is this because Google gets paid to direct searchers to certain sites? — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/70.44.149.170|70.44.149.170]] ([[User talk:70.44.149.170|talk]]) 16:06, 7 October 2011 (UTC) 

== Adult Content ==

On the Bing.com page there is a section about adult content you can watch in the video section. You can do the same thing on google.com. Why no mention? I think either include it here or delete it on the bing page. Thoughts? Below is what the bing page has. --[[User:Brianearlhaines|Brian Earl Haines]] ([[User talk:Brianearlhaines|talk]]) 02:16, 28 November 2009 (UTC)

Adult content
[edit] Video content
Bing's video search tool has a preview mode that could potentially be used to preview pornographic videos.[42] By simply turning off safe search, users can search for and view pornographic videos by hovering the cursor over a thumbnail, since the videos and audio in some cases is cached on Microsoft's Server[citation needed]

Since the videos are playing within Bing instead of the site where they are hosted, the videos are not necessarily blocked by parental control filters. Monitoring programs designed to tell parents what sites their children have visited are likely to simply report "Bing.com" instead of the site that actually hosts the video. The same situation can be said about corporate filters, many of which have been fooled by this feature.[43] Users do not need to leave Bing's site to view these videos.[44][45]

Microsoft responded in a blog post on June 4, 2009, with a short term work-around.[46] By adding “&adlt=strict” to the end of a query, no matter what the settings are for that session it will return results as if safe search was set to strict. The query would look like this: http://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=adulttermgoeshere&adlt=strict (case sensitive).

On June 12, 2009, Microsoft announced two changes regarding Bing's Smart Motion Preview and SafeSearch features. All potentially explicit images and video content will be coming from a separate single domain, explicit.bing.net. Additionally, Bing will also return source URL information in the query string for image and video contents. Both changes allow both home users and corporate users to filter content by domain regardless of what the SafeSearch settings might be.[47]

[edit] Regional censorship
Bing censors results for adult search terms like "sex" for some of the regions including India, People's Republic of China, Germany and Arab countries.[48] This censoring is done based on the local laws of those countries.[49] However, Bing allows users to simply change their country/region preference to somewhere without restrictions – such as the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland or Australia – to sidestep this censorship. —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:Brianearlhaines|Brianearlhaines]] ([[User talk:Brianearlhaines|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Brianearlhaines|contribs]]) 02:16, 28 November 2009 (UTC) 

== New layout ==

Google changed their layout a couple of days ago and did it again yesterday. The changes seem to be tests of the new design. So I guess the [[:File:Google.png|logo image]] should remain unchanged until these changes are permanent. '''~ [[User:Scarce|ς ح]] [[User talk:Scarce|д <big>r</big>]] [[Special:Contributions/Scarce|خ <big>є</big>]] ~''' 01:54, 28 December 2009 (UTC)

== FWSE ==

Redirects here, but is not explained in the article, could someone please rectify that? [[User:Paradoctor|Paradoctor]] ([[User talk:Paradoctor|talk]]) 00:13, 31 January 2010 (UTC)

:Apparently, FWSE stands for ''famous Web search engine'', which is a pathetic redirect query, in my opinion.--[[User:ATDC Raigeki|ATDC Raigeki]] ([[User talk:ATDC Raigeki|talk]]) 13:10, 17 April 2010 (UTC)

== Add a History/Timeline of Search's development ==

Has anyone read the [http://www.wired.com/magazine/2010/02/ff_google_algorithm/ recent Wired article] that goes in-depth into how Google Search's algorithm works and has been improved over the years? I wanted to add some significant events in Search's development but there's no real section for that right now.

Examples of what I'd like to add are at the top of [http://www.wired.com/magazine/2010/02/ff_google_algorithm/2/ this page]. Things like the complete rewriting of the algorithm in 2001, moving to continual updating of the index in 2003, and real-time search in 2009. The last one is already in the article ([[Google search#Google Caffeine|Caffeine]]) under the "functionality" section where it doesn't actually belong.

So do I hear any objections to a History section?

--[[User:Qwerty0|Qwerty0]] ([[User talk:Qwerty0|talk]]) 18:46, 11 March 2010 (UTC)

:I added a link to the article. Very interesting reading! Best, [[User:Sam nead|Sam nead]] ([[User talk:Sam nead|talk]]) 20:45, 18 April 2010 (UTC)

== Add Criticism section ==

The internal article "Criticism of Google" [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Criticism_of_Google] focuses on the Google corporation, but contains many sections and references to the content and nature of the search engine, which should be listed in this article.

Criticism section should include that needed search tools are buried so that to access the crucial necessary date-sorting options, a click through a "more search tools" link is necessary every. single. time. No option accessible to open with the crucial necessary date sorting tools available. And it isn't like there's no space available for the needed date sorting links. The cryptic, crippled, unhelpful 6-link non-changeable user standard interface appears above a giant column filled with white space where the needed date sorting tools can and should go.

Criticism section should include that new Google logo looks ugly, amateur, and hard to read compared with the one it replaced. The Google corporation is suffering from the lack of someone with an eye who understands fonts and readability. It needs a Steve Jobs.

== New search page? ==

Today 5/5/10 Google seems to have a new format when you do a search. Is there any news about this? (And why do software companies keep changing the interface when no one seems to want a new one?)

Č<ref</ref> —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/74.176.113.164|74.176.113.164]] ([[User talk:74.176.113.164|talk]]) 06:37, 8 October 2010 (UTC) 

== More details about Google calculator ==

I added the fact that Google calculator calculates 0^0 as 1, which most people find rather odd. I'll remove the addition if any objections arise. [[User:Reuben2011|Reuben2011]] ([[User talk:Reuben2011|talk]]) 08:57, 25 October 2010 (UTC)

==Malware==
"if the site is known to install malicious software in the background or otherwise surreptitiously." I think this is rather sweeping, not to say risky. However it needs replaceing with a more careful wording rather than removeing. ''[[User:Rich Farmbrough|Rich]] [[User talk:Rich Farmbrough|Farmbrough]]'', 03:51, 28 October 2010 (UTC). 

== DecorMyEyes ==

I came to Wikipedia to see about any significant information on a website/company called DecorMyEyes that's apparently involved in some fraudulent business practices. See http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/28/business/28borker.html And was redirected to Google Search. With nothing in the discussion here about why. Anyone care to explain why this is, and why the company does not have its own Wikipedia entry? Cheers. [[User:Parl2001|Pär Larsson]] ([[User talk:Parl2001|talk]]) 17:01, 28 November 2010 (UTC)

== Instant Search Section ==

This section includes the line:

"In concert with the Google Instant launch, Google disabled the ability of users to choose to see more than 10 search results per page."

This does not appear to be correct to me, or at least, it's not clear. But rather than change the page and find that I'm wrong, I thought it better to put a comment here. When I go to the Settings/Preferences page for Google, I still see a choice to display 10/20/30/50/100 results per page. The key is, you can only change this setting successfully if you disable Google Instant. It's an either/or proposition.

The next sentence states:

"Instant Search can be disabled via Google's "preferences" menu, but autocomplete-style search suggestions now cannot be disabled. "

Again, this appears to be a bit unclear at best, and incorrect to some degree. I agree that it does appear that for users who go to google.com, there is no longer a way (or at least not one that I have discovered yet) to turn off the autocomplete or "suggested search" feature. However, for people who use the Google Toolbar (myself included), it is still possible to turn off "suggested search" by unchecking the appropriate box in Google Toolbar Options (Search tab). I can't find anything on my Google Toolbar to tell me what version I'm using, so I don't know whether I may have an older version, and perhaps newer versions no longer offer this option. It's important to note that when you turn off "suggested search", that impacts only the search window on the Google Toolbar, and once you land on the search results page, if you attempt to change your search terms, you don't appear to have any way to turn off "suggested search". But for folks who do most of their searching from the Google Toolbar, it's nice to be able to turn off this feature.

[[User:Baroness of Ballymote|Baroness of Ballymote]] ([[User talk:Baroness of Ballymote|talk]]) 22:16, 14 December 2010 (UTC)

== Google +1 ==

I was just wondering why nothing exists on '''Google +1'''. I would have added a section or atleast a couple of sentences if I was familiar with the technology. Is [[Wikipedia:Notability|WP:Notability]] under question? Or is information unavailable? Afaik, it is personalisation of [[Google Search]], so a mention would help. <ref>http://www.google.com/+1/button/</ref>--[[User:Kknundy|Kknundy]] ([[User talk:Kknundy|talk]]) 03:51, 9 April 2011 (UTC)

I second this!--[[User:Hontogaichiban|Hontogaichiban]] ([[User talk:Hontogaichiban|talk]]) 13:42, 3 July 2011 (UTC)

== Reference does not seem appropriate ==

Reference \ Citation 56 is a power point which does not include any validation or proof of the statements made.

'''56. Google, Web Crawling and Distributed Synchronization p. 11.'''

The content of slide 11 includes the following:

''What needs to happen when you… Click on “purchase” on Amazon?''

''Suppose you purchased by credit card?''

''Use online bill-paying services from your bank?''

''Place a bid in an eBay-like auction system?''

''Order music from iTunes?''

''What if your connection drops in the middle of downloading?''

''Is this more than a case of making a simple Web Service (-like) call?''

It is used under the section "Search products" in support of this sentence:
"In 2006, Google has indexed over 25 billion web pages,[56] 400 million queries per day,[56"

'''I would suggest flagging this for removal.''' —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/76.110.11.65|76.110.11.65]] ([[User talk:76.110.11.65|talk]]) 05:04, 23 April 2011 (UTC) 

== Google dance ==

"Google dance" redirects to this article. But what is it?

[[Special:Contributions/193.140.194.148|193.140.194.148]] ([[User talk:193.140.194.148|talk]]) 12:21, 24 October 2011 (UTC)

==Boolean search==
Google has removed the "+" (AND) functionality from its search. [http://www.ctv.ca/CTVNews/SciTech/20111024/google-search-change-users-angry-111024/] - (apparently "do no evil" and "batshit insane decisions" are not mutually exclusive).

You may want to update the lead section. ie ''"Google Search provides many options for customized search, using Boolean operators such as: exclusion ("-xx"), inclusion ("+xx"), alternatives ("xx OR yy"), and wildcard ("x * x")."'' [[Special:Contributions/77.86.12.113|77.86.12.113]] ([[User talk:77.86.12.113|talk]]) 20:05, 24 October 2011 (UTC)

:<s>'''It's BACK!''' At least in this very moment Google seems to accept the + operator again. I don't get that warning message and the results pages look like before. Hope the don't change it back. For my work with minority languages it is very useful to find the few hits in those languages quickly. Does Google have something like a Developers' Blog? Maybe you can find a reference and add it to the article.</s> --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 18:56, 31 October 2011 (UTC)
:Maybe not? At least the message's gone... Can anybody tell? --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 19:31, 31 October 2011 (UTC)

== results ==

How are the search results decided? Is it fair? [[User:PassaMethod|Pass a Method]] [[User talk:PassaMethod|talk]] 16:58, 31 October 2011 (UTC)

Talk:Google Search

2011-10-31T18:57:00Z

Kazu89: /* Boolean search */

{{talkheader|noarchive=yes}}
{{wpb|
{{WikiProject Google|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Websites|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Internet|class=C|importance=Top}}
{{WikiProject Internet culture|class=C|importance=Mid}}
{{WikiProject Business|class=C|importance=High}}
}}
{{archives|search=yes}}

==How Come You Can't Disable the Search Suggestions?==
Is this because Google gets paid to direct searchers to certain sites? — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/70.44.149.170|70.44.149.170]] ([[User talk:70.44.149.170|talk]]) 16:06, 7 October 2011 (UTC) 

== Adult Content ==

On the Bing.com page there is a section about adult content you can watch in the video section. You can do the same thing on google.com. Why no mention? I think either include it here or delete it on the bing page. Thoughts? Below is what the bing page has. --[[User:Brianearlhaines|Brian Earl Haines]] ([[User talk:Brianearlhaines|talk]]) 02:16, 28 November 2009 (UTC)

Adult content
[edit] Video content
Bing's video search tool has a preview mode that could potentially be used to preview pornographic videos.[42] By simply turning off safe search, users can search for and view pornographic videos by hovering the cursor over a thumbnail, since the videos and audio in some cases is cached on Microsoft's Server[citation needed]

Since the videos are playing within Bing instead of the site where they are hosted, the videos are not necessarily blocked by parental control filters. Monitoring programs designed to tell parents what sites their children have visited are likely to simply report "Bing.com" instead of the site that actually hosts the video. The same situation can be said about corporate filters, many of which have been fooled by this feature.[43] Users do not need to leave Bing's site to view these videos.[44][45]

Microsoft responded in a blog post on June 4, 2009, with a short term work-around.[46] By adding “&adlt=strict” to the end of a query, no matter what the settings are for that session it will return results as if safe search was set to strict. The query would look like this: http://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=adulttermgoeshere&adlt=strict (case sensitive).

On June 12, 2009, Microsoft announced two changes regarding Bing's Smart Motion Preview and SafeSearch features. All potentially explicit images and video content will be coming from a separate single domain, explicit.bing.net. Additionally, Bing will also return source URL information in the query string for image and video contents. Both changes allow both home users and corporate users to filter content by domain regardless of what the SafeSearch settings might be.[47]

[edit] Regional censorship
Bing censors results for adult search terms like "sex" for some of the regions including India, People's Republic of China, Germany and Arab countries.[48] This censoring is done based on the local laws of those countries.[49] However, Bing allows users to simply change their country/region preference to somewhere without restrictions – such as the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland or Australia – to sidestep this censorship. —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:Brianearlhaines|Brianearlhaines]] ([[User talk:Brianearlhaines|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Brianearlhaines|contribs]]) 02:16, 28 November 2009 (UTC) 

== New layout ==

Google changed their layout a couple of days ago and did it again yesterday. The changes seem to be tests of the new design. So I guess the [[:File:Google.png|logo image]] should remain unchanged until these changes are permanent. '''~ [[User:Scarce|ς ح]] [[User talk:Scarce|д <big>r</big>]] [[Special:Contributions/Scarce|خ <big>є</big>]] ~''' 01:54, 28 December 2009 (UTC)

== FWSE ==

Redirects here, but is not explained in the article, could someone please rectify that? [[User:Paradoctor|Paradoctor]] ([[User talk:Paradoctor|talk]]) 00:13, 31 January 2010 (UTC)

:Apparently, FWSE stands for ''famous Web search engine'', which is a pathetic redirect query, in my opinion.--[[User:ATDC Raigeki|ATDC Raigeki]] ([[User talk:ATDC Raigeki|talk]]) 13:10, 17 April 2010 (UTC)

== Add a History/Timeline of Search's development ==

Has anyone read the [http://www.wired.com/magazine/2010/02/ff_google_algorithm/ recent Wired article] that goes in-depth into how Google Search's algorithm works and has been improved over the years? I wanted to add some significant events in Search's development but there's no real section for that right now.

Examples of what I'd like to add are at the top of [http://www.wired.com/magazine/2010/02/ff_google_algorithm/2/ this page]. Things like the complete rewriting of the algorithm in 2001, moving to continual updating of the index in 2003, and real-time search in 2009. The last one is already in the article ([[Google search#Google Caffeine|Caffeine]]) under the "functionality" section where it doesn't actually belong.

So do I hear any objections to a History section?

--[[User:Qwerty0|Qwerty0]] ([[User talk:Qwerty0|talk]]) 18:46, 11 March 2010 (UTC)

:I added a link to the article. Very interesting reading! Best, [[User:Sam nead|Sam nead]] ([[User talk:Sam nead|talk]]) 20:45, 18 April 2010 (UTC)

== Add Criticism section ==

The internal article "Criticism of Google" [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Criticism_of_Google] focuses on the Google corporation, but contains many sections and references to the content and nature of the search engine, which should be listed in this article.

Criticism section should include that needed search tools are buried so that to access the crucial necessary date-sorting options, a click through a "more search tools" link is necessary every. single. time. No option accessible to open with the crucial necessary date sorting tools available. And it isn't like there's no space available for the needed date sorting links. The cryptic, crippled, unhelpful 6-link non-changeable user standard interface appears above a giant column filled with white space where the needed date sorting tools can and should go.

Criticism section should include that new Google logo looks ugly, amateur, and hard to read compared with the one it replaced. The Google corporation is suffering from the lack of someone with an eye who understands fonts and readability. It needs a Steve Jobs.

== New search page? ==

Today 5/5/10 Google seems to have a new format when you do a search. Is there any news about this? (And why do software companies keep changing the interface when no one seems to want a new one?)

Č<ref</ref> —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/74.176.113.164|74.176.113.164]] ([[User talk:74.176.113.164|talk]]) 06:37, 8 October 2010 (UTC) 

== More details about Google calculator ==

I added the fact that Google calculator calculates 0^0 as 1, which most people find rather odd. I'll remove the addition if any objections arise. [[User:Reuben2011|Reuben2011]] ([[User talk:Reuben2011|talk]]) 08:57, 25 October 2010 (UTC)

==Malware==
"if the site is known to install malicious software in the background or otherwise surreptitiously." I think this is rather sweeping, not to say risky. However it needs replaceing with a more careful wording rather than removeing. ''[[User:Rich Farmbrough|Rich]] [[User talk:Rich Farmbrough|Farmbrough]]'', 03:51, 28 October 2010 (UTC). 

== DecorMyEyes ==

I came to Wikipedia to see about any significant information on a website/company called DecorMyEyes that's apparently involved in some fraudulent business practices. See http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/28/business/28borker.html And was redirected to Google Search. With nothing in the discussion here about why. Anyone care to explain why this is, and why the company does not have its own Wikipedia entry? Cheers. [[User:Parl2001|Pär Larsson]] ([[User talk:Parl2001|talk]]) 17:01, 28 November 2010 (UTC)

== Instant Search Section ==

This section includes the line:

"In concert with the Google Instant launch, Google disabled the ability of users to choose to see more than 10 search results per page."

This does not appear to be correct to me, or at least, it's not clear. But rather than change the page and find that I'm wrong, I thought it better to put a comment here. When I go to the Settings/Preferences page for Google, I still see a choice to display 10/20/30/50/100 results per page. The key is, you can only change this setting successfully if you disable Google Instant. It's an either/or proposition.

The next sentence states:

"Instant Search can be disabled via Google's "preferences" menu, but autocomplete-style search suggestions now cannot be disabled. "

Again, this appears to be a bit unclear at best, and incorrect to some degree. I agree that it does appear that for users who go to google.com, there is no longer a way (or at least not one that I have discovered yet) to turn off the autocomplete or "suggested search" feature. However, for people who use the Google Toolbar (myself included), it is still possible to turn off "suggested search" by unchecking the appropriate box in Google Toolbar Options (Search tab). I can't find anything on my Google Toolbar to tell me what version I'm using, so I don't know whether I may have an older version, and perhaps newer versions no longer offer this option. It's important to note that when you turn off "suggested search", that impacts only the search window on the Google Toolbar, and once you land on the search results page, if you attempt to change your search terms, you don't appear to have any way to turn off "suggested search". But for folks who do most of their searching from the Google Toolbar, it's nice to be able to turn off this feature.

[[User:Baroness of Ballymote|Baroness of Ballymote]] ([[User talk:Baroness of Ballymote|talk]]) 22:16, 14 December 2010 (UTC)

== Google +1 ==

I was just wondering why nothing exists on '''Google +1'''. I would have added a section or atleast a couple of sentences if I was familiar with the technology. Is [[Wikipedia:Notability|WP:Notability]] under question? Or is information unavailable? Afaik, it is personalisation of [[Google Search]], so a mention would help. <ref>http://www.google.com/+1/button/</ref>--[[User:Kknundy|Kknundy]] ([[User talk:Kknundy|talk]]) 03:51, 9 April 2011 (UTC)

I second this!--[[User:Hontogaichiban|Hontogaichiban]] ([[User talk:Hontogaichiban|talk]]) 13:42, 3 July 2011 (UTC)

== Reference does not seem appropriate ==

Reference \ Citation 56 is a power point which does not include any validation or proof of the statements made.

'''56. Google, Web Crawling and Distributed Synchronization p. 11.'''

The content of slide 11 includes the following:

''What needs to happen when you… Click on “purchase” on Amazon?''

''Suppose you purchased by credit card?''

''Use online bill-paying services from your bank?''

''Place a bid in an eBay-like auction system?''

''Order music from iTunes?''

''What if your connection drops in the middle of downloading?''

''Is this more than a case of making a simple Web Service (-like) call?''

It is used under the section "Search products" in support of this sentence:
"In 2006, Google has indexed over 25 billion web pages,[56] 400 million queries per day,[56"

'''I would suggest flagging this for removal.''' —Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/76.110.11.65|76.110.11.65]] ([[User talk:76.110.11.65|talk]]) 05:04, 23 April 2011 (UTC) 

== Google dance ==

"Google dance" redirects to this article. But what is it?

[[Special:Contributions/193.140.194.148|193.140.194.148]] ([[User talk:193.140.194.148|talk]]) 12:21, 24 October 2011 (UTC)

==Boolean search==
Google has removed the "+" (AND) functionality from its search. [http://www.ctv.ca/CTVNews/SciTech/20111024/google-search-change-users-angry-111024/] - (apparently "do no evil" and "batshit insane decisions" are not mutually exclusive).

You may want to update the lead section. ie ''"Google Search provides many options for customized search, using Boolean operators such as: exclusion ("-xx"), inclusion ("+xx"), alternatives ("xx OR yy"), and wildcard ("x * x")."'' [[Special:Contributions/77.86.12.113|77.86.12.113]] ([[User talk:77.86.12.113|talk]]) 20:05, 24 October 2011 (UTC)

:'''It's BACK!''' At least in this very moment Google seems to accept the + operator again. I don't get that warning message and the results pages look like before. Hope the don't change it back. For my work with minority languages it is very useful to find the few hits in those languages quickly. Does Google have something like a Developers' Blog? Maybe you can find a reference and add it to the article. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 18:56, 31 October 2011 (UTC)

== results ==

How are the search results decided? Is it fair? [[User:PassaMethod|Pass a Method]] [[User talk:PassaMethod|talk]] 16:58, 31 October 2011 (UTC)

Template talk:InterWiki

2011-10-28T08:08:02Z

Kazu89: /* Problem in Pontic Greek article */ new section

{{WikiProject Wikipedia}}
{{tmbox
| small =
| image = [[Image:Clipboard.svg|{{#ifeq:|yes|30x20|50x40}}px]]
| style = text-align:center
| text = This template ({{tl|InterWiki}}) was considered for [[Wikipedia:Deletion policy|deletion]] on {{#formatdate:26 Dec 2004}}. The result of the '''[[Wikipedia:Templates for deletion/Log/December 2004#Template:InterWiki|discussion]]''' was '''keep'''.
}}

==Purpose==

This template allows you to add a link from the en.wikipedia article on a language to the wikipedia project in that language. Just add the following code to the language article, just before the first link in External links:

:'''''<nowiki>{{InterWiki|code=lang_code}}</nowiki>'''''

Where '''''lang_code''''' is the language code as described in [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Complete_list_of_language_Wikipedias_available WikiMedia].

This template adds the following to the language article:

:{{InterWiki|code=??}}

--[[User:Seabhcan|Seabhcan]], 19:01, 2 Dec 2004

==Positioning etc.==
: Please don't add this on top of language pages, that's needless spam. Rather, it should be added to the external links section. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]] 16:48, 6 Dec 2004 (UTC)

:: Hullo! Coming to the placement of the template, please don't go pushing the template to the bottom on each language article, just 'cos few of us here have signed it to be so. It might be sorta 'spam' for few languages... but it serves a great purpose for others being on the top. Just go by the context. And don't be too generic.--[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 02:20, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::: I fail to see why it would ever need to be on top. When someone goes to look at a page describing a language in the English Wikipedia, they expect to see a description of it, in English. This link will provide them with an example how the language looks in writing, but it will not help them understand much about it (unless they have a universal translator embedded in their frontal lobe, which is, well, unlikely :). The English-language content on the page is primary, this kind of a link should follow after it. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]] 09:51, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::::ok, the above comment is a cut down and edited version of my comment that was below and was pasted here. (courtesy: [[User:Circeus | Circeus]]). So, you know what to infer. Now, let me put some light on why the interwiki helps more being on top or atleast *near-top*. A language which has a wikipedia of its own would sound more significant - all the time, and the first questions one would probably get about the language like "whats the script?, how does it look?, is it a significant one? etc.." would be answered instantly on visiting the language wikipedia.

::::: The English article about the language is a substub if it doesn't explain the script, show a single example, or note anything about the language's significance. I don't think that the focus needs to be on redirecting people elsewhere in such cases - instead we should fix the woefully inadequate English article.
::::: BTW, the reader doesn't necessarily become enlightened about the script from reading the language Wikipedia - for example if I, your typical Latin-only reader, went instantly over to any number of Wikipedias written in non-Latin scripts after visiting their description here, I would not attain any knowledge other than "it's some sort of script that is incomprehensible to me". Whereas, if I were to continue reading the English article and examined the list of characters, and/or the explanation of word formation in this language, I would actually get a grasp of what that language is like.
::::: So, like I said, this link should exist, but it can not and should not replace or take precedence over a decent article in this Wikipedia. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]]

:::: And it probably is a step ahead in getting familiarised with the language than just reading the description. I think a lot of wikipedians here who came to the language wikipedias that way agree to this one. and some of my fellow wikipedians like [[User:Nickshanks]] were even interested in learning kannada. ask him from where he got to it? from the [[kannada]] page!. It need not be a "universal translator embedded in their frontal lobe", but just the aspiration and curiosity for the new language! point 2. The people who're already familiar with the language might not reach until the last line (all of us don't have the same time to go through the complete article all the time, do we?), even with greater curiosity. If kept within easy - sightable range, there are more chances of them landing on the language wikipedia for the language they know, and start contributing, on knowing about it. Since a large number of them do come via english wikipedia, and the traffic that en wikipedia gets, this is justified, too.

::::: I suppose the second point is valid, although I can't help but doubt the ability and/or interest of people to usefully contribute to encyclopedia articles if they can't even be bothered to skim over them. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]]

:::: And overall, you're not *spamming*. (This is no *ad* or *external link*. open your eyes, its another mediawiki project!) Instead, you're helping mediawiki projects grow by pushing them strongly! no bad ideals here! after all, it gets visitors more involved. It serves a very good purpose. Correct me if I'm wrong. cheers, --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 21:31, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::::: Actually, when I was using the term "spam" WRT these links at the top, I meant it in the generic meaning of "unsolicited messages aimed at self-promotion". It wasn't meant to be overly disparaging, but still negative enough. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]]

:Why do we need a blanket policy on whether it should be at the top or the bottom? It is certainly not spam - wikipedias in all languages serve the same purpose, and contributors in one language are not "self-promoting" - they have no personal motives, obviously. Also, if it would be spam at the top, it would be spam at the bottom too. Conversely, since you accept that it is not spam at the bottom, it is not spam at the top either. It achieves the same purpose wherever it is.

:Personally, I don't think the issue is big enough to have a "policy" on it. I can see why it would help some languages if it were to be at the top. This is true for languages which have just started their own wikipedias, which means that not many people who speak the language are aware that there is a wiki in that language yet (that situation is not as uncommon as it sounds, there are a lot of wikis with less than 100 articles, and I know from experience that people are not always aware that they have a wiki in their language). A prominent notice at the top will help them get contributors, and I don't see why we should stop it...

:As I said, instead of having a blanket policy, we can leave it open. It is really not that big of an issue to insist that it should be at the bottom. --[[User:Ashwatham|ashwatha]] 20:47, 24 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::Bigger wikis are almost all mentionned on the main page. In the case of 80% of small wikis, the articles are alrerady short enough that it is hard to miss the Interwiki template, especially with the various articles that are 2 paragraphs stubs. Having extended the use of Interwiki to all languages listed at Metawiki, I should know what I'm talking about. I think the main idea here is to decide on having a consistent location for <nowiki>{{Interwiki}}</nowiki> in longer articles, especially considering that in many cases, it causes the <nowiki>{{Language}}</nowiki> template to be disgracefully moved toward the middle of the page (though that would rather tend to indicate introductory paragraphs are too short).--[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 21:07, Jan 24, 2005 (UTC)

== Negative co-occurences ==

<del>The template still need som reworking. As is, it shows an overwhelming tendency to push existing [[Template:Language|Language]] templates left, causing the area available for text to be dramatically reduced.</del> Can be circumvented by placing the first section between the templates. Or at the bottom. I am not sure what was the final consensus on it.--[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 07:22, Jan 9, 2005 (UTC)

:This template should be placed at the bottom, under external links--[[User:Jiang|Ji]][[User talk:Jiang|ang]] 08:21, 9 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::Great, I've just spent 2 hours, moving them from bottom to top (But then I'd've spent the same amount moving them from top to bottom XD). Oh well, I'll put themm back at the bottom later. It's 4:00 in the morning here. I need sleep. --[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 09:52, Jan 9, 2005 (UTC)

::Done, all the pages have had it moved to the External Link section, removing any previous link to the wiki in the process. Exception is [[Avar language]], lacking an appropriate location to move the template to -_-;; --[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 04:52, Jan 10, 2005 (UTC)

Nice work, Jiang and Circeus. ''—[[User:Mzajac|Michael Z.]] 05:08, 2005 Jan 10 (UTC)''

:Just finished adding the template to all pages on the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Complete_list_of_language_Wikipedias_available MetaWiki list]. Need sleep now -_- --[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 07:08, Jan 10, 2005 (UTC)

== Archived deletion discussion ==
{{discussion-top}}

====[[Template:InterWiki]]====
This is just needless spam. Maybe it can sit in talk pages, but as it is used now as an article header, it is highly inappropriate. Even on talk pages, I dont see much relevance. See [[wikipedia:avoid self-references]]. --[[User:Jiang|Jiang]] 17:21, 26 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*Most languages either already had or could have a link to xy.wp.o in their external links section, and this template would facilitate keeping a list of all of those (using the category). The only problem, IMHO, is that the author intended for it to be placed at the top of each article, which is definitely spam. I think that we should simply conclude that the notices should be moved off of the tops of pages and keep the template, near the bottom. --[[User:Joy|Joy [shallot]]] 21:20, 26 Dec 2004 (UTC)
**Concur. -- [[User:Jmabel|Jmabel]] | [[User talk:Jmabel|Talk]] 06:06, Dec 27, 2004 (UTC)
**'''Concur'''. Maybe the Interwiki box/section could be emphasized instead? --[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 16:27, 31 Dec 2004 (UTC)
**We would need to reformat it into the wikiquote/wiktionary/wikicommons template style. --[[User:Jiang|Jiang]]
*** '''Keep''' if '''reformatted''' as per Joy's and Jiang's proposition. -- [[User:Naive cynic|Naive cynic]] 08:51, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*** '''Keep''', yes it should be reworded and reformatted. It should also not be placed at the top of each article. (I know I'm guilty of this but will change my ways.) [[User:Wikiacc|Wikiacc]] 16:22, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. As an administrator of a minor language wikipedia, I think this tag is useful in encouraging people interested in a language to contribute to, or at least visit, wikis that are often overlooked. [[User:QuartierLatin1968|QuartierLatin1968]] 01:27, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
**Please keep self references on talk pages. Most people reading the article will be illiterate in the language discussed. The message will be useless for them. They can visit but it will serve them no good. If people know a language, then they will have better places to look (ie the main page) than the language article itself. [[wikipedia:avoid self-references]]. --[[User:Jiang|Jiang]]
*'''delete'''. we don't need a template for everything. if there is a WP in the language treated in the article, place a link under 'external links'. [[User:Dbachmann|dab]] [[User_talk:Dbachmann|('''ᛏ''')]] 09:44, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*I'm in the same position as QuartierLatin1968, but I have to agree with much of what the others have said. Put something explanatory in the External links, or a template near the bottom, because anyone interested enough in the article to be able to do anything useful for the minor WP is likely to read the whole article. Another obvious permissible addition to the "Xy language" article is a standard interwiki link starting with "[[Xy:"; and those of us who are contributing to minority languages can be vigilant in adding interwiki links to all other pages for which our "Xy" has an equivalent. [[User:Robin Patterson|Robin Patterson]] 10:58, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. I don't usually participate in these kinds of discussions, but I happen to find this template in particular very useful. Every time I have to research a language, I find it helpful to visit that wiki. I often needto research and get a feel for various languages in my field. I happened to come across this "for deletion" advisory while researching Latin. I did go to that wiki and was glad it existed (I speak several languages so I can understand parts of these wikis). I also think it gives good exposure to smaller wikis. I would think that most ... speakers don't know they have a wiki, judging by the number of articles. QuartieLatin (are you from Montreal too?) and Robin Patterson are obviously literate in the languages discussed. Also, I am assuming that most of you rarely read the entries on language pages. I would ask, as someone who does, and finds this feature very useful, that we keep it.
*'''Delete''' (It appears rather Wikipedicentric to me. Being capable to read and/or speak a set of European languages, I think this could equally well be accomplished by a link under a suitable heading, as for instance ''External links'' or ''See also.)'' [[User:Ruhrjung|Ruhrjung]] 21:43, 2004 Dec 27 (UTC)
*'''Keep''' but change to style (and placement) of wikiquote/etc. —[[User:Tkinias|Tkinias]] 22:33, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep but reformat''' to the sister project box style and placement. – [[User:Mxn|Minh Nguyễn]] ([[User talk:Mxn|talk]], [[Special:Contributions/Mxn|contribs]], [http://mxn.f2o.org/index.html blog]) 22:57, 27 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep but reformat''' It's good to promote other language wikis. This is really meta-wiki content. Is it possible to extend the "in other languages" sidebar box in some way, instead of adding a template within the article? ''—[[User:Mzajac|Michael Z.]] 01:33, 2004 Dec 28 (UTC)''
*'''Keep but reformat'''. [[User:Mark Dingemanse|<nowiki> </nowiki>]]— [[User:Mark Dingemanse|mark]] [[User Talk:Mark Dingemanse|✎]] 01:49, 28 Dec 2004 (UTC)
* Definitely '''keep''', whether reformatted or not. Visiting the given language Wikipedia might raise the interest in someone to spend more in-depth efforts on that language, and I think this is absolutely in accordance with the Wiki objectives. Even if they don't understand it, they may find it appealing to them, or may understand a few words, and they may be encouraged to continue studying. At least at the bottom, but the template should definitely be kept. --[[User:Adam78|Adam78]] 15:25, 28 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. While it's not directly applicable to the entry, it is useful auxiliary information. --[[User:Marnen|Marnen Laibow-Koser]] [[user_talk:Marnen|(talk)]] 17:17, 28 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. Very useful for interwiki coordination. [[User:Anton Mravcek|Anton Mravcek]] 22:32, 28 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. Since Wikipedias with low amounts of articles are no longer on the other languages section on the Main Page, this template is useful to see if that language has a Wikipedia to contribute to. [[User:Norm|Norman Rogers]]\[[User talk:Norm|talk]] 15:14, 29 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep'''. This is a useful template for language research, etc. I disagree with the spam characterization, because language articles have a higher likelihood of being read by someone who may be interested to read a Wikipedia in the language described in the article. --[[User:Ryanaxp|Ryanaxp]] 22:21, Dec 29, 2004 (UTC) 
*'''Keep'''. It's very interesting to read about a little-used language and then see the same language in action. Anyhow, the usual interwiki links are not easy enough to notice; this template sticks out a bit too much... Perhaps it should be flushed to the right? --[[User:Pt|Pt]] 00:45, 31 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep''' Its a good way to get attention of speakers / learners of minority languages
*Keep, but reformat and have it at the bottom. Even there it violates the no self reference policy, but in the external links that may be acceptable. - [[User:Taxman|Taxman]] 03:49, Dec 31, 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep''', but I agree that it should be reformatted like wikiquote and moved to the bottom of articles. [[User:CyborgTosser|CyborgTosser]] ([[User_talk:CyborgTosser|Only half the battle]]) 09:01, 31 Dec 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep''': some people are becoming entirely too anal-retentive about [[Wikipedia:Avoid self-references|avoiding self-reference]], they need to chill and think about it (I've even seen people objecting to references to sister projects like Wikibooks). The fact that a language is prominent enough to have its own specific Wikipedia is a criterion for notability and should therefore be mentioned in the article somewhere. I feel that the appropriate place would be in the '''External links''' section. --[[User:Phil Boswell|Phil]] | [[User talk:Phil Boswell|Talk]] 09:29, Dec 31, 2004 (UTC)
*'''Keep''': I'm a big devotee of ''avoid self-reference'', but this is an explicitly-permitted exception, because it is contained to a template and so can be removed ''en masse'' with a single edit. I was still unconvinced until I read above that real users find it useful. So let's keep it — perhaps dropping the font size a bit would satisfy more people. [[User:Dcoetzee|Deco]] 09:53, 31 Dec 2004 (UTC)

'''Summary:'''
* Keep: 8
* Keep but amend: 16
* Delete: 2

{{discussion-bottom}}

==syntax error==

Should not Template:InterWiki have a closing </div> after "|}" (</table&gt)?
--[[User:WikiBorg|WikiBorg]], 2005-01-17 07:22 +0100

==Disagreement on location at [[Kannada]]==

Can I know what the real intention was behind this edit? :) [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Kannada_language&diff=9363407&oldid=9234323 link] Looks like you don't really seem to like the mention of 'kannada' wikipedia on the 'kannada' page. --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 01:12, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

:If you look, you'll see that I've simply moved the Interwiki box to the "External links" section, which is the location it belongs to according to Interwiki's Talk page --Circeus 01:17, Jan 23, 2005 (UTC)

::If you observe carefully, thats just an opinion from one of the wikipedians to put it in external links section. In this context though, I believe, if placed down below, It is as good as not having it on the page. :) But thats not the only thing. You have also seen to it that the link to it in "See also" has vanished. I would recommend leaving a note in the talk page before erasing something... It would make less sense to keep changing back.--[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 01:33, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

:::I've spent 2 hours putting/moving interwiki templates. The template was proposed for deletion because it was considered inappropriate at the top of pages (among things). There was no reason whatsoever to have both a See also link when the Interwiki box was fairly prominent in the lower parts of the page. If you consider that location for the template inappropriate (after considering the question, i came to conclude it was), you should idscuss it over at its talk page. --Circeus 01:50, Jan 23, 2005 (UTC)

::::It would be a stupid thing first to remove it, and then ask to participate in a long-lasting discussion about it... I just don't seem to get the idea. There have been such endless talks recently, and I don't fancy getting in one, Thank you. For this language, atleast, can't we leave the template alone and think of some constructive additions rather than just push templates to the bottom? The template is there for a good purpose. Please just make sure you leave a comment in the respective article's talk page before pushing it again to the bottom and removing any links that serve a good purpose. --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 02:12, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::::: Oh my. Most evidently I very badly worded my previous comment. The template was proposed for deletion and kept with a complete reformatting and the decision (I believe) not to put it at the top of pages anymore, than the discussion related to it was archived on it's talk page. I kept it at the top only of page that were substubs or didn't have an actual "External links" section. I took the liberty of moving your comment at the talk page in a more appropriate position and deleting the inappropriate parts. Really sorry for any inconvenients. --Circeus 03:14, Jan 23, 2005 (UTC)

:::::: This sounds irrational. whats going on? why did you remove my vote off? --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 17:15, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::::::: Because the vote has closed (It is an archive that is kept at [[Template_talk:InterWiki]]) and the template was kept. I mentionned the template was proposed to deletion, I did not say it was currently on the list, which is at [[Wikipedia:Templates_for_deletion|Templates for deletion]].

:::::::: But that shouldn't conclude that the interwiki should go to bottom in all the language articles. The issue couldn't possibly close with the poll for deletion. Lets have a new poll and invite all the language wikipedia maintainers this time over, I believe not many even knew about the proposition to move it to the bottom. Please don't take pre-emptive conclusions and make the changes. I see that the interwiki that was moved to top was moved back to bottom again on [[Kannada]]. Where is this taking it? --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 18:13, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

::::::::: I did not touch to [[Kannada]] again and from now on, I will not consider myself concerned with any problem you might have with other editing "your" pages. Joy point out "''The only problem, IMHO, is that the author intended for it to be placed at the top of each article, which is definitely spam. I think that we should simply conclude that the notices should be moved off of the tops of pages and keep the template, near the bottom''", and if you read the voters comment closely, you'll notice there were several agreers. Further discussion belongs not on my talk page but on [[Template_talk:InterWiki|InterWiki's]]. You might want to make a [[Wikipedia:Request for comments|request for comments]] before going straight to a [[Wikipedia:Current_surveys|survey]]. I will be copying this discussion to Interwiki's talk page so that others can contribute. --[[User:Circeus|Circeus]] 18:27, Jan 23, 2005 (UTC)

:::::::::: Its rather childish on your part to say "problem you might have with other editing *your* pages". I would've done probably more if I were having such a feeling. I'm just concerned only 'cos I'm one of the maintainers of Kannada wikipedia and think that the interwiki there serves a really good purpose.
:::::::::: I'm not denying there are people who agree to the placement of interwiki at the bottom... I'm just saying that there are people too who would like to see that on the top.I think this can be put to discussion and solved. Just let us make way for a discussion involving everyone concerned. cheers, --[[User:Hpnadig|H P Nadig]] 20:31, 23 Jan 2005 (UTC)

== Template:InterWiki @ xx.wikixxxx ==

* Halló! I made a list about [[Template:InterWiki]] @ xx.wikixxxx at [[commons:User:Gangleri/sandbox/Template:InterWiki]]. I am puzzeled about lowecase and capital "'''W'''" in "''Inter'''W'''iki''". So far I identified only [[:fr:Template:InterWiki]] and [[:sv:Template:InterWiki]] with lowercase "'''w'''" ("''Inter'''w'''iki''"). Is there a reason for this? Best regards [[User:Gangleri|Gangleri]] | [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:User talk:Gangleri|action=history}} Th] | [[{{ns:User_talk}}:Gangleri|T]] 20:52, 2005 Apr 18 (UTC)

== class="noprint" ==

this doesn't seem to do anything. Does it? [[User:MarSch|MarSch]] 17:42, 20 Apr 2005 (UTC)
:Pervents the template from being printed. Nobody wants an interwiki box on his printed copy. [http://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1355 Relevant bug] --[[User:logixoul|logixoul]] 12:18, 30 November 2005 (UTC)
and what about
clear: right;
? -[[User:MarSch|MarSch]] 14:28, 22 Apr 2005 (UTC)
:[http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/visuren.html#flow-control http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/visuren.html#flow-control] --[[User:logixoul|logixoul]] 12:18, 30 November 2005 (UTC)
and what about
spacing: 1px;
? -[[User:MarSch|MarSch]] 14:32, 22 Apr 2005 (UTC)
:No spacing CSS property exists, this snippet in the template does nothing, so I removed it. --[[User:logixoul|logixoul]] 12:18, 30 November 2005 (UTC)
::...and Netoholic [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Template:InterWiki&diff=34996786&oldid=29687753 blew us both away] -_- --[[User:logixoul|logixoul]] 16:10, 14 January 2006 (UTC)

== InterWikt? ==

Is there a wiktionary-equivalent of this? It would be nice to give the struggling wiktionaries some attention as well.

[[User:Peter Isotalo|Peter]] [[User talk:Peter Isotalo|Isotalo]] 12:11, 16 February 2006 (UTC)
:<strike>Very good idea.</strike> There already is one: [[Template:Wiktionarylang]] (also see [[:Category:Interwiki link templates]]).
:[[User:Joeblakesley|Joe Llywelyn Griffith Blakesley]] [[user_talk:joeblakesley|talk]] [[Special:Contributions/joeblakesley|contrib]] 12:18, 3 September 2006 (UTC)

==Use on [[English language]]?==
Should this template be used at [[English language#External Links]]. I think that such a [[self-reference]] is necessary to comply with the spirit of [[Wikipedia: Avoid self-references]]. The template would need to be included as <code><nowiki>{{interwiki|code=w}}</nowiki></code> (because <code>[[en:]]</code> doesn't link to the main page for some reason).

[[User:Joeblakesley|Joe Llywelyn Griffith Blakesley]] [[user_talk:joeblakesley|talk]] [[Special:Contributions/joeblakesley|contrib]] 12:18, 3 September 2006 (UTC)
:I've [[WP:BOLD|been bold]]. —[[User:Joeblakesley|Joe Llywelyn Griffith Blakesley]] [[user_talk:joeblakesley|talk]] [[Special:Contributions/joeblakesley|contrib]] 15:45, 3 September 2006 (UTC)

== Re-wording ==

I've added <code>, the free encyclopedia</code> to the template text so people know what Wikipedia actually is. I don't think the edit is too controversial but please discuss here if you disagree.

[[User:Joeblakesley|Joe Llywelyn Griffith Blakesley]] [[user_talk:joeblakesley|talk]] [[Special:Contributions/joeblakesley|contrib]] 12:41, 3 September 2006 (UTC)

== Use {{tl|sister}} ==

{{tlx|editprotected}}
Please sync with the [[Template:InterWiki/sandbox|InterWiki/sandbox]] to align this template with the usual style for these boxes (that is, use {{tl|sister}}). TIA. —[[User:Ms2ger|Ms2ger]] ([[User talk:Ms2ger|talk]]) 16:59, 9 August 2010 (UTC)
:I see this has been done by Shirik. — Martin ([[User:MSGJ|MSGJ]] · [[User talk:MSGJ|talk]]) 08:28, 10 August 2010 (UTC)

== Problem in Pontic Greek article ==

Hello experts, could anyone please check why this template is not working in the [[Pontic Greek]] article? Thanks a lot! --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 08:08, 28 October 2011 (UTC)

Installation (computer programs)

2011-10-11T17:58:20Z

Kazu89: vandalised lead fixed

{{Multiple issues
| refimprove=April 2010
| rewrite=May 2009
}}

'''Installation''' (or '''setup''') of a [[computer program|program]] (including [[device driver|driver]]s, [[Plug-in (computing)|plugins]], etc.) is the act of putting the program onto a computer system so that it can be [[execution (computing)|executed]].

Because the requisite process varies for each program and each computer, many programs (including [[operating system]]s) come with a general-purpose or dedicated '''installation program''' called an [[Installation_(computer_programs)#Installer|'''installer''']]–a specialized program which automates most of the work required for their installation.

==Overview==
Some software can be executed by simply copying it to a computer and executing it with no further ado; no installation procedure as such is required. Other programs are supplied in a form not suitable for immediate execution, and require an installation procedure. Installation may include unpacking of files supplied in a compressed form, copying them to suitable locations, tailoring the software to suit the hardware and the user's preferences, providing information about the program to the [[operating system]], and so on. The installer may test for system suitability and available [[mass storage]] space.

Some software is designed to be installed simply by copying their files to the desired location, and there is no formal installation process. This was once usual for many programs running under [[MS-DOS]], [[Mac OS]], [[Atari TOS]], and [[AmigaOS]]. This is the [[de facto standard|''de facto'' standard]] in [[Mac OS X]] [[application software|applications]] and is also used for many [[Microsoft Windows|Windows]] [[application software|applications]]. Windows applications that do not require installation are often times called "portable," as they do not require an installation to run, and may be run for many different computers with only the executable. There are versions of some operating systems which do not require installation and can be run directly from a [[bootable]] CD, DVD, or [[USB drive]]. This allows one to test out the operating system without altering the existing setup. Examples are [[AmigaOS]] 4.0, different [[Linux distributions|Linux distribution]], [[MorphOS]] AmigaOS clone, or Mac OS 1-9.

Installation usually implies that once installed, the program can be executed again and again, without the need to reinstall before each execution. Some software does not need installation at all. There is server-based software that mimics locally-installed software, and can be run inside of a web browser, using only the local system's cache. This allows portability among computers with access to the server. This technique is often referred to as [[cloud computing]].

Common operations performed during software installations include creation or modification of:

* Shared and non-shared program [[Computer file|file]]s
* [[directory (file systems)|Folder]]s/[[directory (file systems)|directories]]
* [[Windows registry]] entries
* [[Configuration file]] entries
* [[Environment variables]]
* [[Computer shortcut|Links or shortcuts]]

== Type of Installations ==

;Silent installation
:Installation that does not display messages or windows during its progress. "Silent installation" is not the same as "unattended installation", though it is often improperly termed as such.

;Unattended installation
:Installation that is performed without user interaction during its progress or, in a stricter sense, with no user present at all, except eventually for the initial launch of the process. An installation process usually requires a user who "attends" it to make choices at request: accepting an [[EULA]], specifying preferences and passwords, etc. In graphical environments, installers that offer a [[wizard (software)|wizard-based interface]] are common. However these installers may also provide command line [[switch (command line)|switches]] that allow performing unattended installations.
:;Answer file
::Some unattended installations can be driven by a script providing answers to the various choices such as the '''answer file''' which can be used when installing [[Microsoft Windows]] on a large number of machines.

;Self installation
:Unattended installation, without the need of initial launch of the process (i.e. [[Vodafone Mobile Connect USB Modem]] or [[Huawei E220]]'s [[Mobile Partner]] software that self-installs from the USB port).

;Headless installation
:Installation performed without using a monitor connected to the destination computer (in particular, on a computer with no video output at all). This can be an (attended) installation performed from another machine connected via [[local area network|LAN]] or via a [[serial cable]].

:Unattended and headless installations are common tasks for [[system administrator]]s.

;Clean installation
:Given the complexity of a typical installation there are many factors that may interfere with its successful completion. In particular files that are leftover from old installations of the same program or an unstable situation of the operating system may all act to prevent a given program from installing and working correctly. An installation performed in absence of such interfering factors (which may vary from program to program) is called a '''clean installation'''. In particular, a clean operating system installation can be performed by formatting its destination partition before the actual installation process.

;Flat installation
:An installation of a program performed from a copy (called a ''flat copy'') of its original media contents (mostly CDs or DVDs) to a hard drive, rather than directly from the media. This may help in some situations where the target machine isn't able to cope with random access reads from CD/DVD at the same time as performing the CPU-intensive tasks often required by an installation, or where the target machine does not have an appropriate physical drive.

;Network Installation
:An installation of a program from a shared network drive. This may simply be a copy of the original media (as in a Flat Installation), but frequently, software publishers which offer site licenses for institutional customers provide a version intended for installation over a network.

;Virtual installation
:[[AmigaOS]] features a centralized standard installation utility called '''Installer''' since version 2.0 in 1991. It is driven by a [[LISP]] language interpreter, and users have the faculty of editing the installation scripts as these are plain text files. Installer also features the unsurpassed chance for users to perform virtual installations and verify any possible problem before committing the real installation.

==Installer==
An '''installation program''' or '''installer''' is a computer program that installs files, such as applications, drivers, or other software, onto a computer. Some installers are specifically made to install the files they contain; other installers are general-purpose and work by reading the contents of the [[software package (installation)|software package]] to be installed.

The differences between a [[package management system]] and an installer are:
{{PMS vs Installer}}

=== Bootstrapper ===
During the installation of computer programs it is sometimes necessary to update the installer or package manager itself. To make this possible, a technique called [[bootstrapping]] is used. The common pattern for this is to use a small executable file (e.g. setup.exe) which updates the installer and starts the real installation after the update. This small executable is called bootstrapper. Sometimes the bootstrapper installs other prerequisites for the software during the bootstrapping process too.

===Common installers===
Cross platform installer builders that produce installers for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux include [[InstallAnywhere]] ([[Flexera Software]]), [[JExpress]] (DeNova),<ref>[http://denova.com Denova.com]</ref> and [[InstallBuilder]] (BitRock Inc.).

Installers for [[Microsoft Windows]] include [[Windows Installer]], a software installation component. Additional third party commercial tools for creating installers for Windows include [[InstallShield]] ([[Flexera Software]]), [[InstallAware]] ([[InstallAware Software]]),<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.installaware.com/ |title=Installation Software for Windows Programs |publisher=InstallAware}}</ref> [[Wise Solutions, Inc.#Wise Installation Studio 7|Wise Installation Studio]] ([[Wise Solutions, Inc.]]), SetupBuilder (Lindersoft, Inc.),<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.setupbuilder.com/ |title=Lindersoft: Software Installation Solutions - High-quality Software Installations |publisher=Setupbuilder.com |date= |accessdate=2010-05-02}}</ref> [[Installer VISE]] (MindVision Software), [[MSI Studio]] ([[Scriptlogic|ScriptLogic Corporation]]), [[Actual Installer]] (Softeza Development),<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.actualinstaller.com/ |title=Installation Software for Windows Programs |publisher=Actual Installer |date= |accessdate=2010-05-02}}</ref> [[Smart Install Maker]] (InstallBuilders Company),<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.sminstall.com/ |title=Smart Install Maker - Custom setup files made easy |publisher=Sminstall.com |date= |accessdate=2010-05-02}}</ref> [[MSI Factory]] and [[Setup Factory]] ([[Indigo Rose Software]]), Centurion Setup (Gammadyne Corporation)<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.gammadyne.com/centurion.htm|title=Centurion Setup|publisher=Gammadyne Corporation}}</ref>. Free installer-authoring tools include [[Nullsoft Scriptable Install System|NSIS]], [[IzPack]], [[Clickteam]], [[InnoSetup]], [[InstallSimple]] and [[WiX]].

[[Mac OS X]] includes [[Installer (Mac OS X)|Installer]], a native Package Manager software. Mac OS X also includes a separate software updating application, [[Apple Software Update|Software Update]] but only supports Apple and system software. Included in the dock as of 10.6.6, the [[Mac App Store]] shares many attributes with the successful [[App Store (iOS)|App Store]] for iOS devices, such as a similar app approval process, the use of Apple ID for purchases, and automatic installation and updating. Although this Apple's preferred delivery method for Mac OS X,<ref>http://www.apple.com/mac/app-store/great-mac-apps.html</ref> previously purchased licenses can not be transferred to the Mac App Store for downloading or automatic updating. Commercial applications for Mac OS X may also use a third-party installer, such as Mac version of [[Installer VISE]] (MindVision Software) or InstallerMaker ([[StuffIt]]).

==See also==
* [[Application virtualization]]
* [[Java (software platform)|Java]]
* [[List of installation software]]
* [[Package management system]]
* [[Portable application]]
* [[Pre-installed software]]
* [[Software distribution]]
* [[Uninstaller]]

== References ==
{{reflist}}

==External links==
* [http://www.appdeploy.com/ The Application Deployment Information Center]
{{Wiktionary|installer}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Installation (Computer Programs)}}
[[Category:Installation software]]
[[Category:Package management systems]]

[[az:Quraşdırma]]
[[cs:Instalace (software)]]
[[de:Installation (Computer)]]
[[es:Instalación de software]]
[[fr:Installation (informatique)]]
[[ko:설치 (컴퓨터 프로그램)]]
[[it:Installazione (informatica)]]
[[hu:Telepítés (informatika)]]
[[ja:インストール]]
[[pl:Instalacja (informatyka)]]
[[ru:Установка программного обеспечения]]
[[fi:Asennus (tietotekniikka)]]
[[uk:Інсталяція ПЗ]]
[[vi:Cài đặt]]

Tokyo Skytree

2011-10-09T17:41:04Z

Kazu89: /* Color */ link to Japanese traditional colours for background information

{{Infobox building
|name = Tokyo Sky Tree
|native_name = 東京スカイツリー
|image = Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 2011-08-04.png
|caption = Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 634 m August 2011
|location = [[Sumida, Tokyo]], Japan
|latd = 35| latm = 42| lats = 36.5| latNS = N
|longd = 139| longm = 48| longs = 39| longEW = E
|iso_region = JP-13_source:dewiki
|coordinates_display= title
|status = Under construction
|start_date = 14 July 2008
|completion_date =
|est_completion = February 2012
|opening = 22 May 2012
|building_type = Broadcast, restaurant, and observation tower
|antenna_spire = {{Convert|634.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|roof = {{Convert|495.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|top_floor = {{Convert|450.0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
|floor_count =
|elevator_count = 13
|cost = 40 billion JPY (440 million USD)
|floor_area =
|architect = [[Nikken Sekkei]]
|structural_engineer=
|main_contractor = [[Obayashi Corp.]]
|developer = [[Tobu Railway]]
|owner = Tobu Tower Sky Tree Co., Ltd.
|website = {{URL|http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english/}}
}}

The {{nihongo|'''Tokyo Sky Tree'''|東京スカイツリー|Tōkyō Sukai Tsurī}}, formerly known as {{nihongo|'''New Tokyo Tower'''|新東京タワー|Shin Tōkyō Tawā}}, is a broadcasting, restaurant and observation [[tower]] under construction in [[Sumida, Tokyo]], Japan. It has been the [[List of tallest structures in Japan|tallest artificial structure in Japan]] since 2010.<ref name="tallest">[http://mdn.mainichi.jp/mdnnews/national/news/20100329p2g00m0dm025000c.html Tokyo Sky Tree beats Tokyo Tower, now tallest building in Japan], The Mainichi Daily News, 29 March 2010</ref> The tower reached its full height of {{Convert|634.0|m|ft|0}} in March 2011 but will not be finished until at least February 2012.

The project is being led by [[Tobu Railway]] and a group of six terrestrial broadcasters (headed by public broadcaster [[NHK]]). Construction of the tower is scheduled to be completed by February 2012, with the public opening on 22 May 2012.<ref name="Tokyo Sky Tree">{{Cite web|url=http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/about/enterprise.html|title=事業概要|work=Tokyo Sky Tree Home|language=Japanese|accessdate=2 September 2011}}</ref> The completed structure will be the centrepiece of a massive commercial development located equidistant from [[Narihirabashi Station]] and [[Oshiage Station]].

One of Tokyo Sky Tree's main purposes is as a television and radio broadcasting tower. Tokyo's current broadcasting tower, [[Tokyo Tower]], is at {{Convert|333|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}, and is no longer tall enough to give complete [[digital terrestrial television]] broadcasting coverage because it is surrounded by many high-rise buildings.

The Tokyo Sky Tree is currently the [[List of tallest towers in the world|tallest tower in the world]]. It is taller than [[Canton Tower]] ({{Convert|600|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}); the tallest structure on an [[island]], taller than [[Taipei 101]]; and the second tallest structure in the world, after the [[Burj Khalifa]] in [[Dubai]].

==Design==
[[File:Tokyo Sky Tree - Silhouette & Cross section.svg|thumb|left|160px|The [[Cross section (geometry)|cross-section]] of the tower forms an [[equilateral triangle]] on the ground, gradually rounding to become circular at 320 m elevation.]]
The design was published on 24 November 2006, based on the following three concepts.
*Fusion of futuristic design and traditional beauty of Japan
*Catalyst for revitalization of the city
*Contribution to disaster prevention "Safety and Security"

The base of the tower has a structure similar to a "tripod", but from a height of about 350 m and above, the tower's structure is cylindrical to withstand very strong winds.

The tower also has state-of-the-art [[Earthquake engineering structures|seismic proofing]], including a central shaft made of reinforced concrete.

===Color===
The exterior lattice is painted a color officially called "Sky Tree White". This is an original color based on a bluish white [[Traditional colors of Japan|Japanese traditional color]] called {{Nihongo||藍白|aijiro}}.<ref name"colordesign">{{cite web |url= http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english/design/color.html|title= Color Design|date= 2008|work= Tokyo Sky Tree|publisher= Tobu Railway Co.|location= Japan|language= |format= |archiveurl= |archivedate= |accessdate= 7 June 2011}}</ref>

===Illumination===
The illumination design was published on 16 October 2009. Two different illumination patterns ([[Sky blue]] and [[Purple]]) will be used, alternately daily. The tower will be illuminated using LED lights.

==Naming and height==
[[File:Tallest towers in the world.PNG|thumb|Diagram of the tallest TV-Towers]]
From 26 October to 25 November 2007, suggestions were collected from the general public for the name to be given to the new tower. On 19 March 2008, a committee chose six final candidate names: Tokyo Edo Tower, Tokyo Sky Tree, Mirai Tree, Yumemi Yagura, Rising East Tower, and Rising Tower, with the official name to be decided in a nationwide vote. On 10 June 2008 the official name of the tower was announced as "Tokyo Sky Tree". The name received around 33,000 votes (30%) out of 110,000 cast, with the second most popular name being "Tokyo [[Edo]] Tower".<ref>[http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/news/pdf/080610.pdf Name of New Tower Decided] {{ja icon}}</ref>

The height of 634 m was selected to have a height that is easy to be remembered. The figures 6 (mu), 3 (sa), 4 (shi) stand for "[[Musashi Province|Musashi]]" an old name of the region where the Tokyo Sky Tree stands.

==Broadcasting use==
Tokyo Sky Tree will be used as a communications tower for a number of different media and by numerous companies.

===Television broadcasters===
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Channel
! Channel name
! Callsign
! Signal power
! Broadcast area
|-

| <center>1</center>
| [[NHK General TV]] / NHK G (GTV)
| JOAK-DTV
| rowspan=7 | 10 kW
| [[Kantō]] (except [[Ibaraki Prefecture]])
|-
| <center>2</center>
| [[NHK Educational TV]] / NHK E (ETV)
| JOAB-DTV
| All Japan
|-
| <center>4</center>
| [[Nihon TV]] / Nittele (NTV)
| JOAX-DTV
|rowspan="5"| All Kantō
|-
| <center>5</center>
| [[TV Asahi]] / Tele-Asa (EX)
| JOEX-DTV
|-
| <center>6</center>
| [[Tokyo Broadcasting System|TBS]]
| JORX-DTV
|-
| <center>7</center>
| [[TV Tokyo]] / Teleto (TX)
| JOTX-DTV
|-
| <center>8<center>
| [[Fuji TV]] (CX)
| JOCX-DTV
|-
| <center>9</center>
| [[Tokyo Metropolitan Television]] / Tokyo MX
| JOMX-DTV
| 3 kW
| Tokyo
|}

===FM radio broadcasters===
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Frequency
! Station name
! Callsign
! ERP
! Broadcast area
|-
| 81.3 MHz
| [[J-WAVE]]
| JOAV-FM
|rowspan="2"|44 kW
|rowspan="2"|Tokyo

|-
| 82.5 MHz
| [[NHK]] Tokyo FM
| JOAK-FM
|}

==Timeline==
===2008===
*14 July 2008: A ceremony was held at the site to mark the start of construction.<ref>[http://search.japantimes.co.jp/cgi-bin/nn20080715b2.html ''Tokyo Sky Tree construction starts'']. The Japan Times (15 July 2008). Retrieved on 15 July 2008.</ref>
===2009===
*6 April 2009: The [[Foundation (engineering)|foundations]] for the three main legs were completed.<ref>{{cite news|title =高さ610メートル電波塔「スカイツリー」本体が地上に姿| author7=|url=http://sankei.jp.msn.com/region/kanto/tokyo/090406/tky0904062220006-n1.htm|publisher=[[Sankei Shimbun]]|location=[[Tokyo]]| accessdate=2009-07-28|language=Japanese|trans_title =The height of 610 meter radio wave tower, "Sky Tree", the main body of tower appeared on the ground|archivedate =2009-04-06|archiveurl=http://sankei.jp.msn.com/region/kanto/tokyo/090406/tky0904062220006-n1.htm }}</ref>
*7 August 2009: The tower reached a height of 100 m.<ref>{{cite web|author=Rising-east.jp|title=Tokyo Sky Tree is the height of the body beyond the 100m tower. Tree is growing steadily.|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/20090806.pdf}}</ref>
*16 October 2009: The projected height was increased from 610 m to 634 m to make it the highest self-supporting steel tower. 6-3-4 is [[Musashi Province|''Mu-sa-shi'']] in [[Japanese wordplay]] ''goroawase''.<ref>{{cite web|title=東京スカイーツリーの最高高さを634mに決定しました。|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/2009101602.pdf|archiveurl=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/2009101602.pdf|publisher=[[Tobu Railway]] and Tobu Tower Sky Tree|location=Tokyo|language=Japanese|trans_title =Maximum height of Tokyo Sky Tree decided to be 634m|format=PDF|archivedate=2009-10-16|accessdate=2009-10-16}}</ref>
*10 November 2009: The tower reached a height of 200 m.<ref>[http://headlines.yahoo.co.jp/hl?a=20091110-00000463-yom-soci]</ref>
===2010===
*16 February 2010: The tower reached a height of 300 m.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.rising-east.jp/dl/pdf/100216.pdf|publisher=Rising East project|language=Japanese|trans_title=Tokyo Sky Tree's height of the tower body exceeds 300m|format=PDF|accessdate=2010-02-18}}</ref>
*29 March 2010: The tower reached a height of 338 m, becoming the tallest structure in Japan.<ref name="tallest" />
*24 April 2010: A 1:25 scale model of the Tokyo Sky Tree was unveiled at the [[Tobu World Square]] theme park in [[Nikkō, Tochigi]].<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.asahi.com/english/TKY201003240432.html|publisher=Asahi Shimbun|trans_title=Nothing very little about this miniature|accessdate=2010-03-25}}</ref>
*30 July 2010: The tower topped 400 m, reaching a height of 408 m.<ref>[http://home.kyodo.co.jp/modules/fstStory/index.php?storyid=514891 Tokyo Sky Tree, already tallest building in Japan, tops 400 meters], Kyodo News, 30 July 2010</ref>
*11 September 2010: The tower reached 461 m, becoming the tallest structure ever built in Japan, surpassing the dismantled ''Tsushima Omega tower'' of 455 m.<ref>{{cite news|trans_title= Skytree, actually at last became the tallest in Japan... 461m |language=Japanese|publisher=Yomiuri Online|date=September 13, 2010|url=http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/national/news/20100913-OYT1T00327.htm?from=navlp}} (Archived by WebCite at http://www.webcitation.org/5shjrEY4a)</ref>
*23 October 2010: The tower reached a height of 497 m, and assembly of the main tower section was completed.
*20 November 2010: Two [[tuned mass damper]]s with a total weight of 100 [[Tonne|tons]] were temporarily placed on the tower tip at 497 m.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.obayashi.co.jp/news/skytreedetail10_20101125_1|title=東京スカイツリー® のつくり方「制振装置のあるゲイン塔頂部をつくる」|date=2010-11-25|publisher =[[Obayashi Corporation]]|language=Japanese|trans_title ="To make the tower tip with [[tuned mass damper|TMD]] installed", how to make Tokyo Sky Tree'''™'''|accessdate=2010-12-20}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://blog.skytree-obayashi.com/?eid=110989|title=総重量は約100トン。制振装置が塔体の最頂部へ|date=2010-11-25|publisher=Blog from construction site, [[Obayashi Corporation]]|language =Japanese|trans_title =Total weight 100 ton, TMD placed on tower tip.|accessdate=2010-11-25}}</ref>
*1 December 2010: The tower topped the 500 m mark and reached a height of 511 m, beating Taipei 101 (509 m). A lightning conductor and two tuned mass dampers were docked to the gain tower, which was gradually lifted within the central shaft.<ref>{{cite news| url=http://www.japantoday.com/category/national/view/tokyo-sky-tree-tops-500-meters-during-construction |title=Tokyo Sky Tree tops 500 meters during construction |publisher=Japan Today |date=December 1}}</ref>
*16 December 2010: [[Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications]] approved [[NHK]] and [[Zaikyō kī kyoku|five TV key stations in Tokyo]]'s plans to install their broadcasting facilities on the tower.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.soumu.go.jp/soutsu/kanto/if/press/p22/p2212/p221217o.html|title=東京スカイツリーへの放送局の無線設備の設置に向けた変更許可について|date=2010-12-16|publisher=[[Kantō region|Kanto]] Bureau of Telecommunications of [[Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications]]|language=Japanese|trans_title =Approval of alteration to install the radio wave facility of broadcasting stations to Tokyo Sky Tree|accessdate=2010-12-19}}</ref>
*18 December 2010: The [[transmitter|transmitting]] [[Antenna (radio)|antenna]] for digital terrestrial television began to be installed.

===2011===
*1 March 2011: The tower topped the 600 m mark and reached a height of 604 m, beating [[Canton Tower]] (600 m) and becoming the world's [[List of tallest towers in the world |tallest tower]].<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.japantoday.com/category/national/view/tokyo-sky-tree-tops-600-meters-becoming-worlds-tallest-tower |date=1 March 2011 |publisher=Japan Today |title=Tokyo Sky Tree tops 600 meters, becoming world's tallest tower}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.nikkei.com/life/news/article/g=96958A9C889DE0E6E0EAEBEBE7E2E2E0E2E1E0E2E3E39191E3E2E2E2;da=96958A88889DE2E0E3EAEAE7E6E2E0E3E3E0E0E2E2EBE2E2E2E2E2E2|title=世界一ツリー604メートル到達　東京スカイツリー |trans_title=Tokyo Sky Tree reaches 604 m |date=2011-03-02|publisher=Nikkei Inc.|accessdate=2011-03-03|language=Japanese}}</ref>
*12 March 2011: The tower reached a height of 625 m. A full inspection was made, looking for possible damage by the [[2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami|2011 Tōhoku earthquake]] and its [[aftershock]]s.
*18 March 2011: The tower reached its final height of 634 m at 1:34 p.m. [[Japan Standard Time|JST]].<ref>{{cite news|title =スカイツリー、634メートルに到達　完成時の高さに|url=http://www.asahi.com/national/update/0318/TKY201103180299.html
|newspaper=[[Asahi Shimbun]]|location=Tokyo|accessdate=2011-03-18|language=Japanese|trans_title =Sky Tree reaches final height of 634 m}}</ref>
* 23 May 2011: Dismantling four [[Crane (machine)|tower crane]]s one by one, continue till mid-July.<ref>Yomiuri-online [http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/stream/m_news/vn110523_6.htm movie, dismantling] on 23 May 2011 (Japanese)</ref>
* 7 June 2011: Announced [[Grand opening|public opening]] date of Tokyo Sky Tree Town and [[entrance fee]] (Adults: 2,000 yen to 350 m level; extra 1,000 yen to 450 m level) to [[Observation tower|observation floor]]s. <ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.tokyo-skytreetown.jp/dl/pdf/2011060701.pdf|title=東京スカイツリータウンの事業概要が決定しました|date=2011-06-07|publisher=Tokyo Sky Tree Town|language=Japanese|trans_title=Decided the business outline of Tokyo Sky Tree Town|format=PDF|accessdate=2011-06-08}}</ref>

==Construction progress==
<gallery>
File:Tokyo sky tree23.jpg|Searchlights showing the planned height of 610 m, 6 October 2007
File:New Tokyo Tower site before build.png|The site during preparation before construction, 12 April 2008
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20090714-2.jpg|14 July 2009 (76 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20090919-1.jpg|19 September 2009 (153 m)
File:TokyoSkyTree20091114.JPG|14 November 2009 (205 m)
File:FileTokyo Sky Tree under construction 20091222-1.jpg|22 December 2009 (245 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20100330-1.jpg|30 March 2010 (338 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20100710-1.jpg|10 July 2010 (398 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101013-1.jpg|Illumination testing, from 18:30 to 21:10, 13 October 2010 (488 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101027-1.jpg|3 November 2010 (497 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20101225.jpg|[[Christmas]] illumination at [[sunset]], 25 December 2010 (539 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20110123.jpg|23 January 2011 (559 m)
File:Tokyo Sky Tree under construction 20110319-1.jpg|Tokyo Sky Tree at its full height on 19 March 2011
File:Tokyo sky tree.jpg|The tower view from air in March 2011.
</gallery>

==See also==
{{Portal|Tokyo}}
* [[Tokyo Tower]]
* [[Sky City 1000]]
* [[List of tallest structures in Japan]]
* [[List of tallest freestanding structures in the world]]

==References==
===General===
{{Refbegin}}
*[http://www.skyscrapernews.com/news.php?ref=602 Skyscrapernews article on New Tokyo Tower]
*[http://www.emporis.com/en/wm/bu/?id=232094 Project profile at Emporis]
*"[http://search.japantimes.co.jp/print/business/nb03-2005/nb20050329a4.htm Sumida-Taito picked for new Tokyo Tower site]", ''The Japan Times'', 29 March 2005.
*[http://www.japantoday.com/jp/news/422833 Broadcasters to use new Tokyo Tower as main transmitter], ''Japan Today'', 14 December 2007.
{{Refend}}

===Specific===
{{Reflist}}

==External links==
{{commonscat}}
*{{Official website|http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/english}} {{en icon}}
*[http://www.rising-east.jp/webcam/ Tokyo Sky Tree construction site webcam] (available Monday–Saturday 9:00–17:00 [[Japan Standard Time]] only) {{ja icon}}
*[http://www.tokyo-skytree.jp/ Tokyo Sky Tree, Current height, indicated with large letters] {{ja icon}}
*[http://skytreelivecam.com/ Tokyo Sky Tree Live Camera] from [[American International Group|American Home Assurance Company]] near [[Kinshichō Station]] {{ja icon}}

{{Tokyo Skyscrapers}}
{{Supertall}}

{{Use dmy dates|date=October 2010}}
[[Category:Towers in Japan]]
[[Category:Buildings and structures in Tokyo]]
[[Category:Buildings and structures under construction]]
[[Category:2012 introductions]]

[[de:Tōkyō Sky Tree]]
[[es:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[eu:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[fa:توکیو اسکای تری]]
[[fr:Tōkyō Sky Tree]]
[[ko:도쿄 스카이 트리]]
[[id:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[it:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[hu:Tókjó Szukai Curí]]
[[nl:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ja:東京スカイツリー]]
[[no:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[pl:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[pt:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[ru:Небесное дерево Токио]]
[[sk:Tókjó Sukai Curí]]
[[sv:Tokyo Sky Tree]]
[[th:โตเกียวสกายทรี]]
[[uk:Токійське Небесне дерево]]
[[zh:東京天空樹]]

Doramas

2011-10-07T17:34:46Z

Kazu89: disamb fixed

{{for|the Japanese television dramas commonly known as "doramas"|Japanese television drama}}
'''Doramas''' (also spelled Doramos) was an indigenous warrior of the [[Canary Islands]] who was a member of the resistance on the island of [[Grand Canary]]. He fought against an invasion by the [[Crown of Castile]] in the late 15th century which was undertaken and financed by the [[Catholic Monarchs]].

==Description==
Originally from the kingdom of [[Telde, Las Palmas|Telde]], he belonged to the social class of the ''"axicatnas"'' (shorn ones). They had to wear their hair short, unlike the nobles who wore their hair long and enjoyed other privileges. The name of Doramas appears to be a nickname, meaning "he of the wide noses."

With a wide back, and medium stature, Doramas was known for his dexterity in combat and his capacity for leadership. In battle, he carried a large wooden sword and was described as having a shield made from [[Dracaena draco|drago]] wood, which was black, white, and colored, separated into four sections.

==Military Exploits==
Doramas participated actively in the defense of the island when Castille began its conquest in 1478. He was named a noble by the Guanarteme (the name for the king) and he moved to the kingdom of [[Gáldar]], on the northern part of the island. At the time, the island of [[Gran Canaria]] was divided into two kingdoms, Telde in the south and Gáldar in the north. He led a detachment situated in the northern zone that offered great resistance to the invasion at Mount Doramas, which carries his name in honor to this day. He reaped great success as the head of the Canary army, and it turned him into a charismatic leader in the aborigine resistance.

Because of the great fame that Doramas won in the war, the Castilian captain [[Pedro de Vera]] began a decisive campaign against him personally, attacking him on his home turf. On August 20, 1481, while engaged in a bruising battle in the region of [[Arucas, Las Palmas|Arucas]], Doramas fell victim to a lance-wound and died. His severed head was exhibited in the city of [[Las Palmas]] as a warning to the population. The [[Battle of Arucas]] ended on November 30, 1481, between the warriors and the troops of Pedro de Vera. Subsequently, Grand Canary was incorporated into the Crown of Castille on April 29, 1483.

Since the war, the baptisms of descendants of certain nobles have included a ceremony in which they are conferred another name in memory of their Canary origin. Doramas's descendants have been given the surname "Oramas," one of the few of true Canary origin that survive into the present day.

==References==
{{SPATRAcite|:es:Doramas|19 December 2005}}

[[Category:People from Gran Canaria]]
[[Category:Guanche]]

[[ca:Doramas]]
[[es:Doramas]]
[[it:Doramas]]
[[pl:Doramas]]
[[pt:Doramas]]

Joseph Planta (librarian)

2011-10-02T12:44:17Z

Kazu89: fix language link

{{For|his son, the diplomat and politician|Joseph Planta}}

'''Joseph Planta''' [[Fellow of the Royal Society|FRS]] (21 February 1744, [[Castasegna]], [[Switzerland]] – 3 December 1827, [[London]], [[England]]), aka '''Joseph von Planta''',<ref>[http://scartezzini.eu/en/2073.html Joseph von Planta — SUSCH (2073)], [http://scartezzini.eu/en/ Scartezzini — English].</ref> was a [[librarian]] of [[Switzerland|Swiss]] origin who moved to London and became the [[Director of the British Museum#Principal Librarian of the British Museum (1756)|Principal Librarian]] of the [[British Museum]].<ref>Robert Cowtan, ''[http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=4R9WKGMqzjMC Memories of the British Museum]''. R. Bentley and Son, 1872. ISBN 978-1-40976-882-1. [http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=4R9WKGMqzjMC&pg=PA232 Page 232].</ref>

Joseph Planta was born at [[Castasegna]] in [[Grisons]], [[Switzerland]], the son of Reverend Andrew (aka Andreas) Planta (1717–1773).<ref name="beer">G. R. de Beer, [http://www.jstor.org/stable/531074 Andreas and Joseph Planta, FF.R.S.], ''[[Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London]]'', Vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 8–14, October 1952. [[The Royal Society]].</ref><ref name="wilson58">[[David M. Wilson]], ''The British Museum: A History''. [[The British Museum Press]], 2002. ISBN 0-7141-2764-7. Page 58.</ref><ref>[http://scartezzini.eu/en/2065.html Andreas von Planta — SUSCH (2065)], [http://scartezzini.eu/en/ Scartezzini — English].</ref> He studied [[philology]] at [[Utrecht (city)|Utrecht]], [[Holland]] and then [[Göttingen]], [[Germany]].

Planta travelled for a while and then moved to England in 1752, where his father was a pastor for the [[German Reformed Church]] in London and also assistant librarian in the British Museum. He succeeded his father as assistant librarian in 1773.<ref>{{DNB Cite|wstitle=Planta, Joseph (1744-1827)}}</ref> He was promoted to keeper of manuscripts in 1776 and then Principal Librarian in charge of the museum from 1799 until his death in 1827.

At the British Museum, Planta produced a library catalogue for the [[Cotton library|Cotton]] manuscripts.
As Under Librarian, Planta organized the rehousing of the museum's coin collection.
His time as Principal Librarian was a significant period in the history of the British Museum.<ref name="wilson58" /> He improved the facilities available for the public.

Joseph Planta was elected a [[Fellow of the Royal Society]] in 1774.<ref name="beer" /><ref>Marie Boas Hall, ''[http://www.loc.gov/catdir/samples/cam031/84007705.pdf All Scientists Now: The Royal Society in the nineteen century]'', [[Cambridge University Press]], 1984. ISBN 0-521-26746-3.</ref>
Soon after Planta was appointed as an assistant at the British Museum, he published a paper on the [[Romansh language]] of the area Switzerland in which he was born in the ''[[Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London]]''.<ref>Joseph Planta, [http://rstl.royalsocietypublishing.org/content/66/129.full.pdf+html An Account of the Romansh Language. By Joseph Planta, F. R. S. In a Letter to Sir John Pringle, Bart. P. R. S.], ''[[Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London]]'', Vol. 66, pp. 129–159, 1 January 1776. [[The Royal Society]]. Also on [http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/10069 Gutenberg Project] and [http://www.jstor.org/stable/106271 JSTOR]. {{doi|10.1098/rstl.1776.0008}}</ref><ref>John Haiman and Paola Benincà (editors), ''[http://books.google.com/books?id=1EQOAAAAQAAJ The Rhaeto-Romance languages]''. [[Routledge]], [[Taylor & Francis Group]], 1992. ISBN 0-415-04194-5. [http://books.google.com/books?id=1EQOAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA19 Page 19].</ref> The paper was read to the [[Royal Society]] on 10 November 1775. He was also appointed as one of the secretaries to the Royal Society in 1776.

His son, Sir [[Joseph Planta]] (1787–1847), MP for [[Hastings (UK Parliament constituency)|Hastings]], was born at the British Museum.<ref>Constance Richardson, [http://www.jstor.org/stable/729510 Mrs. Oom and 'The Forty-Eight']. ''[[Music & Letters]]'', Vol. 32, No. 1, pp. [http://www.jstor.org/stable/729510 98]–[http://www.jstor.org/stable/729511 99], January 1951. [[Oxford University Press]].</ref>

==References==
{{reflist|2}}

==External links==
* [http://www.artfund.org/artwork/942/joseph-planta-and-richard-payne-knight Joseph Planta & Richard Payne Knight], by William Evans (active 1797–1856), British Museum, 1810.

{{British Museum directors}}
{{British-Library-stub}}
{{Persondata 
| NAME = Planta, Joseph
| ALTERNATIVE NAMES =
| SHORT DESCRIPTION =
| DATE OF BIRTH = 21 February 1744
| PLACE OF BIRTH =
| DATE OF DEATH = 3 December 1827
| PLACE OF DEATH =
}}
{{DEFAULTSORT:Planta, Joseph}}
[[Category:1744 births]]
[[Category:1827 deaths]]
[[Category:People from Graubünden]]
[[Category:Swiss librarians]]
[[Category:English librarians]]
[[Category:Swiss philologists]]
[[Category:English philologists]]
[[Category:British people of Swiss descent]]
[[Category:British Museum directors]]
[[Category:Fellows of the Royal Society]]
[[Category:Employees of the British Library]]

[[la:Iosephus Planta]]
[[rm:Joseph Planta]]

Talk:Tiangong-1

2011-09-30T18:38:56Z

Kazu89: /* heavenly palace v. sky palace */

{{WikiProjectBannerShell|1=
{{WikiProject Spaceflight|class=Start |importance=High |HSF=yes |HSF-importance= |space_stations=yes}}
{{WikiProject China|class=stub|importance=mid}}
}}
{{reqphoto|in=China}}
{{ITN talk|29 September|2011}}

== Creation ==
The information of Tiangong 1 was first declared by [[CNSA]] at 29 Sept., 2008. I created this page at 30 Sept. Constructive expands and edits are greatly welcome.

[[User:Greeneese|Greeneese]] ([[User talk:Greeneese|talk]]) 06:31, 30 September 2008 (UTC)

: It's a brilliant page, however there is a link to the economist, which if I may suggest is of a very poor quality. The webpage shows a picture of two men, and an empty spacesuit meant to indicate a missing american, yet one of the men present wears an american patch, making it a poor but hasty choice of photo by the journalist, and clearly intended for western readers.
:More worrying is the suggestion that china asked america for permission to participate in the ISS, which is untrue. The Americans cause nothing by headaches for the Russians, and China wants no part of it.
: The ISS is basically a Russian space station (Russian Orbital section) plus a poorly designed (it lacks an exit strategy) US orbital segment for the other nations such as japan and European nations. The Russian Orbital segment can fly itself, if the USOS is separated, the USOS would tumble out of orbit, leaving only the Russian portion.
: The Russians are able to de-orbit their portion of the ISS at the end of it's life, they have both the experience to do this, having de-orbited many space stations before with success, and the ability to do so, having existing craft in working order to do it, however they have many plans to re-use some or all of the modules on their new space station, which is a factory rather than laboratory. The americans have no experience in deorbiting space stations, the only space station america launched by itself, skylab, tumbled out of orbit and hit australia. The americans also have no spacecraft capable of deorbiting the ISS at the end of it's useful lifespan.
: Basically, this causes something of a headache or possibly bewilderment in the Russian partners as to what the americans are up to. However, the Russian / Chinese relationship is a completely different one. They are conducting at this moment testing and simulation for their mission to mars, along with European partners, basically everyone except the americans.
: The Chinese and Russian hardware is compatible for docking, making co-operation much easier (US hardware is not compatible, and auto-docking is unknown in US manned craft).
: Editor of space news magazine, put it this way "You see, the word “cooperation”, in global practice, envisages working together without money, that is, through the contribution of the parties. What we’re seeing now, as regards the carrying of US, as well as Canadian, Japanese and European astronauts to the ISS, is the pure provision of services.
: Basically, at the time of Tiangong 1 an offer of American co-operation would in no way be considered an attractive proposition. Suggesting china asked to be included in the ISS project, in addition to the existing Russian/Chinese partnership outside the ISS is misleading. Linking to the article by wikipedia I suggest, doesn't uphold wiki's standards.
:I think linking to the economist article clouds a readers understanding of the Chinese space program, and a better link is a good idea.[[User:Penyulap|Penyulap]] ([[User talk:Penyulap|talk]]) 17:13, 19 March 2011 (UTC)
::You are incredibly misinformed.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 04:44, 28 April 2011 (UTC)

== Image ==

[[File:Chinese space station.jpg|thumb|150 px|left]] Should this image be used in the article? No source is given where it comes from but it is used on other wiki’s. ([[Special:Contributions/86.87.73.104|86.87.73.104]] ([[User talk:86.87.73.104|talk]]) 16:43, 10 June 2011 (UTC))
:I took the picture at the international astronutical congress of 2009. It is a 1:10 scale model of Tiangong 1. — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/79.179.228.57|79.179.228.57]] ([[User talk:79.179.228.57|talk]]) 17:05, 21 September 2011 (UTC) 
{{clear}}
::No, apparently this is supposed to be [[Tiangong 2]], the second phase "space laboratory" as it says on the sign. The picture is used in the Tiangong article and is captioned there as Tiangong 2, so perhaps it belongs there. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 15:41, 22 September 2011 (UTC)

==One or two docking ports==
The article [[Project 921-2]] indicates that there will be one docking port. However when you read the description of [[Shenzhou 8]], 9 and 10 operations it seems to suggest that two Shenzhous will be docked to Tiangong 1 at the same time. Could someone clarify ? My impression is that there is only one port and that the description of the Shenzhou missions is wrong. [[User:Hektor|Hektor]] ([[User talk:Hektor|talk]]) 09:39, 7 July 2011 (UTC)

Shenzhou 10 page has been fixed, the other aren't great but don't seem to imply that Tiangong 1 has two docking ports.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 04:56, 28 September 2011 (UTC)

*[http://www.nasaspaceflight.com/2011/09/china-major-human-space-flight-milestone-tiangong-1s-launch/ This source] seems to suggest that Tiangong 1, 2 are similar and have one docking port, while [[Tiangong 3]] would have two docking ports. [[User:Hektor|Hektor]] ([[User talk:Hektor|talk]]) 07:57, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

==Laboratory module or space station?==
The first line of this article states Tiangong 1 is intended to form part of a space station complex. After reading the given sources of the article I doubt that it is a module for a larger complex. Based on what I read it is a small provisional space station that will dock with 3 Shenzhou missions and than will be deorbited. So what is it? I am no expert but I think this should be cleared up. ([[Special:Contributions/86.87.73.104|86.87.73.104]] ([[User talk:86.87.73.104|talk]]) 17:26, 17 July 2011 (UTC))
:It's been fixed.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 08:27, 20 September 2011 (UTC)

== Wikipedia is not a crystal ball ==

It is not appropriate to fill in the launch date in the infobox, ''until the launch actually occurs''. The current planned launch date should be placed in the article text (it already says "late September".)

Please review [[WP:CRYSTAL]]: ''"It is appropriate to report discussion and arguments about the prospects for success of future proposals and projects or whether some development will occur, if discussion is properly referenced. ... Dates are not definite until the event actually takes place."'' The August launch date has already been missed. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 13:46, 22 September 2011 (UTC)

== Launch ==

Launch is planned for 13:16:00.000 UTC (less than two hours from now). Pages will have to be updated afterwards.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 11:29, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

13 minutes till launch. --[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 13:03, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

== Comparison of Chinese space station and International space station? ==

Do you have any idea?-125.82.251.202

Tiangong 1 or the planned Large Orbital Station?--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 12:56, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

== Contradictory information ==

The article says: "was transported as planned to the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center on 26 August" (citing ''China Daily'' and MSNBC one and one-half sentences later.) But the NASAspaceflight.com article cited for the launch says: "Its launch vehicle was delivered on Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center on the morning of July 23. On August 17 the technicians conducted the first launch rehearsal." So according to this, it couldn't possibly have been transported nine days ''after'' the launch rehearsal.

Perhaps the first two references are only intended for the LM2C failure and investigation. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 16:02, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

After a more careful reading of the NASAspaceflight article, I see it was first ''transported'' to the launch center on July 23. I would expect it would have had to be rolled to the pad sometime (unspecified) between then and August 17 for the rehearsal test. Is there some way the Chinese are able to conduct a launch rehearsal with the vehicle off of the pad? (There is also the issue of integrating the spacecraft with the launch vehicle.) [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 16:22, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

:With some other rockets, it is not unheard of for rehearsals to be conducted without the payload present. --'''''[[User:GW Simulations|G]][[User talk:GW_Simulations|W]]'''''[[Special:Contributions/GW_Simulations|…]] 16:24, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

::Thanks for the info, GW, but I wasn't so much concerned with the payload being connected to the rocket, as with the rocket being on the pad. So do we know if they rolled it to the pad a first time for the August launch attempt?

::In the US, a ''launch rehearsal'' generally involves a complete runthrough of all electrical hookup (telemetry and power) and testing, and fueling procedures; almost a complete launch runthrough (short of ignition, of course) with the vehicle in place on the pad. I was just curious what sort of launch rehearsal, or "full ground simulation" (terms used in the NASAspaceflight reference) they can do off the pad, or on the pad but without the fueling pipes attached to the rocket (which the reference says happened only three days before launch, and after the Sept. 25 "full ground simulation".) [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 18:12, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

==''heavenly palace'' v. ''sky palace''==
Hello everybody! I was about to change the translation ''sky palace'' to ''heavenly palace'', when I saw that it had already been in the article but was removed by user ''Peter Isotalo''. Both names are used in the media, but I feel ''heaven'' is a more accurate translation as 天 ''tian'' discribes a concept more similar to what we call heaven. Moreover, ''tian'' is often translated as ''paradise'' in languages that don't distinguish between sky and heaven (such as my native German). Sky, as in blue sky, is more like 空 ''kong'', though ''tian'' may also be used; but ''kong'' cannot be used to mean ''heaven''. Please feel free to check it with your favourite Chinese dictionary. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 21:24, 29 September 2011 (UTC)
:All the news articles I have seen (including CNN International [http://edition.cnn.com/2011/09/29/world/china-space-launch/?hpt=wo_c2] and Xinhua [http://news.xinhuanet.com/english2010/china/2011-09/29/c_131168115.htm]) use "Heavenly Palace 1" as the translation, so I agree with changing it. [[Special:Contributions/96.25.248.210|96.25.248.210]] ([[User talk:96.25.248.210|talk]]) 22:34, 29 September 2011 (UTC)
::+1, [http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-15112760 BBC]. Where is "Sky Palace" used? [[User:ChiZeroOne|ChiZeroOne]] ([[User talk:ChiZeroOne|talk]]) 01:11, 30 September 2011 (UTC)
:::I'm curious: does the "palace" part carry any military or surveillance connotation? Chasing through Wiktionary I see that some of the synonyms listed for [[wikt:宫]] have the meaning "watch tower". Is there a chance that this is a heavenly castle, keep, watchtower, etc.? [[User:Wnt|Wnt]] ([[User talk:Wnt|talk]]) 14:03, 30 September 2011 (UTC)
::::Hello Wnt! I don't know about that meaning. Both in Chinese and Japanese 宫 certainly means ''castle'' and ''shrine''. In [http://www.mdbg.net/chindict/chindict.php?page=worddict&wdrst=0&wdqb=%E5%A4%A9%E5%AE%AE some dictionaries] you will find tian gong translated as "heavenly shrine" or "shrine of/in heaven", but that's not what is meant here. In Japanese compounds it is also used to mean ''imperial'' or ''court'', referring to the Japanese imperial court. Castles and palaces are also distinguished in C/J. The characters does, however, resemble some sort of tower ;) --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 18:38, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

== Visibility ==
How bright can Tiangong 1 get in the sky? Where can I watch it? — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/91.46.190.38|91.46.190.38]] ([[User talk:91.46.190.38|talk]]) 22:31, 29 September 2011 (UTC) 

Assuming that the thing is bright enough to be visible to the naked eye, you can anticipate that the answers you seek will probably be available on www.heavens-above.com within a short time. Although as mentioned in the article, with an i of 42 degrees, it won't be visible from say the UK or northern USA.
[[User:Old wombat|Old_Wombat]] ([[User talk:Old wombat|talk]]) 08:29, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

== Resemblance with the Salyout stations ==

Shouldn't the resemblance with the [[Salyut program]] be mentioned in the article? This station, just like China's space capsules [[Shenzhou_(spacecraft)|Shenzhou]], greatly look like USSR/Russian's spaceships. '''[[User:Xionbox|Xionbox]]'''[[User talk:Xionbox|₪]] 13:10, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

Why do you think Tiangon-1 looks like the Salyut stations?--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 13:19, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

:Which is why Wikipedia bans [[WP:original synthesis]]... [[User:Wnt|Wnt]] ([[User talk:Wnt|talk]]) 14:04, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

::Another pathetic attempt to say that Chinese copy Russians/Americans etc....get a life. You can't bare the fact they are successful. — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/42.98.40.176|42.98.40.176]] ([[User talk:42.98.40.176|talk]]) 14:37, 30 September 2011 (UTC)

Talk:Tiangong-1

2011-09-29T21:24:58Z

Kazu89: /* heavenly palace v. sky palace */ new section

{{WikiProjectBannerShell|1=
{{WikiProject Spaceflight|class=Start |importance=High |HSF=yes |HSF-importance= |space_stations=yes}}
{{WikiProject China|class=stub|importance=mid}}
}}
{{reqphoto|in=China}}
{{ITN talk|29 September|2011}}

== Creation ==
The information of Tiangong 1 was first declared by [[CNSA]] at 29 Sept., 2008. I created this page at 30 Sept. Constructive expands and edits are greatly welcome.

[[User:Greeneese|Greeneese]] ([[User talk:Greeneese|talk]]) 06:31, 30 September 2008 (UTC)

: It's a brilliant page, however there is a link to the economist, which if I may suggest is of a very poor quality. The webpage shows a picture of two men, and an empty spacesuit meant to indicate a missing american, yet one of the men present wears an american patch, making it a poor but hasty choice of photo by the journalist, and clearly intended for western readers.
:More worrying is the suggestion that china asked america for permission to participate in the ISS, which is untrue. The Americans cause nothing by headaches for the Russians, and China wants no part of it.
: The ISS is basically a Russian space station (Russian Orbital section) plus a poorly designed (it lacks an exit strategy) US orbital segment for the other nations such as japan and European nations. The Russian Orbital segment can fly itself, if the USOS is separated, the USOS would tumble out of orbit, leaving only the Russian portion.
: The Russians are able to de-orbit their portion of the ISS at the end of it's life, they have both the experience to do this, having de-orbited many space stations before with success, and the ability to do so, having existing craft in working order to do it, however they have many plans to re-use some or all of the modules on their new space station, which is a factory rather than laboratory. The americans have no experience in deorbiting space stations, the only space station america launched by itself, skylab, tumbled out of orbit and hit australia. The americans also have no spacecraft capable of deorbiting the ISS at the end of it's useful lifespan.
: Basically, this causes something of a headache or possibly bewilderment in the Russian partners as to what the americans are up to. However, the Russian / Chinese relationship is a completely different one. They are conducting at this moment testing and simulation for their mission to mars, along with European partners, basically everyone except the americans.
: The Chinese and Russian hardware is compatible for docking, making co-operation much easier (US hardware is not compatible, and auto-docking is unknown in US manned craft).
: Editor of space news magazine, put it this way "You see, the word “cooperation”, in global practice, envisages working together without money, that is, through the contribution of the parties. What we’re seeing now, as regards the carrying of US, as well as Canadian, Japanese and European astronauts to the ISS, is the pure provision of services.
: Basically, at the time of Tiangong 1 an offer of American co-operation would in no way be considered an attractive proposition. Suggesting china asked to be included in the ISS project, in addition to the existing Russian/Chinese partnership outside the ISS is misleading. Linking to the article by wikipedia I suggest, doesn't uphold wiki's standards.
:I think linking to the economist article clouds a readers understanding of the Chinese space program, and a better link is a good idea.[[User:Penyulap|Penyulap]] ([[User talk:Penyulap|talk]]) 17:13, 19 March 2011 (UTC)
::You are incredibly misinformed.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 04:44, 28 April 2011 (UTC)

== Image ==

[[File:Chinese space station.jpg|thumb|150 px|left]] Should this image be used in the article? No source is given where it comes from but it is used on other wiki’s. ([[Special:Contributions/86.87.73.104|86.87.73.104]] ([[User talk:86.87.73.104|talk]]) 16:43, 10 June 2011 (UTC))
:I took the picture at the international astronutical congress of 2009. It is a 1:10 scale model of Tiangong 1. — Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/79.179.228.57|79.179.228.57]] ([[User talk:79.179.228.57|talk]]) 17:05, 21 September 2011 (UTC) 
{{clear}}
::No, apparently this is supposed to be [[Tiangong 2]], the second phase "space laboratory" as it says on the sign. The picture is used in the Tiangong article and is captioned there as Tiangong 2, so perhaps it belongs there. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 15:41, 22 September 2011 (UTC)

==One or two docking ports==
The article [[Project 921-2]] indicates that there will be one docking port. However when you read the description of [[Shenzhou 8]], 9 and 10 operations it seems to suggest that two Shenzhous will be docked to Tiangong 1 at the same time. Could someone clarify ? My impression is that there is only one port and that the description of the Shenzhou missions is wrong. [[User:Hektor|Hektor]] ([[User talk:Hektor|talk]]) 09:39, 7 July 2011 (UTC)

Shenzhou 10 page has been fixed, the other aren't great but don't seem to imply that Tiangong 1 has two docking ports.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 04:56, 28 September 2011 (UTC)

*[http://www.nasaspaceflight.com/2011/09/china-major-human-space-flight-milestone-tiangong-1s-launch/ This source] seems to suggest that Tiangong 1, 2 are similar and have one docking port, while [[Tiangong 3]] would have two docking ports. [[User:Hektor|Hektor]] ([[User talk:Hektor|talk]]) 07:57, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

==Laboratory module or space station?==
The first line of this article states Tiangong 1 is intended to form part of a space station complex. After reading the given sources of the article I doubt that it is a module for a larger complex. Based on what I read it is a small provisional space station that will dock with 3 Shenzhou missions and than will be deorbited. So what is it? I am no expert but I think this should be cleared up. ([[Special:Contributions/86.87.73.104|86.87.73.104]] ([[User talk:86.87.73.104|talk]]) 17:26, 17 July 2011 (UTC))
:It's been fixed.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 08:27, 20 September 2011 (UTC)

== Wikipedia is not a crystal ball ==

It is not appropriate to fill in the launch date in the infobox, ''until the launch actually occurs''. The current planned launch date should be placed in the article text (it already says "late September".)

Please review [[WP:CRYSTAL]]: ''"It is appropriate to report discussion and arguments about the prospects for success of future proposals and projects or whether some development will occur, if discussion is properly referenced. ... Dates are not definite until the event actually takes place."'' The August launch date has already been missed. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 13:46, 22 September 2011 (UTC)

== Launch ==

Launch is planned for 13:16:00.000 UTC (less than two hours from now). Pages will have to be updated afterwards.--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 11:29, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

13 minutes till launch. --[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 13:03, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

== Comparison of Chinese space station and International space station? ==

Do you have any idea?-125.82.251.202

Tiangong 1 or the planned Large Orbital Station?--[[User:Craigboy|Craigboy]] ([[User talk:Craigboy|talk]]) 12:56, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

== Contradictory information ==

The article says: "was transported as planned to the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center on 26 August" (citing ''China Daily'' and MSNBC one and one-half sentences later.) But the NASAspaceflight.com article cited for the launch says: "Its launch vehicle was delivered on Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center on the morning of July 23. On August 17 the technicians conducted the first launch rehearsal." So according to this, it couldn't possibly have been transported nine days ''after'' the launch rehearsal.

Perhaps the first two references are only intended for the LM2C failure and investigation. [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 16:02, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

After a more careful reading of the NASAspaceflight article, I see it was first ''transported'' to the launch center on July 23. I would expect it would have had to be rolled to the pad sometime (unspecified) between then and August 17 for the rehearsal test. Is there some way the Chinese are able to conduct a launch rehearsal with the vehicle off of the pad? (There is also the issue of integrating the spacecraft with the launch vehicle.) [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 16:22, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

:With some other rockets, it is not unheard of for rehearsals to be conducted without the payload present. --'''''[[User:GW Simulations|G]][[User talk:GW_Simulations|W]]'''''[[Special:Contributions/GW_Simulations|…]] 16:24, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

::Thanks for the info, GW, but I wasn't so much concerned with the payload being connected to the rocket, as with the rocket being on the pad. So do we know if they rolled it to the pad a first time for the August launch attempt?

::In the US, a ''launch rehearsal'' generally involves a complete runthrough of all electrical hookup (telemetry and power) and testing, and fueling procedures; almost a complete launch runthrough (short of ignition, of course) with the vehicle in place on the pad. I was just curious what sort of launch rehearsal, or "full ground simulation" (terms used in the NASAspaceflight reference) they can do off the pad, or on the pad but without the fueling pipes attached to the rocket (which the reference says happened only three days before launch, and after the Sept. 25 "full ground simulation".) [[User:JustinTime55|JustinTime55]] ([[User talk:JustinTime55|talk]]) 18:12, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

== ''heavenly palace'' v. ''sky palace'' ==

Hello everybody! I was about to change the translation ''sky palace'' to ''heavenly palace'', when I saw that it had already been in the article but was removed by user ''Peter Isotalo''. Both names are used in the media, but I feel ''heaven'' is a more accurate translation as 天 ''tian'' discribes a concept more similar to what we call heaven. Moreover, ''tian'' is often translated as ''paradise'' in languages that don't distinguish between sky and heaven (such as my native German). Sky, as in blue sky, is more like 空 ''kong'', though ''tian'' may also be used; but ''kong'' cannot be used to mean ''heaven''. Please feel free to check it with your favourite Chinese dictionary. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 21:24, 29 September 2011 (UTC)

User talk:Gryffindor

2011-08-21T13:01:40Z

Kazu89: /* A barnstar for you! */

{{User:Gryffindor/Talk template2}}
{{User:Gryffindor/Talk Template}}
{{nobots}}
Note: We all make mistakes. If you would like to leave constructive criticism regarding my performance on Wikipedia (technical issues, tone of discussion, etc.), please feel free to leave them on my own [[User:Gryffindor/RfC|request for comments]]. Please leave my talk page for content-related issues.

[[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive1]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive2]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive3]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive4]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive5]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive6]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive7]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive8]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive9]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive10]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive11]]

*[[User:Gryffindor/AdminCoaching|Admin Coaching]]

== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:Royal Palaces Hungary]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:Royal Palaces Hungary]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:Royal Palaces Hungary|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. — [[User:This, that and the other|This, that]], and [[User talk:This, that and the other|the other (talk)]] 10:35, 28 January 2011 (UTC)

==Orphaned non-free image File:BZÖ Logo.png==
'''[[Image:Ambox warning blue.svg|35px|left|⚠|link=]]''' Thanks for uploading '''[[:File:BZÖ Logo.png]]'''. The image description page currently specifies that the image is non-free and may only be used on Wikipedia under a [[WP:FU|claim of fair use]]. However, the image is currently [[Wikipedia:Orphan|orphaned]], meaning that it is not used in any articles on Wikipedia. If the image was previously in an article, please go to the article and see why it was removed. [[WP:BOLD|You may add it back]] if you think that that will be useful. However, please note that images for which a replacement could be created are not acceptable for use on Wikipedia (see [[Wikipedia:Non-free content#Policy|our policy for non-free media]]).

If you have uploaded other unlicensed media, please check whether they're used in any articles or not. You can find a list of "file" pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:MyContributions|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free images not used in any '''articles''' will be deleted after seven days, as described on [[wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. Thank you.  [[User:Courcelles|Courcelles]] 03:46, 2 February 2011 (UTC)

== Reply ==

Not easily, no. You can compare regular times of activity and such, but apart from that... —[[User:Nightstallion|Nightstallion]] 06:57, 3 February 2011 (UTC)

==Opposition to frederics==
would you care to reason why? otherwise your !votes won't coun't much. Thank you. [[Special:Contributions/Victor_falk|''walk'']] [[user:victor falk|''victor falk'']] [[user_talk:victor falk|''talk'']] 14:08, 16 February 2011 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|Proposed deletion]] of [[Egyptian Embassy, London]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning yellow.svg|left|link=|48px|]]

The article [[Egyptian Embassy, London]] has been [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed for deletion]] because of the following concern:
:'''No evidence that the subject meets [[WP:NOTE]].'''

While all contributions to Wikipedia are appreciated, content or articles may be [[WP:DEL#REASON|deleted for any of several reasons]].

You may prevent the proposed deletion by removing the {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} notice, but please explain why in your [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] or on [[Talk:Egyptian Embassy, London|the article's talk page]].

Please consider improving the article to address the issues raised. Removing {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} will stop the [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed deletion process]], but other [[Wikipedia:deletion process|deletion process]]es exist. The [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|speedy deletion]] process can result in deletion without discussion, and [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion|articles for deletion]] allows discussion to reach [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]] for deletion. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 01:40, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|Proposed deletion]] of [[Turkish Embassy, London]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning yellow.svg|left|link=|48px|]]

The article [[Turkish Embassy, London]] has been [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed for deletion]] because of the following concern:
:'''No evidence that the subject meets [[WP:NOTE]].'''

While all contributions to Wikipedia are appreciated, content or articles may be [[WP:DEL#REASON|deleted for any of several reasons]].

You may prevent the proposed deletion by removing the {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} notice, but please explain why in your [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] or on [[Talk:Turkish Embassy, London|the article's talk page]].

Please consider improving the article to address the issues raised. Removing {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} will stop the [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed deletion process]], but other [[Wikipedia:deletion process|deletion process]]es exist. The [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|speedy deletion]] process can result in deletion without discussion, and [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion|articles for deletion]] allows discussion to reach [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]] for deletion. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 01:57, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

== Nomination of [[Turkish Embassy, London]] for deletion ==

<div class="floatleft" style="margin-bottom:0">[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|42px|alt=|link=]]</div>The article '''[[Turkish Embassy, London]]''' is being discussed concerning whether it is suitable for inclusion as an article according to [[Wikipedia:List of policies and guidelines|Wikipedia's policies and guidelines]] or whether it should be [[Wikipedia:Deletion policy|deleted]].

The article will be discussed at [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion/Turkish Embassy, London]] until a consensus is reached, and anyone is welcome to contribute to the discussion. The nomination will explain the policies and guidelines which are of concern. The discussion focuses on good quality evidence, and our policies and guidelines.

Users may edit the article during the discussion, including to improve the article to address concerns raised in the discussion. However, do not remove the article-for-deletion template from the top of the article. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 02:59, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

== Map : Old_regions_of_Libya ==

Hello, your [[Wikipedia:GL/MAP#Old_regions_of_Libya|request]] on the map lab is done. Regards, [[User:Bourrichon|Bourrichon]] ([[User talk:Bourrichon|talk]]) 18:39, 19 March 2011 (UTC)

== Christianity Template Pic ==

Hey, I've been off Wikipedia for a while, so sorry about the delay answering your January question. No change yet on the image; the folks who put the present picture up are very determined to keep it that way, and I'm too busy doing others things to change it. Thanks for asking, though.--[[User:Wikibojopayne|Wikibojopayne]] ([[User talk:Wikibojopayne|talk]]) 12:48, 24 March 2011 (UTC)

== V&A category ==

I might be misunderstanding what you're trying to do here, but I'm a little puzzled by [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Category:Victoria_and_Albert_Museum&diff=prev&oldid=422326004 this], which makes "Victoria and Albert Museum" a prominent subcategory of, say, "Category:Charities based in London", meaning that a charity-browsing user will get a list of mostly non-charity V&A articles (Exhibition Road, Natalie Rothstein, etc) when they click through. Which seems a bit odd. I might just be out of the loop on category policy, but is there a precedent for this approach to subcategorisation? --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 15:18, 4 April 2011 (UTC)

Yes, the article describes many aspects of the museum, and it's right for it to be in all of those categories. It just strikes me as odd and possibly unhelpful to have the V&A ''category'' also belonging to those categories. To pick a sharper example, the [[:Category:Asian art museums]] page currently tells the inquisitive reader that there are 11 relevant pages in the "Asian art museums in the United States" subcategory, and 11 more pages in the "Victoria and Albert Museum" subcategory - the former category produces eleven museums which house Asian art; the latter produces ''one'' museum which houses Asian art, and ten articles which don't mention Asian art in the slightest.

If [[Victoria and Albert Museum]] is the only article which is actually about Asian art, then it seems that should be the only article presented to somebody who's browsing the "Asian art museums" category. (I may just have an idiosyncratic view of how categories are supposed to function, though, I haven't really been involved in that side of Wikipedia.) --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 16:26, 14 April 2011 (UTC)

You now seem to have removed the V&A category from "Asian art museums", which fixes the problem I raised, but it also means that the main V&A article is no longer listed anywhere in the "Asian art museums" category, despite obviously fitting the criteria of "museums with Asian art collections"! I think I'll move this discussion to the [[Talk:Victoria and Albert Museum|V&A talk page]] so that other editors can join in on it and give me the perspective I'm maybe lacking - feel free to reply there. --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 08:11, 15 April 2011 (UTC)

== Panoramas ==

{{tb|Fallschirmjäger}} [[User:Fallschirmjäger|Fallschirmjäger]][[User talk:Fallschirmjäger| ✉]] 16:12, 11 April 2011 (UTC)

== Wine Cooler ==

Hi Gryffindor. See my [[User talk:Keraunoscopia|talk page]] for a link to the image with a base. Take care, – Kerαunoςcopia◁[[User:Keraunoscopia|galaxies]] 08:05, 12 April 2011 (UTC)

== Trentino-Alto Adige/Südtirol ==

Hi Gryffindor - I'm trying to get a feel for your arguments on this page versus the Province of Bolzano-Bozen page. What do you see as the difference between the two? On the province page, you argued for a move to South Tyrol based on common English usage. But on the region page, you argued for the current title based on official usage in the Italian constitution in opposition to common English usage. Just interested in your thoughts. Thanks. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 19:01, 18 April 2011 (UTC)
:hi there Dohn joe,

:thank you for your message. Please read through all the reasons given in the last discussions and polls here [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Talk:Trentino-Alto_Adige/S%C3%BCdtirol/name]. If you have any further questions, feel free to ask me again. [[User:Gryffindor|Gryffindor]] ([[User talk:Gryffindor|talk]]) 22:20, 19 April 2011 (UTC)
::Hope you don't mind that I brought your reply back here - I always find it easier to keep conversations on one talkpage.Anyhow, I did read through some of the arguments there. With the huge volume of discussion, I'm sure I missed a lot of nuance, but it seems like you prefer "Trentino-South Tyrol" because "South Tyrol" is English and "Alto Adige" is Italian. Which is a perfectly fine stance to take. I think you'd agree with me, though, that "Trentino-Alto Adige" - for whatever reason - is more common in English-language sources than either "Trentino-South Tyrol" or "Trentino-Alto Adige/Südtirol". And since you supported [[South Tyrol]] based on [[WP:COMMONNAME]], I was trying to figure out why you didn't support [[Trentino-Alto Adige]] on the same basis. That's all. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 23:51, 19 April 2011 (UTC)

== Move Ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin ==

Could you please move [[Ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin]] to [[ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin]]? As the tittle of the magazine is spelled in the article and on the magazines homepage as ff and not as Ff. thanks [[User:Noclador|noclador]] ([[User talk:Noclador|talk]]) 09:27, 20 April 2011 (UTC)
: thanks, [[User:Noclador|noclador]] ([[User talk:Noclador|talk]]) 12:44, 20 April 2011 (UTC)

== Trentino-Alto Adige / Trentino-South Tyrol ==

Hello Gryffindor. I saw you undid my edits, which I commented thoroughly. Therefore I see no need for discussion in this case, but if you insist on calling Italian what is not Italian I will not stop you. It was you who invited me to adopt the solution of Switzerland. Now you undo it. I will not stop you either.--[[User:Patavium|Patavium]] ([[User talk:Patavium|talk]]) 10:45, 28 April 2011 (UTC)

== [[Brenner railway station]] ==
I note that you recently moved this article from its original name, Brennero/Brenner railway station, "according to main article Brenner, Italy".

The unofficial convention for the naming of en.wiki articles about Italian railway stations has always been that they are given the same name as the local one used on station signs, destination boards, timetables, etc. The practice in continental Europe, not just in Italy, is that timetables, destination boards, etc, always use the locally used name for the stations to which they refer, and the en.wiki naming convention for Italian railway stations conforms with this practice. So, eg, the article about the main station at [[Milan]] is named [[Milano Centrale railway station]], and the article about the station at [[Mantua]] is called [[Mantova railway station]]. There are more than 100 en.wiki articles, and many more redlinks, named in this way.

I assume that the rationale for this practice is that people often use en.wiki to find out about stations to which they intend to travel. For example, the most heavily visited of the many en.wiki Italian station articles I have created appears to be the one about the station at Fiumicino airport ([[Fiumicino Aeroporto railway station]]), which is not intrinsically a large or very exciting station, but nevertheless is obviously something of significant interest to en.wiki readers. Where there is a corresponding English or other language name for the station that might be familiar to English speakers (eg Mantua railway station), that name is also set up as a redirect.

The station at [[Brenner, Italy]] is referred to on its station signs, and in timetables, etc, including the heavily used online timetable operated by German Railways (DB) ([http://www.db.de]) as Brennero/Brenner, and not merely as Brenner. I am not an administrator, and am not able to move articles over redirects. I therefore request that the article be moved back to its original name so that it conforms with the convention I have described. [[User:Bahnfrend|Bahnfrend]] ([[User talk:Bahnfrend|talk]]) 09:30, 29 April 2011 (UTC)

==Flag icon identifying summit host==
As you may recall, the edit history of [[Template:Infobox summit]] includes your name. This causes me to guess that you may be willing to help resolve a small problem.According to [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wikipedia:Manual_of_Style_%28icons%29&oldid=426875961#Avoid_flag_icons_in_infoboxes Wikipedia:Manual of Style (icons)#Avoid flag icons in infoboxes], the construction of this template is slightly flawed. In the resulting infoboxes, identification of the host country mirrors <nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Flagicon|flagicon]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki>.Despite MOS conventions, is there a arguable reason why host country flags should be incorporated in the infoboxes of summits? Can it be said to aid in navigation in the same way that <nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Flagicon|flagicon]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki> is useful in the tables at [[G8]] and [[G-20 major economies]]? Please share your thoughts at [[Template talk:Infobox summit]]. IMO, this should be a non-issue; but I did notice that it was the subject of an edit war at [[BRICS]]. If consensus develops for removing the flag, I don't understand how to modify the template. --[[User:Tenmei|Tenmei]] ([[User talk:Tenmei|talk]]) 15:07, 2 May 2011 (UTC)

== Conversion of Hagia Sophia into a Mosque ==

Hallo Gryffindor,
I would like to ask your advice, both as member of wikiproject Turkey and admin. Since a couple of months there is a guy (he's no regular editor) who is trying to modify the [[Hagia Sophia]] article. He has begun removing the part which I wrote about the Conquest, writing that Runciman (!) is not a reliable source, since he wrote at a time when Turkey and England were at war (the famous Turco-British war of 1965, which always waits its article on Wikipedia :-)). I answered patiently, and then he answered that after careful check he admits that he is reliable. His way to control the reliability is to compare Runciman with another historian (Nicol) who unfortunately happens to use Runciman as his main modern source. :-)
Anyway, after that he changed target and removed the statement that Hagia Sophia was converted into a Mosque when Mehmed entered the church and an Ulama pronounced the ritual invocation to Allah. He pretends that this is clearly POV, although this POV comes direct from the Slavic Chronicle (possibly the only eyewitness of the happening) and is reported – among others – by Runciman (who comments it) and Müller-Wiener… He also removed the adjective "immediately" from the sentence about the conversion, since he said that the Ottomans needed obviously time to refurbish everything… I reverted these changes and answered again (this time a little bit less patiently), but he insisted telling that this is POV, and that he wants to change the sentence writing that Hagia Sophia since 1453 "was used" as a mosque. Yesterday he changed again the sentence about the conversion. The whole discussion is reported in the [[Talk:Hagia_Sophia#Contradictions_.26_not_NPOV|discussion page]] (only the last part). Now, one could find the whole story rather pedantic, but there is a big difference between saying that Hagia Sophia "was used" as a Mosque and it "was converted" into a mosque after the Conquest. Moreover, as I wrote above, the sentence which has been removed is firmly sourced. I think that you know Runciman and Müller-Wiener better than me, and they are among the most authoritative sources on the subject. What do you think about it? What can be done here? Thanks, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 05:33, 5 May 2011 (UTC)

:In the meantime, Cplakidas made a proposal to end the dispute, which for me is OK. What do you think about it? Anyway, after reading carefully the comments of this guy, my impression is that he cannot accept the conversion of Hagia Sophia into a mosque through the procedure used by Mehmed. But this is what the sources tell us. Cheers, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 09:58, 5 May 2011 (UTC)
:Hallo Gryffindor,
:thanks! Actually I gave up, :-( The conversion into mosque will be written as POV of the authors who I mentioned to you... I think that the opinion of this guy is that Hagia Sophia always remained a church. Thanks anyway, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 05:36, 10 May 2011 (UTC)

== move of talk page ==

Hi Gryffindor, could you please move [[Talk:Comuni of the Province of Bolzano-Bozen]] to [[Talk:Municipalities of South Tyrol]]? --[[User:Mai-Sachme|Mai-Sachme]] ([[User talk:Mai-Sachme|talk]]) 22:12, 22 May 2011 (UTC)

{{tb|Wikipedia:Graphic Lab/Map workshop#High Line}} - [[User:Presidentman|Presidentman]] [[User talk:Presidentman|talk]]·[[Special:Contributions/Presidentman|contribs]] [[User:Presidentman/potd|Random Picture of the Day]] ([[WP:TBACK|Talkback]]) 11:37, 11 June 2011 (UTC)

== Dvaravati buddha picture ==
Hi, you have replaced a couple of pictures on the [[Dvaravati]] article. While it is good to have a referenced picture (British Museum), I do not know if you are aware that the one you picked is very atypical. It has a number of features (ushnisha, joining eyebrows etc.), but it lacks the snail-shaped hair curls that cover 99% of the known buddha heads (type "dvaravati buddha" on google images). I have never seen a stucco one either, as they are mostly made of sandstone. On an online encyclopaedia, I believe we should have a typical - referenced - example. [[User:Vincent Lextrait|Vincent Lextrait]] ([[User talk:Vincent Lextrait|talk]]) 10:13, 12 June 2011 (UTC)

==Thank you for your Poland-related contributions==
{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="6" style="width=95%; background:#FDF1F1; border-style:solid; border-width:1px; border-color:gray;"
|-
| [[Image:Herb Polski.svg|55px]]
| Hello and welcome '''{{PAGENAME}}'''! Thank you for your contributions related to [[Poland]]. You may be interested in visiting [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Poland]], [[Wikipedia:WikiProject_Poland/Members|joining the project]], [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject Poland|joining our discussions]] and [[Portal:Poland/New article announcements|sharing your creations with our community]]. {{ #if: | -- {{{1}}} }}
|} --[[User:Piotrus|Piotr Konieczny aka Prokonsul Piotrus]]|[[User talk:Piotrus| talk ]] 19:11, 17 June 2011 (UTC)
==Orphaned non-free image File:Coat of arms of the Kingdom of Libya.png==
'''[[Image:Ambox warning blue.svg|35px|left|⚠|link=]]''' Thanks for uploading '''[[:File:Coat of arms of the Kingdom of Libya.png]]'''. The image description page currently specifies that the image is non-free and may only be used on Wikipedia under a [[WP:FU|claim of fair use]]. However, the image is currently not used in any articles on Wikipedia. If the image was previously in an article, please go to the article and see why it was removed. You may add it back if you think that that will be useful. However, please note that images for which a replacement could be created are not acceptable for use on Wikipedia (see [[Wikipedia:Non-free content#Policy|our policy for non-free media]]).

Note that any non-free images not used in any '''articles''' will be deleted after seven days, as described in the [[wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#F5|criteria for speedy deletion]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 08:56, 18 June 2011 (UTC)

==Your opinion would be appreciated==
As a member of WikiProject Countries, I'm seeking your opinion on a possible issue identified at [[List of sovereign states]]. If you have some spare moments, please contribute a comment at the [[Talk:List of sovereign states/Discussion of criteria|Discussion of criteria]]. Best regards, '''[[User talk:Night w|Nightw]]''' 05:01, 20 June 2011 (UTC)

== Naming conventions ==

Hi, you have recently expressed cautions regarding de-jure/de-facto names regulation. I'd be grateful if you could elaborate your position at [[Wikipedia_talk:Naming_conventions_(geographic_names)#De_Jure_vs._De_Facto_Names|WT:NCGN]]. Thanks. --[[User:Ashot Arzumanyan|''' '''Ashot''' ]]''' ([[User talk:Ashot Arzumanyan|talk]]) 05:44, 23 June 2011 (UTC)

== Re: Marks on images ==

{{talkback|Wikipedia:Graphic_Lab/Photography_workshop#Marks_on_images}}
[[User:MissMJ|MissMJ]] ([[User talk:MissMJ|talk]]) 02:13, 29 June 2011 (UTC)

== Ladin in Trentino ==

Hi - I keep reverting your edits at the naming convention page because you still have not shown that anyone besides you and Patavium ever discussed using Ladin names in ''Trentino''. If you can show me a particular instance, as opposed to just the link to the discussion as a whole, I'd appreciate it. Thanks. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 17:59, 5 July 2011 (UTC)
:We obviously are not getting anywhere. Would you agree to seeking a [[WP:Third Opinion]] to get a neutral thrid party to take a look at our disagreement? If so, I'll add it there. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 22:37, 5 July 2011 (UTC)

== [[Wikipedia:Graphic_Lab/Photography_workshop#remove_background|remove background]] ==

{{GL Photography reply}}
==Non-free rationale for File:Mesothelae.jpg==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Mesothelae.jpg]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Mesothelae.jpg|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:J Milburn|J Milburn]] ([[User talk:J Milburn|talk]]) 09:42, 10 July 2011 (UTC)

== Haut-Adige/Alto Adige ==

Hi Gryffindor - nice job with starting the new article. I went through and expanded it a bit. I also changed the title, which I explained at the talk page. I hope you agree with my reasoning there. If not, feel free to respond and we can have a chat about it. Thanks! [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 21:04, 27 July 2011 (UTC)

== Conversion to svg ==
Hi Gryffindor, I just noticed you left a message on my wikimedia commons page on June 10, 2008 ! It was about this file: http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:August-Knobloch_Hoflieferant_1906.svg . To answer your question (I guess you found by yourself since) it was made with the potrace tool of Inkscape. [[User:Tos|Tos]] PS: I also love the design of that logo.
==Non-free rationale for File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 16:35, 13 August 2011 (UTC)
==Non-free rationale for File:Kronen Zeitung.png==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kronen Zeitung.png]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kronen Zeitung.png|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 17:13, 13 August 2011 (UTC)
==Non-free rationale for File:Kleine Zeitung.png==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kleine Zeitung.png]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kleine Zeitung.png|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 21:20, 13 August 2011 (UTC)

== A barnstar for you! ==
{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:Graphic Designer Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 3px 3px 0 3px; height: 1.5em;" | '''The Graphic Designer's Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | For the [[:File:Trentino-lingual minorities.png|Trentino lingual minorities map]] - a map I and other authors have long been waiting for. [[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 16:03, 19 August 2011 (UTC)
|}
:No need to thank me. But could you tell me why you called it ''lingual minorities'' instead of ''linguistic''? Does that make a difference in English?
:Moreover, I would like to place a few requests with you, if you like making maps. Could you upload this map in other languages as well if I told you the translations? And could you make a similar map for the [[province of Belluno]] if I provided you with the data necessary?
:Well, that's it. If I'm bugging just tell me to get lost. --[[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 13:01, 21 August 2011 (UTC)

User talk:Gryffindor

2011-08-19T16:03:31Z

Kazu89: /* A barnstar for you! */ new WikiLove message

{{User:Gryffindor/Talk template2}}
{{User:Gryffindor/Talk Template}}
{{nobots}}
Note: We all make mistakes. If you would like to leave constructive criticism regarding my performance on Wikipedia (technical issues, tone of discussion, etc.), please feel free to leave them on my own [[User:Gryffindor/RfC|request for comments]]. Please leave my talk page for content-related issues.

[[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive1]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive2]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive3]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive4]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive5]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive6]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive7]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive8]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive9]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive10]] [[User talk:Gryffindor/Archive11]]

*[[User:Gryffindor/AdminCoaching|Admin Coaching]]

== [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|Nomination for deletion]] of [[Template:Royal Palaces Hungary]] ==
[[File:Ambox warning pn.svg|30px|link=]][[Template:Royal Palaces Hungary]] has been nominated for deletion. You are invited to comment on the discussion at [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion#Template:Royal Palaces Hungary|the template's entry on the Templates for discussion page]]. — [[User:This, that and the other|This, that]], and [[User talk:This, that and the other|the other (talk)]] 10:35, 28 January 2011 (UTC)

==Orphaned non-free image File:BZÖ Logo.png==
'''[[Image:Ambox warning blue.svg|35px|left|⚠|link=]]''' Thanks for uploading '''[[:File:BZÖ Logo.png]]'''. The image description page currently specifies that the image is non-free and may only be used on Wikipedia under a [[WP:FU|claim of fair use]]. However, the image is currently [[Wikipedia:Orphan|orphaned]], meaning that it is not used in any articles on Wikipedia. If the image was previously in an article, please go to the article and see why it was removed. [[WP:BOLD|You may add it back]] if you think that that will be useful. However, please note that images for which a replacement could be created are not acceptable for use on Wikipedia (see [[Wikipedia:Non-free content#Policy|our policy for non-free media]]).

If you have uploaded other unlicensed media, please check whether they're used in any articles or not. You can find a list of "file" pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:MyContributions|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free images not used in any '''articles''' will be deleted after seven days, as described on [[wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. Thank you.  [[User:Courcelles|Courcelles]] 03:46, 2 February 2011 (UTC)

== Reply ==

Not easily, no. You can compare regular times of activity and such, but apart from that... —[[User:Nightstallion|Nightstallion]] 06:57, 3 February 2011 (UTC)

==Opposition to frederics==
would you care to reason why? otherwise your !votes won't coun't much. Thank you. [[Special:Contributions/Victor_falk|''walk'']] [[user:victor falk|''victor falk'']] [[user_talk:victor falk|''talk'']] 14:08, 16 February 2011 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|Proposed deletion]] of [[Egyptian Embassy, London]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning yellow.svg|left|link=|48px|]]

The article [[Egyptian Embassy, London]] has been [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed for deletion]] because of the following concern:
:'''No evidence that the subject meets [[WP:NOTE]].'''

While all contributions to Wikipedia are appreciated, content or articles may be [[WP:DEL#REASON|deleted for any of several reasons]].

You may prevent the proposed deletion by removing the {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} notice, but please explain why in your [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] or on [[Talk:Egyptian Embassy, London|the article's talk page]].

Please consider improving the article to address the issues raised. Removing {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} will stop the [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed deletion process]], but other [[Wikipedia:deletion process|deletion process]]es exist. The [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|speedy deletion]] process can result in deletion without discussion, and [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion|articles for deletion]] allows discussion to reach [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]] for deletion. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 01:40, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

==[[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|Proposed deletion]] of [[Turkish Embassy, London]]==
[[Image:Ambox warning yellow.svg|left|link=|48px|]]

The article [[Turkish Embassy, London]] has been [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed for deletion]] because of the following concern:
:'''No evidence that the subject meets [[WP:NOTE]].'''

While all contributions to Wikipedia are appreciated, content or articles may be [[WP:DEL#REASON|deleted for any of several reasons]].

You may prevent the proposed deletion by removing the {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} notice, but please explain why in your [[Help:edit summary|edit summary]] or on [[Talk:Turkish Embassy, London|the article's talk page]].

Please consider improving the article to address the issues raised. Removing {{tlc|proposed deletion/dated}} will stop the [[Wikipedia:Proposed deletion|proposed deletion process]], but other [[Wikipedia:deletion process|deletion process]]es exist. The [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion|speedy deletion]] process can result in deletion without discussion, and [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion|articles for deletion]] allows discussion to reach [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]] for deletion. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 01:57, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

== Nomination of [[Turkish Embassy, London]] for deletion ==

<div class="floatleft" style="margin-bottom:0">[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|42px|alt=|link=]]</div>The article '''[[Turkish Embassy, London]]''' is being discussed concerning whether it is suitable for inclusion as an article according to [[Wikipedia:List of policies and guidelines|Wikipedia's policies and guidelines]] or whether it should be [[Wikipedia:Deletion policy|deleted]].

The article will be discussed at [[Wikipedia:Articles for deletion/Turkish Embassy, London]] until a consensus is reached, and anyone is welcome to contribute to the discussion. The nomination will explain the policies and guidelines which are of concern. The discussion focuses on good quality evidence, and our policies and guidelines.

Users may edit the article during the discussion, including to improve the article to address concerns raised in the discussion. However, do not remove the article-for-deletion template from the top of the article. [[User:Cordless Larry|Cordless Larry]] ([[User talk:Cordless Larry|talk]]) 02:59, 23 February 2011 (UTC)

== Map : Old_regions_of_Libya ==

Hello, your [[Wikipedia:GL/MAP#Old_regions_of_Libya|request]] on the map lab is done. Regards, [[User:Bourrichon|Bourrichon]] ([[User talk:Bourrichon|talk]]) 18:39, 19 March 2011 (UTC)

== Christianity Template Pic ==

Hey, I've been off Wikipedia for a while, so sorry about the delay answering your January question. No change yet on the image; the folks who put the present picture up are very determined to keep it that way, and I'm too busy doing others things to change it. Thanks for asking, though.--[[User:Wikibojopayne|Wikibojopayne]] ([[User talk:Wikibojopayne|talk]]) 12:48, 24 March 2011 (UTC)

== V&A category ==

I might be misunderstanding what you're trying to do here, but I'm a little puzzled by [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Category:Victoria_and_Albert_Museum&diff=prev&oldid=422326004 this], which makes "Victoria and Albert Museum" a prominent subcategory of, say, "Category:Charities based in London", meaning that a charity-browsing user will get a list of mostly non-charity V&A articles (Exhibition Road, Natalie Rothstein, etc) when they click through. Which seems a bit odd. I might just be out of the loop on category policy, but is there a precedent for this approach to subcategorisation? --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 15:18, 4 April 2011 (UTC)

Yes, the article describes many aspects of the museum, and it's right for it to be in all of those categories. It just strikes me as odd and possibly unhelpful to have the V&A ''category'' also belonging to those categories. To pick a sharper example, the [[:Category:Asian art museums]] page currently tells the inquisitive reader that there are 11 relevant pages in the "Asian art museums in the United States" subcategory, and 11 more pages in the "Victoria and Albert Museum" subcategory - the former category produces eleven museums which house Asian art; the latter produces ''one'' museum which houses Asian art, and ten articles which don't mention Asian art in the slightest.

If [[Victoria and Albert Museum]] is the only article which is actually about Asian art, then it seems that should be the only article presented to somebody who's browsing the "Asian art museums" category. (I may just have an idiosyncratic view of how categories are supposed to function, though, I haven't really been involved in that side of Wikipedia.) --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 16:26, 14 April 2011 (UTC)

You now seem to have removed the V&A category from "Asian art museums", which fixes the problem I raised, but it also means that the main V&A article is no longer listed anywhere in the "Asian art museums" category, despite obviously fitting the criteria of "museums with Asian art collections"! I think I'll move this discussion to the [[Talk:Victoria and Albert Museum|V&A talk page]] so that other editors can join in on it and give me the perspective I'm maybe lacking - feel free to reply there. --[[User:McGeddon|McGeddon]] ([[User talk:McGeddon|talk]]) 08:11, 15 April 2011 (UTC)

== Panoramas ==

{{tb|Fallschirmjäger}} [[User:Fallschirmjäger|Fallschirmjäger]][[User talk:Fallschirmjäger| ✉]] 16:12, 11 April 2011 (UTC)

== Wine Cooler ==

Hi Gryffindor. See my [[User talk:Keraunoscopia|talk page]] for a link to the image with a base. Take care, – Kerαunoςcopia◁[[User:Keraunoscopia|galaxies]] 08:05, 12 April 2011 (UTC)

== Trentino-Alto Adige/Südtirol ==

Hi Gryffindor - I'm trying to get a feel for your arguments on this page versus the Province of Bolzano-Bozen page. What do you see as the difference between the two? On the province page, you argued for a move to South Tyrol based on common English usage. But on the region page, you argued for the current title based on official usage in the Italian constitution in opposition to common English usage. Just interested in your thoughts. Thanks. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 19:01, 18 April 2011 (UTC)
:hi there Dohn joe,

:thank you for your message. Please read through all the reasons given in the last discussions and polls here [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Talk:Trentino-Alto_Adige/S%C3%BCdtirol/name]. If you have any further questions, feel free to ask me again. [[User:Gryffindor|Gryffindor]] ([[User talk:Gryffindor|talk]]) 22:20, 19 April 2011 (UTC)
::Hope you don't mind that I brought your reply back here - I always find it easier to keep conversations on one talkpage.Anyhow, I did read through some of the arguments there. With the huge volume of discussion, I'm sure I missed a lot of nuance, but it seems like you prefer "Trentino-South Tyrol" because "South Tyrol" is English and "Alto Adige" is Italian. Which is a perfectly fine stance to take. I think you'd agree with me, though, that "Trentino-Alto Adige" - for whatever reason - is more common in English-language sources than either "Trentino-South Tyrol" or "Trentino-Alto Adige/Südtirol". And since you supported [[South Tyrol]] based on [[WP:COMMONNAME]], I was trying to figure out why you didn't support [[Trentino-Alto Adige]] on the same basis. That's all. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 23:51, 19 April 2011 (UTC)

== Move Ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin ==

Could you please move [[Ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin]] to [[ff – Südtiroler Wochenmagazin]]? As the tittle of the magazine is spelled in the article and on the magazines homepage as ff and not as Ff. thanks [[User:Noclador|noclador]] ([[User talk:Noclador|talk]]) 09:27, 20 April 2011 (UTC)
: thanks, [[User:Noclador|noclador]] ([[User talk:Noclador|talk]]) 12:44, 20 April 2011 (UTC)

== Trentino-Alto Adige / Trentino-South Tyrol ==

Hello Gryffindor. I saw you undid my edits, which I commented thoroughly. Therefore I see no need for discussion in this case, but if you insist on calling Italian what is not Italian I will not stop you. It was you who invited me to adopt the solution of Switzerland. Now you undo it. I will not stop you either.--[[User:Patavium|Patavium]] ([[User talk:Patavium|talk]]) 10:45, 28 April 2011 (UTC)

== [[Brenner railway station]] ==
I note that you recently moved this article from its original name, Brennero/Brenner railway station, "according to main article Brenner, Italy".

The unofficial convention for the naming of en.wiki articles about Italian railway stations has always been that they are given the same name as the local one used on station signs, destination boards, timetables, etc. The practice in continental Europe, not just in Italy, is that timetables, destination boards, etc, always use the locally used name for the stations to which they refer, and the en.wiki naming convention for Italian railway stations conforms with this practice. So, eg, the article about the main station at [[Milan]] is named [[Milano Centrale railway station]], and the article about the station at [[Mantua]] is called [[Mantova railway station]]. There are more than 100 en.wiki articles, and many more redlinks, named in this way.

I assume that the rationale for this practice is that people often use en.wiki to find out about stations to which they intend to travel. For example, the most heavily visited of the many en.wiki Italian station articles I have created appears to be the one about the station at Fiumicino airport ([[Fiumicino Aeroporto railway station]]), which is not intrinsically a large or very exciting station, but nevertheless is obviously something of significant interest to en.wiki readers. Where there is a corresponding English or other language name for the station that might be familiar to English speakers (eg Mantua railway station), that name is also set up as a redirect.

The station at [[Brenner, Italy]] is referred to on its station signs, and in timetables, etc, including the heavily used online timetable operated by German Railways (DB) ([http://www.db.de]) as Brennero/Brenner, and not merely as Brenner. I am not an administrator, and am not able to move articles over redirects. I therefore request that the article be moved back to its original name so that it conforms with the convention I have described. [[User:Bahnfrend|Bahnfrend]] ([[User talk:Bahnfrend|talk]]) 09:30, 29 April 2011 (UTC)

==Flag icon identifying summit host==
As you may recall, the edit history of [[Template:Infobox summit]] includes your name. This causes me to guess that you may be willing to help resolve a small problem.According to [http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wikipedia:Manual_of_Style_%28icons%29&oldid=426875961#Avoid_flag_icons_in_infoboxes Wikipedia:Manual of Style (icons)#Avoid flag icons in infoboxes], the construction of this template is slightly flawed. In the resulting infoboxes, identification of the host country mirrors <nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Flagicon|flagicon]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki>.Despite MOS conventions, is there a arguable reason why host country flags should be incorporated in the infoboxes of summits? Can it be said to aid in navigation in the same way that <nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Flagicon|flagicon]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki> is useful in the tables at [[G8]] and [[G-20 major economies]]? Please share your thoughts at [[Template talk:Infobox summit]]. IMO, this should be a non-issue; but I did notice that it was the subject of an edit war at [[BRICS]]. If consensus develops for removing the flag, I don't understand how to modify the template. --[[User:Tenmei|Tenmei]] ([[User talk:Tenmei|talk]]) 15:07, 2 May 2011 (UTC)

== Conversion of Hagia Sophia into a Mosque ==

Hallo Gryffindor,
I would like to ask your advice, both as member of wikiproject Turkey and admin. Since a couple of months there is a guy (he's no regular editor) who is trying to modify the [[Hagia Sophia]] article. He has begun removing the part which I wrote about the Conquest, writing that Runciman (!) is not a reliable source, since he wrote at a time when Turkey and England were at war (the famous Turco-British war of 1965, which always waits its article on Wikipedia :-)). I answered patiently, and then he answered that after careful check he admits that he is reliable. His way to control the reliability is to compare Runciman with another historian (Nicol) who unfortunately happens to use Runciman as his main modern source. :-)
Anyway, after that he changed target and removed the statement that Hagia Sophia was converted into a Mosque when Mehmed entered the church and an Ulama pronounced the ritual invocation to Allah. He pretends that this is clearly POV, although this POV comes direct from the Slavic Chronicle (possibly the only eyewitness of the happening) and is reported – among others – by Runciman (who comments it) and Müller-Wiener… He also removed the adjective "immediately" from the sentence about the conversion, since he said that the Ottomans needed obviously time to refurbish everything… I reverted these changes and answered again (this time a little bit less patiently), but he insisted telling that this is POV, and that he wants to change the sentence writing that Hagia Sophia since 1453 "was used" as a mosque. Yesterday he changed again the sentence about the conversion. The whole discussion is reported in the [[Talk:Hagia_Sophia#Contradictions_.26_not_NPOV|discussion page]] (only the last part). Now, one could find the whole story rather pedantic, but there is a big difference between saying that Hagia Sophia "was used" as a Mosque and it "was converted" into a mosque after the Conquest. Moreover, as I wrote above, the sentence which has been removed is firmly sourced. I think that you know Runciman and Müller-Wiener better than me, and they are among the most authoritative sources on the subject. What do you think about it? What can be done here? Thanks, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 05:33, 5 May 2011 (UTC)

:In the meantime, Cplakidas made a proposal to end the dispute, which for me is OK. What do you think about it? Anyway, after reading carefully the comments of this guy, my impression is that he cannot accept the conversion of Hagia Sophia into a mosque through the procedure used by Mehmed. But this is what the sources tell us. Cheers, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 09:58, 5 May 2011 (UTC)
:Hallo Gryffindor,
:thanks! Actually I gave up, :-( The conversion into mosque will be written as POV of the authors who I mentioned to you... I think that the opinion of this guy is that Hagia Sophia always remained a church. Thanks anyway, [[User:Alessandro57|Alex2006]] ([[User talk:Alessandro57|talk]]) 05:36, 10 May 2011 (UTC)

== move of talk page ==

Hi Gryffindor, could you please move [[Talk:Comuni of the Province of Bolzano-Bozen]] to [[Talk:Municipalities of South Tyrol]]? --[[User:Mai-Sachme|Mai-Sachme]] ([[User talk:Mai-Sachme|talk]]) 22:12, 22 May 2011 (UTC)

{{tb|Wikipedia:Graphic Lab/Map workshop#High Line}} - [[User:Presidentman|Presidentman]] [[User talk:Presidentman|talk]]·[[Special:Contributions/Presidentman|contribs]] [[User:Presidentman/potd|Random Picture of the Day]] ([[WP:TBACK|Talkback]]) 11:37, 11 June 2011 (UTC)

== Dvaravati buddha picture ==
Hi, you have replaced a couple of pictures on the [[Dvaravati]] article. While it is good to have a referenced picture (British Museum), I do not know if you are aware that the one you picked is very atypical. It has a number of features (ushnisha, joining eyebrows etc.), but it lacks the snail-shaped hair curls that cover 99% of the known buddha heads (type "dvaravati buddha" on google images). I have never seen a stucco one either, as they are mostly made of sandstone. On an online encyclopaedia, I believe we should have a typical - referenced - example. [[User:Vincent Lextrait|Vincent Lextrait]] ([[User talk:Vincent Lextrait|talk]]) 10:13, 12 June 2011 (UTC)

==Thank you for your Poland-related contributions==
{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="6" style="width=95%; background:#FDF1F1; border-style:solid; border-width:1px; border-color:gray;"
|-
| [[Image:Herb Polski.svg|55px]]
| Hello and welcome '''{{PAGENAME}}'''! Thank you for your contributions related to [[Poland]]. You may be interested in visiting [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Poland]], [[Wikipedia:WikiProject_Poland/Members|joining the project]], [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject Poland|joining our discussions]] and [[Portal:Poland/New article announcements|sharing your creations with our community]]. {{ #if: | -- {{{1}}} }}
|} --[[User:Piotrus|Piotr Konieczny aka Prokonsul Piotrus]]|[[User talk:Piotrus| talk ]] 19:11, 17 June 2011 (UTC)
==Orphaned non-free image File:Coat of arms of the Kingdom of Libya.png==
'''[[Image:Ambox warning blue.svg|35px|left|⚠|link=]]''' Thanks for uploading '''[[:File:Coat of arms of the Kingdom of Libya.png]]'''. The image description page currently specifies that the image is non-free and may only be used on Wikipedia under a [[WP:FU|claim of fair use]]. However, the image is currently not used in any articles on Wikipedia. If the image was previously in an article, please go to the article and see why it was removed. You may add it back if you think that that will be useful. However, please note that images for which a replacement could be created are not acceptable for use on Wikipedia (see [[Wikipedia:Non-free content#Policy|our policy for non-free media]]).

Note that any non-free images not used in any '''articles''' will be deleted after seven days, as described in the [[wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#F5|criteria for speedy deletion]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 08:56, 18 June 2011 (UTC)

==Your opinion would be appreciated==
As a member of WikiProject Countries, I'm seeking your opinion on a possible issue identified at [[List of sovereign states]]. If you have some spare moments, please contribute a comment at the [[Talk:List of sovereign states/Discussion of criteria|Discussion of criteria]]. Best regards, '''[[User talk:Night w|Nightw]]''' 05:01, 20 June 2011 (UTC)

== Naming conventions ==

Hi, you have recently expressed cautions regarding de-jure/de-facto names regulation. I'd be grateful if you could elaborate your position at [[Wikipedia_talk:Naming_conventions_(geographic_names)#De_Jure_vs._De_Facto_Names|WT:NCGN]]. Thanks. --[[User:Ashot Arzumanyan|''' '''Ashot''' ]]''' ([[User talk:Ashot Arzumanyan|talk]]) 05:44, 23 June 2011 (UTC)

== Re: Marks on images ==

{{talkback|Wikipedia:Graphic_Lab/Photography_workshop#Marks_on_images}}
[[User:MissMJ|MissMJ]] ([[User talk:MissMJ|talk]]) 02:13, 29 June 2011 (UTC)

== Ladin in Trentino ==

Hi - I keep reverting your edits at the naming convention page because you still have not shown that anyone besides you and Patavium ever discussed using Ladin names in ''Trentino''. If you can show me a particular instance, as opposed to just the link to the discussion as a whole, I'd appreciate it. Thanks. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 17:59, 5 July 2011 (UTC)
:We obviously are not getting anywhere. Would you agree to seeking a [[WP:Third Opinion]] to get a neutral thrid party to take a look at our disagreement? If so, I'll add it there. [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 22:37, 5 July 2011 (UTC)

== [[Wikipedia:Graphic_Lab/Photography_workshop#remove_background|remove background]] ==

{{GL Photography reply}}
==Non-free rationale for File:Mesothelae.jpg==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Mesothelae.jpg]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Mesothelae.jpg|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:J Milburn|J Milburn]] ([[User talk:J Milburn|talk]]) 09:42, 10 July 2011 (UTC)

== Haut-Adige/Alto Adige ==

Hi Gryffindor - nice job with starting the new article. I went through and expanded it a bit. I also changed the title, which I explained at the talk page. I hope you agree with my reasoning there. If not, feel free to respond and we can have a chat about it. Thanks! [[User:Dohn joe|Dohn joe]] ([[User talk:Dohn joe|talk]]) 21:04, 27 July 2011 (UTC)

== Conversion to svg ==
Hi Gryffindor, I just noticed you left a message on my wikimedia commons page on June 10, 2008 ! It was about this file: http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:August-Knobloch_Hoflieferant_1906.svg . To answer your question (I guess you found by yourself since) it was made with the potrace tool of Inkscape. [[User:Tos|Tos]] PS: I also love the design of that logo.
==Non-free rationale for File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kurier Zeitung.PNG|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 16:35, 13 August 2011 (UTC)
==Non-free rationale for File:Kronen Zeitung.png==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kronen Zeitung.png]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kronen Zeitung.png|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 17:13, 13 August 2011 (UTC)
==Non-free rationale for File:Kleine Zeitung.png==
[[File:Copyright-problem.svg|64px|left|alt=|link=]]
Thanks for uploading or contributing to '''[[:File:Kleine Zeitung.png]]'''. I notice the file page specifies that the file is being used under [[WP:NFCC|non-free content criteria]], but there is not a suitable explanation or rationale as to why each specific use in Wikipedia is acceptable. Please go to [[:File:Kleine Zeitung.png|the file description page]], and edit it to include a [[Wikipedia:Non-free use rationale guideline|non-free rationale]].

If you have uploaded other non-free media, consider checking that you have specified the non-free rationale on those pages too. You can find a list of 'file' pages you have edited by clicking on the "[[Special:Contributions/Gryffindor|my contributions]]" link (it is located at the very top of any Wikipedia page when you are logged in), and then selecting "File" from the dropdown box. Note that any non-free media lacking such an explanation will be deleted one week after they have been tagged, as described on [[Wikipedia:Criteria for speedy deletion#Images.2FMedia|criteria for speedy deletion]]. If the file is already gone, you can still make a [[Wikipedia:Requests for undeletion|request for undeletion]] and ask for a chance to fix the problem. If you have any questions, please ask them at the [[Wikipedia:media copyright questions|Media copyright questions page]]. Thank you. [[User:Sfan00 IMG|Sfan00 IMG]] ([[User talk:Sfan00 IMG|talk]]) 21:20, 13 August 2011 (UTC)

== A barnstar for you! ==

{| style="background-color: #fdffe7; border: 1px solid #fceb92;"
|rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 5px;" | [[File:Graphic Designer Barnstar Hires.png|100px]]
|style="font-size: x-large; padding: 3px 3px 0 3px; height: 1.5em;" | '''The Graphic Designer's Barnstar'''
|-
|style="vertical-align: middle; padding: 3px;" | For the [[:File:Trentino-lingual minorities.png|Trentino lingual minorities map]] - a map I and other authors have long been waiting for. [[User:Kazu89|Kazu89]] [[User talk:Kazu89|ノート]] 16:03, 19 August 2011 (UTC)
|}

KAD

2011-08-16T02:04:23Z

Kazu89:

'''KAD''' or '''Kad''' may refer to:

* [[Korean adoptee]]
* [[Kad Network]] - a file sharing network
* [[Kademlia]] - a peer to peer overlay system
* KDE aided design – 2D CAD program for [[KDE]], based on QCad

{{disambig}}

[[de:KAD]]
[[eo:KAD]]
[[it:KAD]]

KAD

2011-08-16T02:04:01Z

Kazu89:

'''KAD''' or '''Kad''' may refer to:

* [[Korean adoptee]]
* [[Kad Network]] - file sharing network
* [[Kademlia]] - a peer to peer overlay system
* KDE aided design – 2D CAD program for [[KDE]], based on QCad

{{disambig}}

[[de:KAD]]
[[eo:KAD]]
[[it:KAD]]